Pullup is used by the usb framework in order to do software-controlled
usb_gadget_connect() and usb_gadget_disconnect().
Implement pullup() for dwc2 using the SOFT_DISCONNECT bit in the dctl
register:
* when pullup is on, clear SOFT_DISCONNECT
* when pullup is off, set SOFT_DISCONNECT
This is especially useful when a gadget disconnection is initiated but
no board_usb_cleanup() is called.
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
The patch fixes the following error when updating a BSH SMM S2 board:
3:72>Start Cmd:FB[-t 8000]: ucmd nand write ${loadaddr} nanddtb ${filesize}
3:72>Okay (0.023s)
3:72>Start Cmd:FB: reboot
3:72>Fail Bulk(R):LIBUSB_ERROR_IO(0s)
The "fastboot reboot" command detaches the USB when it still needs to be
used. So let's detach the USB just before the reset.
CC: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Fixes: 5f7e01e9d5 ("usb: gadget: fastboot: detach usb on reboot commands")
Suggested-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Co-developed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Add a new CONFIG_USB_HUB_DEBOUNCE_TIMEOUT to increase the
HUB_DEBOUNCE_TIMEOUT value, for example to 2s because some usb device
needs around 1.5s or more to make the hub port status to be
connected steadily after being powered off and powered on.
This 2s value is aligned with Linux driver and avoids to configure
"usb_pgood_delay" as a workaround for connection timeout on
some USB device; normally the env variable "usb_pgood_delay" is used
to delay the first query after power ON and thus the device answer,
but this variable not used to increase the connection timeout delay.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
The eMMC card has two supplies, VCC and VCCQ. The VCC supplies the NAND
array and the VCCQ supplies the bus. On Condor, the VCC is connected to
3.3V rail, while the VCCQ is connected to 1.8V rail. Adjust the pinmux
to match the bus, which is always operating in 1.8V mode.
Based on Linux commit 69efe4bbeda50745 ("arm64: dts: renesas: condor:
Switch eMMC bus to 1V8") from Wolfram Sang
Signed-off-by: Hai Pham <hai.pham.ud@renesas.com>
This board requires SPI NOR fast-read, otherwise the SPI NOR
access returns corrupted data. Enable the fast-read explicitly
in DT as it has been disabled in the MTD subsystem by commit
d008190920 ("mtd: spi-nor: Mask out fast read if not requested in DT")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Since R-Car Gen3 already enables position independent build, also set
CONFIG_TEXT_BASE=0x0 to finalize the switch. This is possible since
534f0fbd65 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y")
fixed current env_get_char() crash with CONFIG_TEXT_BASE=0x0 .
This change permits us to start U-Boot from any location in DRAM instead
of specific TEXT_BASE.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Since R-Car Gen3 already enables position independent build, also set
CONFIG_TEXT_BASE=0x0 to finalize the switch. This is possible since
534f0fbd65 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y")
fixed current env_get_char() crash with CONFIG_TEXT_BASE=0x0 .
This change permits us to start U-Boot from any location in DRAM instead
of specific TEXT_BASE.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Enable LTO (link time optimization) to improve optimization
and reduce code size by cca. 30 kiB.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Enable LTO (link time optimization) to improve optimization
and reduce code size by cca. 29 kiB.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Enable LTO (link time optimization) to improve optimization
and reduce code size by cca. 34 kiB.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Enable LTO (link time optimization) to improve optimization
and reduce code size by cca. 32 kiB.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Enable LTO (link time optimization) to improve optimization
and reduce code size by cca. 32 kiB.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Enable LTO (link time optimization) to improve optimization
and reduce code size by cca. 31 kiB.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Add driver to manage onboard hub supplies
Add calibration support for stm32-adc
Linux kernel v6.1 DT synchronization for stm32mp151.dtsi
stm32mp157a-dk1-scmi-u-boot.dtsi update
Add support of OP-TEE and STM32MP13x in bsec driver
ECDSA various fixes for stm32mp
Pull request for efi-2023-04-rc1
Documentation:
* build infodocs target on Gitlab CI, Azure
UEFI:
* fix function descriptions
* add .rela sections to .text on arm64
* use EFI_EXIT in efi_riscv_get_boot_hartid
* improve specification conformance of set_keyboard_layout()
With U-Boot having access to ROM API call table, it is possible to use
the ROM API call it authenticate e.g. signed kernel fitImages using the
BootROM ECDSA support. Make this available by pulling the ECDSA BootROM
call support from SPL-only guard.
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The ROM API table pointer is no longer accessible from U-Boot, fix
this by passing the ROM API pointer through. This makes it possible
for U-Boot to call ROM API functions to authenticate payload like
signed fitImages.
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The STM32MP15xx platform currently comes with two incompatible
implementations of save_boot_params() weak function override.
Factor the save_boot_params() implementation into common cpu.c
code and provide accessors to read out both ROM API table address
and DT address from any place in the code instead.
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
In case Dcache is enabled while the ECDSA authentication function is
called via BootROM ROM API, the MMU tables are set up and the BootROM
region is not marked as executable, so an attempt to run code from it
results in a hang. Mark the BootROM region as executable as suggested
by Patrick to prevent the hang.
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
In efi_disk_add_dev() we have to open protocols with BY_DRIVER and
BY_CHILD_CONTROLLER. Provide the handle of the EFI block driver. The actual
usage of the value will follow in a later patch.
Change function descriptions to Sphinx style.
Remove a TODO: tag.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Add a test for the case when the HII database protocol
set_keyboard_layout() function is called with a NULL key_guid argument.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Stehlé <vincent.stehle@arm.com>
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Cc: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
As per the EFI specification, the HII database protocol function
set_keyboard_layout() must return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER when it is called
with a NULL key_guid argument. Modify the function accordingly to improve
conformance.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Stehlé <vincent.stehle@arm.com>
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Cc: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
_relocate() needs the information in .rela* for self relocation
of the EFI binary.
Fixes: d7ddeb66a6 ("efi_loader: fix building aarch64 EFI binaries")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Remove non-existent parameter 'n' from function description.
Fixes: 7a9b366cd9 ("lib: add function u16_strcasecmp()")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
- Bring in a number of assorted updates, some of which have been waiting
around for a bit. Make silent console really be silent, get rid of
gpio_hog_probe_all, add RNG for imx6, make net/fm use fs_loader, get
rid of a bad __weak usage and set distro_bootpart_uuid in another case.
The gpio_hog_probe_all() functionality can be perfectly well replaced by
DM_FLAG_PROBE_AFTER_BIND DM flag, which would trigger .probe() callback
of each GPIO hog driver instance after .bind() and thus configure the
hogged GPIO accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Currently, dm_probe_devices checks that the flags of the device contains
DM_FLAG_PRE_RELOC. However DM_FLAG_PRE_RELOC is a driver - and not a
device - flag. This means that the check in pre_reloc_only mode would
always fail.
Instead, what was aimed to be checked is that either the driver of the
device has the flag set, or that the device has the u-boot,dm-pre-reloc
Device Tree property set.
So let's fix the check to allow u-boot,dm-pre-reloc devices to be
probed.
Cc: Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
The assignment of block device nodes in Linux is not deterministic by
default, i.e. a newly added eMMC controller or other block device can
change the assignment of /dev/mmcblkN (or other block device node like
e.g. /dev/sdXy) and prevent the system from picking the correct block
device for root filesystem in case the root filesystem is specified on
kernel command line using 'root=/dev/mmcblkNpM' (or 'root=/dev/sdXy'
etc.).
One way out is to derive PARTUUID in U-Boot, which is unique identifier
of a partition, and pass that as root=PARTUUID=<partuuid> to Linux via
kernel command line. Linux would then find the partition using PARTUUID,
no matter on which block device the partition resides and which node was
assigned to that block device.
Derive the PARTUUID before scanning for extlinux presence and assign it
into distro_bootpart_uuid environment variable, which can then be used
in extlinux.conf kernel command line specifier.
Note that it is not possible to do this in scan_dev_for_extlinux script
because this script is called from scan_dev_for_boot script, which is
called for both block devices as well as UBI volumes, and we can not
derive PARTUUID for UBI volumes.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
This reverts commit 65ba7add0d.
A weak extern is a nasty sight to behold: If the symbol is never
defined, on ARM, the linker will replace the function call with a NOP.
This behavior isn't well documented but there are at least some hints
to it [1].
When timer_read_counter() is not defined, this obviously does the wrong
thing here and it does so silently. The consequence is that a board
without timer_read_counter() will sleep for random amounts and generally
have erratic get_ticks() values.
Drop the __weak annotation of the extern so a linker error is raised
when timer_read_counter() is not defined. This is okay, the original
reason for the reverted change - breaking the sandbox build - no longer
applies.
Final sidenote: This was the only weak extern in the entire tree at
this time as far as I can tell. I guess we should avoid introduction of
them again as they are obviously a very big footgun.
[1]: https://stackoverflow.com/questions/31203402/gcc-behavior-for-unresolved-weak-functions
Fixes: 65ba7add0d ("time: add weak annotation to timer_read_counter declaration")
Reported-by: Serge Bazanski <q3k@q3k.org>
Signed-off-by: Harald Seiler <hws@denx.de>
This adds a new method to load Fman firmware from a filesystem. This
allows users to use regular files instead of hard-coded offsets for the
firmware.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
In order to read the firmware from the filesystem, we need a file name.
Read the firmware name from the device tree, using the firmware-name
property. This property is commonly used in Linux to determine the
correct name to use (and can be seen in several device trees in U-Boot).
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
The fs_loader device is used to pull in settings via the chosen node.
However, there was no library function for this, so arria10 was doing it
explicitly. This function subsumes that, and uses ofnode_get_chosen_node
instead of navigating the device tree directly. Because fs_loader pulls
its config from the environment by default, it's fine to create a device
with nothing backing it at all. Doing this allows enabling
CONFIG_FS_LOADER without needing to modify the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
This commit adds configs required for using dcp_rng driver in imx6ull
defconfig files.
Signed-off-by: Kshitiz Varshney <kshitiz.varshney@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
This commit introduces Random number generator to uboot. It uses DCP
driver for number generation.
RNG driver can be invoked by using below command on uboot prompt:-
rng <number of bytes>
Signed-off-by: Kshitiz Varshney <kshitiz.varshney@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Instead of always retuning success, return actual result of
load_simple_fit_image or spl_parse_image_header, otherwise we
might end up jumping on uninitialized spl_image->entry_point.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Shubin <n.shubin@yadro.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add a config-option which forces the console to stay silent until the
proper environment is loaded from flash.
This is important when the default environment does not silence the
console but no output must be printed when 'silent' is set in the flash
environment.
After the environment from flash is loaded, the console will be
silenced/unsilenced depending on it. If PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER is also
used, the buffer will now be flushed if the console should not be
silenced.
Signed-off-by: Harald Seiler <hws@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for "st,stm32mp13-bsec" for STM32MP13x in the
bsec driver based on OP-TEE pseudo TA STM32MP BSEC.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
When OP-TEE is used, the SMC for BSEC management are not available and
the STM32MP BSEC pseudo TA must be used (it is mandatory for STM32MP13
and it is a new feature for STM32MP15x).
The BSEC driver try to open a session to this PTA BSEC at probe
and use it for OTP read or write access to fuse or to shadow.
This patch also adapts the commands stm32key and stboard to handle
the BSEC_LOCK_PERM lock value instead of 1.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
The timer units in the stm32mp15x CPUs have interrupts, depending on the
timer flavour either one "global" or four dedicated ones. Add the irqs
to the timer units on stm32mp15x.
Sync the DT Files with linux kernel v6.1 and with commit a9b70102253ce
("ARM: dts: stm32: Add timer interrupts on stm32mp15")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
The include file stm32mp1-clksrc.h is not necessary for the SCMI STM32MP15
dtsi files as the clock tree is not defined in the U-Boot SCMI device tree;
these SCMI device tree only support TFABOOT with stm32mp15_defconfig,
SPL with the basic boot defconfig is not supported.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Add support of offset and linear calibration for STM32MP15.
The calibration is performed once at probe. The ADC is set in power on
state for calibration. It remains in this state after calibration,
to give to the kernel the opportunity to retrieve calibration data,
directly from the ADC.
Signed-off-by: Olivier Moysan <olivier.moysan@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Activate the USB onboard HUB driver, that is used to enable the HUB supply
on STM32MP15 EVAL, DK1 and DK2 boards.
This avoids marking the 3v3 corresponding regulator as always-on.
Signed-off-by: Fabrice Gasnier <fabrice.gasnier@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
The main issue the driver addresses is that a USB hub needs to be
powered before it can be discovered. This is often solved by using
"regulator-always-on".
This driver is inspired by the Linux v6.1 driver. It only enables (or
disables) the hub vdd (3v3) supply, so it can be enumerated.
Scanning of the device tree is done in a similar manner to the sandbox,
by the usb-uclass. DT part looks like:
&usbh_ehci {
...
#address-cells = <1>;
#size-cells = <0>;
hub@1 {
compatible = "usb424,2514";
reg = <1>;
vdd-supply = <&v3v3>;
};
};
When the bus gets probed, the driver is automatically probed/removed from
the bus tree, as an example on stm32:
STM32MP> usb start
starting USB...
STM32MP> dm tree
Class Index Probed Driver Name
-----------------------------------------------------------
usb 0 [ + ] ehci_generic | |-- usb@5800d000
usb_hub 0 [ + ] usb_onboard_hub | | `-- hub@1
usb_hub 1 [ + ] usb_hub | | `-- usb_hub
STM32MP> usb tree
USB device tree:
1 Hub (480 Mb/s, 0mA)
| u-boot EHCI Host Controller
|
+-2 Hub (480 Mb/s, 2mA)
Signed-off-by: Fabrice Gasnier <fabrice.gasnier@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
- Assorted Kconfig cleanups, code clean ups, env+ubi updates, correct
return value propagation out of environment scripts, and update CI to
latest "jammy" tag.
Update to the latest "jammy" tag. This requires us to list libc6-i386 as
a required package to install (for nokia_rx51 tests) that was previously
implicit.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Having NXP specific items in the main menu is confusing. Especially
the comment line
*** Other functionality shared between NXP SoCs ***
is simply misleading.
Move all NXP stuff into a separate sub-menu.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Put all entries for skipping low-level initialization into a sub-menu.
Use different titles for main U-Boot, SPL, TPL.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In preparation of adding the infodocs target to our CI install the
prerequisite texinfo software package.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
[BUG]
Since btrfs supports single device RAID0 at mkfs time after btrfs-progs
v5.14, if we create a single device raid0 btrfs, and created a file
crossing stripe boundary:
# mkfs.btrfs -m dup -d raid0 test.img
# mount test.img mnt
# xfs_io -f -c "pwrite 0 128K" mnt/file
# umount mnt
Since btrfs is using 64K as stripe length, above 128K data write is
definitely going to cross at least one stripe boundary.
Then u-boot would fail to read above 128K file:
=> host bind 0 /home/adam/test.img
=> ls host 0
< > 131072 Fri Dec 30 00:18:25 2022 file
=> load host 0 0 file
BTRFS: An error occurred while reading file file
Failed to load 'file'
[CAUSE]
Unlike tree blocks read, data extent reads doesn't consider cases in which
one data extent can cross stripe boundary.
In read_data_extent(), we just call btrfs_map_block() once and read the
first mapped range.
And if the first mapped range is smaller than the desired range, it
would return error.
But since even single device btrfs can utilize RAID0 profiles, the first
mapped range can only be at most 64K for RAID0 profiles, and cause false
error.
[FIX]
Just like read_whole_eb(), we should call btrfs_map_block() in a loop
until we read all data.
Since we're here, also add extra error messages for the following cases:
- btrfs_map_block() failure
We already have the error message for it.
- Missing device
This should not happen, as we only support single device for now.
- __btrfs_devread() failure
With this bug fixed, btrfs driver of u-boot can properly read the above
128K file, and have the correct content:
=> host bind 0 /home/adam/test.img
=> ls host 0
< > 131072 Fri Dec 30 00:18:25 2022 file
=> load host 0 0 file
131072 bytes read in 0 ms
=> md5sum 0 0x20000
md5 for 00000000 ... 0001ffff ==> d48858312a922db7eb86377f638dbc9f
^^^ Above md5sum also matches.
Reported-by: Sam Winchenbach <swichenbach@tethers.com>
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
sata_sil.c is PCI driver and without CONFIG_PCI is building of U-Boot failing:
LD u-boot
ld.bfd: drivers/ata/sata_sil.o: in function `sil_exec_cmd':
drivers/ata/sata_sil.c:148: undefined reference to `dm_pci_phys_to_bus'
ld.bfd: drivers/ata/sata_sil.o: in function `sil_pci_probe':
drivers/ata/sata_sil.c:687: undefined reference to `dm_pci_get_bdf'
ld.bfd: drivers/ata/sata_sil.c:691: undefined reference to `dm_pci_read_config16'
ld.bfd: drivers/ata/sata_sil.c:701: undefined reference to `dm_pci_map_bar'
ld.bfd: drivers/ata/sata_sil.c:704: undefined reference to `dm_pci_map_bar'
ld.bfd: drivers/ata/sata_sil.c:713: undefined reference to `dm_pci_write_config16'
ld.bfd: drivers/ata/sata_sil.c:717: undefined reference to `dm_pci_read_config16'
ld.bfd: drivers/ata/sata_sil.o: in function `sil_cmd_identify_device':
drivers/ata/sata_sil.c:256: undefined reference to `dm_pci_phys_to_bus'
ld.bfd: drivers/ata/sata_sil.o: in function `sil_sata_rw_cmd':
drivers/ata/sata_sil.c:330: undefined reference to `dm_pci_phys_to_bus'
ld.bfd: drivers/ata/sata_sil.o: in function `sil_sata_rw_cmd_ext':
drivers/ata/sata_sil.c:377: undefined reference to `dm_pci_phys_to_bus'
make: *** [Makefile:1778: u-boot] Error 1
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The Linux kernel appends 4 bytes to the end of compressed kernel Images
containing the uncompressed image size. They are used to make
self-decompressing Images easier. However for archs that don't support
self-decompression, like ARM64, U-Boot must be able to decompress the
image with the garbage data.
The existing decompressors already support this. This unit test was
added while working on zstd support as upstream zstd will error if there
is garbage data in the input buffer, and special care was needed to
support this.
Signed-off-by: Brandon Maier <brandon.maier@collins.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For a squashfs filesystem, the fragment table is followed by
the following tables: NFS export table, ID table, xattr table.
The export and xattr tables are both completely optional, but
the ID table is mandatory. The Linux implementation refuses to
mount the image if the ID table is missing. Tables that are no
present have their location in the super block set
to 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF.
The u-boot implementation previously assumed that it can always
rely on the export table location as an upper bound for the fragment
table, trying (and failing) to read past filesystem bounds if it
is not present.
This patch changes the driver to use the ID table instead and only
use the export table location if it lies between the two.
Signed-off-by: David Oberhollenzer <goliath@infraroot.at>
Reviewed-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Add a test which validates that exit from environment script works as
expected, including return value propagation and clipping to positive
integers.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Make sure the 'exit' command as well as 'exit $val' command exits
from environment scripts immediately and propagates return value
out of those scripts fully. That means the following behavior is
expected:
"
=> setenv foo 'echo bar ; exit 1' ; run foo ; echo $?
bar
1
=> setenv foo 'echo bar ; exit 0' ; run foo ; echo $?
bar
0
=> setenv foo 'echo bar ; exit -2' ; run foo ; echo $?
bar
0
"
As well as the followin behavior:
"
=> setenv foo 'echo bar ; exit 3 ; echo fail'; run foo; echo $?
bar
3
=> setenv foo 'echo bar ; exit 1 ; echo fail'; run foo; echo $?
bar
1
=> setenv foo 'echo bar ; exit 0 ; echo fail'; run foo; echo $?
bar
0
=> setenv foo 'echo bar ; exit -1 ; echo fail'; run foo; echo $?
bar
0
=> setenv foo 'echo bar ; exit -2 ; echo fail'; run foo; echo $?
bar
0
=> setenv foo 'echo bar ; exit ; echo fail'; run foo; echo $?
bar
0
"
Fixes: 8c4e3b79bd ("cmd: exit: Fix return value")
Reviewed-by: Hector Palacios <hector.palacios@digi.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
This adds the UUU UCmd functionality as an OEM command. While the
fastboot tool allows sending arbitrary commands as long as they are
prefixed with "oem". This allows running generic U-Boot commands over
fastboot without UUU, which is especially useful when not using USB.
This is really the route we should have gone in the first place when
adding these commands.
While we're here, clean up the UUU Kconfig a bit.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Much of the fastboot code predates the introduction of Kconfig and
has quite a few #ifdefs in it which is unnecessary now that we can use
IS_ENABLED() et al.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Tested-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com> # on vim3l
In U-Boot driver model the devices can be referenced by
phandle in the U-Boot configuration nodes.
Without a valid node provided during the bind, the driver
associated to OP-TEE TA can't be referenced.
For example to force the sequence number with alias
(.flags = DM_UC_FLAG_SEQ_ALIAS)
aliases {
rng0 = &optee;
};
or other configuration:
board-sysinfo {
compatible = "vendor,sysinfo-board";
ramdom = <&optee>;
}
With this patch all drivers bound from OP-TEE service
discovery are now associated are associated to OP-TEE
node, allowing to identify by phandle the driver
provided by the TA for one UCLASS without modifying
device tree.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Add trace in env save to indicate any errors to end user and avoid
silent output when the command 'env erase' is not executed as it is
done in env_save with commit 8968288cb4 ("env: add failing trace in
env_save")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Add support of opts erase for ubi env backend, this opts is used by
command 'env erase'.
This command only zero-fill the env UBI volume CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME
and CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND, so the saved environment becomes
invalid.
This patch introduces a local define ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND
only to avoid #if in the code, as CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND
is only defined when CONFIG_SYS_REDUNDAND_ENVIRONMENT is defined.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Checks that `make u-boot-initial-env` creates the text file
u-boot-initial-env and checks that it at least contains
`board=<something>`.
Signed-off-by: Max Krummenacher <max.krummenacher@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When the number of parameters is wrong, the return value should be processed in
the same way as other cmds, return CMD_RET_USAGE so that it can print the information.
Signed-off-by: Shenlin Liang <liangshenlin@eswincomputing.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The two configuration CONFIG_MTDIDS_DEFAULT and CONFIG_MTDPARTS_DEFAULT
are not needed with mtd configuration CONFIG_SYS_MTDPARTS_RUNTIME which
allows the MTDIDS and MTDPARTS to be configured at runtime.
This patch has no defconfig impacts because CONFIG_SYS_MTDPARTS_RUNTIME
is only used by two platforms (stm32mp and igep00x0) which don't define
CONFIG_MTDIDS_DEFAULT or CONFIG_MTDPARTS_DEFAULT.
This patch solves an UBI environment load issue for NAND boot for
stm32mp15 platform. In mtd_uboot.c, when GD_FLG_ENV_READY is not set,
env_get_f() return a EMPTY string, define in default_environment[]
because CONFIG_MTDIDS_DEFAULT="" and CONFIG_MTDPARTS_DEFAULT="",
but a NULL pointer is expected to allow call of board_mtdparts_default.
Without mtdparts, the env partition [CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART="UBI"] is not
found in env/ubi.c [CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI].
It is not a problem when env becomes ready, as these empty variables are
removed form U-Boot environment in env_import() / himport_r().
Fixes: a331017c23 ("Complete migration of MTDPARTS_DEFAULT / MTDIDS_DEFAULT, include in environment")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
add initialization of variable 'node',this can aviod the building
warning:
'node' may be used uninitialized [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
Signed-off-by: Haijun Qin <qinhaijun@eswincomputing.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This adds an NVMEM reboot mode driver, similar to Linux's
implementation. This allows using the same device tree binding for Linux
and U-Boot in most cases.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This adds support for reading the battery-backed memory present on these
RTCs. This modifies the read/write methods to access the RAM instead of
raw register offsets. No one was using these in-tree, so we should be
fine changing them.
We use the "standard" address space window to access the RAM. The
extension RAM address register has some reserved bits, but we write the
whole thing for simplicity (as these bits default to 0).
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
the blob parameter of the function process_fdt_options has not been
invoked in the function body and should be changed to void type
Signed-off-by: Shenlin Liang <liangshenlin@eswincomputing.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Before this was named just evm, which doesn't match the naming
of the other TI board file directory and makes it look like a
common directory for evms. Name this omap3evm.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Derald Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
CONFIG_SPL_TARGET should specify additional SPL make target. But
u-boot-with-spl.bin is final U-Boot binary, not SPL binary in some custom
format. Moreover u-boot-with-spl.bin is already set in CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET,
so make will build it by default.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Final U-Boot binary for mpc85xx boards which use SPL and are not PBL-based
based is u-boot-with-spl.bin. PBL is not used only on boards with e500v1
and e500v2 cores. Apparently CONFIG_E500 is set not only for e500 cores,
but also for all other mpc85xx cores e500mc, e5500 and e5600. So do not use
CONFIG_E500 and instead filter new cores with PBL based bootrom.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
u-boot-with-spl.kwb is built only for SPL enabled 32-bit armada boards.
u-boot.kwb is built for 32-bit armada and kirkwood boards but only for
non-SPL targets.
So replace CONFIG_ARCH_MVEBU by CONFIG_ARMADA_32BIT (it implies
CONFIG_ARCH_MVEBU) for u-boot-with-spl.kwb.
And add additional CONFIG_ARMADA_32BIT && !CONFIG_SPL for u-boot.kwb.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
KASLR address is needed to boot fully functional Android.
KASLR is set by primary bootloader, and since u-boot is used
as a secondary bootloader(replacing kernel) on sdm845 platform,
KASLR may be found by comparing memory chunks at relocaddr over
supposed KASLR range.
Signed-off-by: Dzmitry Sankouski <dsankouski@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
It was temporary disabled due to problem with boot.
Issue was fixed in
commit f5ed6c9ccf ("uart: sdm845: Fix debug UART pinmux")
Signed-off-by: Dzmitry Sankouski <dsankouski@gmail.com>
In order to maintain the chain of trust, each stage of the boot process
will first authenticate each binary it loads before continuing. To
extend this to the kernal and its dtbs we can package the kernal and
its dtbs into another fitImage for Uboot to authenticate and extend the
chain of trust all the way to the kernel.
When 'boot_fit' is set, indicating we're using the secure bootflow, look
for and authenticate the kernel's fitImage.
Signed-off-by: Judith Mendez <jm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
We're currently using CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND to run custom boot scripts to
jump into linux. While this works, let's begin the transition to more
distribution friendly jumps to linux by enabling distro_bootcmd.
Convert the custom bootcmd to a distro_bootcmd
Signed-off-by: Judith Mendez <jm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
Texas Instruments has begun enabling security settings on the SoCs it
produces to instruct ROM and TIFS to begin protecting the Security
Management Subsystem (SMS) from other binaries we load into the chip by
default.
One way ROM and TIFS do this is by enabling firewalls to protect the
OCSRAM and HSM RAM regions they're using during bootup.
The HSM RAM the wakeup SPL is in is firewalled by TIFS to protect
itself from the main domain applications. This means the 'bootindex'
value in HSM RAM, left by ROM to indicate if we're using the primary
or secondary boot-method, must be moved to OCSRAM (that TIFS has open
for us) before we make the jump to the main domain so the main domain's
bootloaders can keep access to this information.
Signed-off-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
Texas Instruments has begun enabling security setting on the SoCs they
produce to instruct ROM and TIFS to begin protecting the Security
Management Subsystem (SMS) from other binaries we load into the chip by
default.
One way ROM does this is by enabling firewalls to protect the OCSRAM
region it's using during bootup. Only after TIFS has started (and had
time to disable the OCSRAM firewall region) will we have write access to
the region.
This means we will need to move the stack & heap from OCSRAM to HSM RAM
and reduce the size of BSS and the SPL to allow it to fit properly.
Signed-off-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
In its current form, the am62a's wakeup SPL is fairly small, however
this will not remain as more boot modes are eventually added. To protect
us from overflowing our ~256k of HSM SRAM, add limits and check during
the wakeup SPL build.
Signed-off-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
TI boards use a custom (though faily common to TI boards) mechanism for
booting Linux. We would like to use the "distroboot" approach.
Enable distroboot as a further option to use for booting on am625 should
the existing options fail.
Signed-off-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.com>
The boot mode detection assumes that BOOT_DEVICE_MMC2 should always
result in MMCSD_MODE_FS, but MMCSD_MODE_RAW is also a valid option for
this port.
The current logic also avoids looking at the bootmode pin strapping,
which should be the primary means of determining whether a device is
being booted in MMCSD_MODE_EMMCBOOT mode.
Switch around the logic to check the boot mode to determine whether the
eMMC boot mode is expected or MMC/SD boot mode. From there we can look
at the boot mode config if in MMC/SD boot mode to determine whether to
attempt RAW or FS based booting.
This change allows U-Boot to also be successfully booted from RAW
offsets in addition to from a filesystem.
Signed-off-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.com>
In f422c4bec the configuration option to support s28hs512t SPI flashes
was changed from CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_S28HS512T to CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_S28HX_T
to support the wider family. Follow this change in the AM62x EVM
configurations.
Signed-off-by: Sjoerd Simons <sjoerd@collabora.com>
Reviewed-by: Dhruva Gole <d-gole@ti.com>
To quote the author:
Update in U-Boot env mmc backend with several cosmetic changes or
corrections and 2 new features:
1/ CONFIG_ENV_MMC_USE_DT = no more use CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET
in the mmc ENV backend when this config is activated.
Requested by the STM32MP STMicroelectronics boards which activate
several ENV_IS_IN_XXX; the value of CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is invalid for
SD-Card / eMMC boot; this offset should only used in SPIFlash backend
(sf.c) for SPI-NOR boot.
If this offset is used on mmc backend, when partition name in GPT is
not aligned with U-Boot DT: "u-boot,mmc-env-partition", the behavior
is difficult to debug: a partition is corrupted on 'env save' command.
2/ selects the GPT env partition by the "u-boot-env" type GUID introduced
by the commit c0364ce1c6 ("doc/README.gpt: define partition
type GUID for U-Boot environment")
This feature can also avoid issue when 'u-boot-env' partition name
change in GPT partitioning but not in the U-Boot DT with
"u-boot,mmc-env-partition"
Add a debug message to indicate a potential issue when
"u-boot,mmc-env-partition" is present in config node of device tree
but this partition name is not found in the mmc device.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Since commit c0364ce1c6 ("doc/README.gpt: define partition type GUID for
U-Boot environment"), a specific type GUID can be used to indicate
the U-Boot environment partition on the device with GPT partition table.
This patch uses this type GUID to found the env partition as fallback
when the partition name property "u-boot,mmc-env-partition" is not present
in config node or if the indicated partition name is not found.
The mmc_offset_try_partition() function is reused, it selects the first
partition with the correct type GUID when the parameter 'str' is NULL.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Activate by default CONFIG_ENV_MMC_USE_DT as "u-boot,mmc-env-partition"
should be always use in STMicroelectronics boards device tree to locate
the environment for mmc backend. The 2 defines:
CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET=0x280000
CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND=0x2C0000
are only valid for spi-nor and not for SD-Card or eMMC.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Add a new config CONFIG_ENV_MMC_USE_DT to force configuration of the
U-Boot environment offset with device tree config node.
This patch avoids issues when several CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_XXX are activated,
the defconfig file uses the same value for CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET or
CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND for the several ENV backends (SPI_FLASH, EEPROM
NAND, SATA, MMC).
After this patch a bad offset value is not possible when the selected
partition in device tree is not found.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
When ENV_IS_EMBEDDED is enabled, ret is not defined but is used as a
return value in env_mmc_load().
This patch correct this issue and simplify the existing code, test only
one time #if defined(ENV_IS_EMBEDDED) and not in the function.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
This file has a lot of conditional code and much of it is unnecessary.
Clean this up to reduce the number of build combinations.
This patch replaces the test on CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND for the
more coherent CONFIG_SYS_REDUNDAND_ENVIRONMENT.
This patch also corrects a compilation issue in init_mmc_for_env()
when CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART is not activated, env_mmc_orig_hwpart is
not defined.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Introduce ENV_MMC_OFFSET defines.
It is a preliminary step to the next patches to simplify the code.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
There are currently no platform that are both CONFIG_SYS_NS16550_MEM32
and not (per how the logic was prior to being broken in 0478dac62a
("kbuild: Remove uncmd_spl logic")) enabled in CONFIG_DM_SERIAL. We drop
this line out now so that platforms which do use
CONFIG_SYS_NS16550_MEM32 and depending on stage may or may not have
DM_SERIAL set.
Fixes: 0478dac62a ("kbuild: Remove uncmd_spl logic")
Reported-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Tested-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com> #on Ringneck PX30, Puma RK3399
For some newer SoCs like RK3568, the Rockchip has not released
any DDR drivers yet so idbloader needs to create manually using
DDR binaries offered by rkbin. This indeed no requirement to
enable TPL in the U-Boot source code.
If we mark TPL disabled and mark BINMAN enabled by default then
there would be an issue of binman_init failure during board
relocation. This is true as binman failed to find the top-level
node like u-boot-tpl here.
Here is the boot issue observed in Radxa-CM3 RK3566 board,
U-Boot 2023.01-rc4-00057-gac2505d463-dirty (Jan 04 2023 - 23:44:18 +0530)
Model: Radxa Compute Module 3(CM3) IO Board
DRAM: 2 GiB
binman_init failed:-2
initcall sequence 000000007ffd2008 failed at call 0000000000a18cac (err=-2)
### ERROR ### Please RESET the board ###
This might be fixed via binman node in rockchip-u-boot.dtsi however
disable BINMAN_FDT for evb-rk3568 defconfig for now as we are at the
end of the release cycle.
Fixes: 05713d5707 ("rockchip: generate u-boot-rockchip.bin with binman
for ARM64 boards")
Cc: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The "SCRIPT FAILED" string is copied from scan_dev_for_scripts script,
update it so it prints "EXTLINUX FAILED" instead in scan_dev_for_extlinux
script.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Adds driver model support.
We need to be able to self initialize the NAND controller/chip
at probe and so enable CONFIG_SYS_NAND_SELF_INIT.
Doing so requires nand_register() API which is provided by nand.c
and needs to be enabled during SPL build via CONFIG_SPL_NAND_INIT.
But nand.c also provides nand_init() so we need to get rid of nand_init()
in omap_gpmc driver if CONFIG_SPL_NAND_INIT is set.
Signed-off-by: Roger Quadros <rogerq@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/all/20221220102203.52398-5-rogerq@kernel.org
In some cases, we might not have the sic portion of setuputils
available. Make our import and use of this be done in try/except blocks
as this is done to suppress a run-time warning that is otherwise
non-fatal.
Reported-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Fixes: 1416591876 ("pylibfdt: Fix disable version normalization")
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This reverts commit 777aaaa706 ("common/memsize.c: Fix
get_effective_memsize() to check for overflow") for non-mpc85xx platforms.
The changes to this generic function, which is intended to help with
32bit platforms with large amounts of memory has unintended side effects
(which in turn lead to boot failures) on other platforms which were
previously functional.
For now do overflow check only for powerpc mpc85xx platform. It is needed
to prevent crashing of P1/P2 boards with 4GB DDR module in 32-bit mode.
Fixes: 777aaaa706 ("common/memsize.c: Fix get_effective_memsize() to check for overflow")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Pull request efi-2023-01-rc5-4
UEFI:
* correct the vexpress loaddr which collides with memory used by EFI
* consider the EFI memory map for LMB memory reservation
* avoid RWX section warnings for .data section of *_efi.so files
When building with binutils 2.39 warnings
*_efi.so has a LOAD segment with RWX permissions
occur.
Use SHF_WRITE | SHF_ALLOC as section flags for the .data section.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
On the vexpress_ca9x4 $loadaddr points to a memory area used by the EFI
sub-system. Use the same value as $kernel_addr_r which is safe.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
First set of u-boot-at91 features for the 2023.04 cycle:
This feature set includes the new DM-based NAND flash driver (old non-DM
driver is still kept for backwards compatibility), and the move to DM
NAND flash driver for sam9x60ek board. Feature set also includes
devicetree alignment for sama7g5 with Linux, devicetree alignment on USB
with Linux for all boards (sama5, sam9x60), chip id for sama7g5, minor
configs and tweaks.
- stm32mp: Fix board_get_usable_ram_top(): workaround to avoid issue after the
commit 777aaaa706 ("common/memsize.c: Fix get_effective_memsize() to check
for overflow") because the effective DDR effective size is reduce by 4KiB
and sometime the board hang on boot
- Bring in a number of important regression fixes for among others,
uniphier, PXE booting, socrates, imx7d-pico, rockchip video and
rzg2_beacon as well as making the python version warning fix more
portable.
Due to the part shortage, the AR8031 PHY was replaced with a
Micrel KSZ9131. Enabling both config options keeps backward
compatibility with either platform, and both appear to be
auto-detected.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
The QSPI is accessed via the RPC-IF, but the compatible flags
previously used a different name. This compatibel name was changed
which broke the ability to access the QSPI. Fix this by removing
the custom naming reference.
Fixes: 68083b897b ("renesas: Fix RPC-IF compatible values")
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
On Arch Linux based systems python setuptools does not contain
"setuptools.extern" hence it is failing with the following
error-message:
"
ModuleNotFoundError: No module named 'setuptools.extern'
"
According to a eschwartz `setuptools.extern` is not a public API and
shall not be assumed to be present in the setuptools package. He
mentions that the setuptools project anyway wants to drop this. [1]
Use the correct solution introduced by python setuptools developers to
disable normalization. [2]
[1] https://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?id=259608
[2] https://github.com/pypa/setuptools/pull/2026
Fixes: 440098c42e ("pylibfdt: Fix version normalization warning")
Signed-off-by: Philippe Schenker <philippe.schenker@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Commit d5ba6188df ("cmd: pxe_utils: Check fdtcontroladdr in label_boot")
forces '$fdtcontroladdr' DT address as a third parameter of bootm command
even if the PXE transfer pulls in a fitImage which contains configuration
node with its own DT that is preferrable to be passed to Linux. Limit the
$fdtcontroladdr fallback utilization to non-fitImages, since it is highly
likely a fitImage would come with its own DT, while single-file images do
need a separate DT.
Fixes: d5ba6188df ("cmd: pxe_utils: Check fdtcontroladdr in label_boot")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Peter Hoyes <peter.hoyes@arm.com>
Tested-by: Peter Hoyes <peter.hoyes@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
This reverts commit ed6251187a.
Superseded by "cmd: pxe_utils: Limit fdtcontroladdr usage to non-fitImage"
which is less heavy-handed approach and retains part of the original
behavior for non-fitImage.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Acked-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
The uniphier i2c block can recognize some handshake errors.
But driver handles all error detections as no error if no timeout.
So this makes unrecoverable state.
This replaces the return values with the right ones to tell the i2c
framework the errors:
- EDEADLK for arbitration lost error
- ENODATA for no answer error
Signed-off-by: Dai Okamura <okamura.dai@socionext.com>
Acked-by: Kunihiko Hayashi <hayashi.kunihiko@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Since commit 2f96d4dd95 ("imx7s/d: synchronise device trees with linux")
the imx7d-pico board no longer boots.
The reason is that prior to the above commit there was an explicit
inclusion of arch/arm/dts/imx7d-pico-u-boot.dtsi inside imx7d-pico.dtsi.
After the syncing with the Linux upstream dtsi, this u-boot.dtsi inclusion
is gone and the board fails to boot.
U-Boot uses the imx7d-pico-pi.dtb file, so rename the u-boot.dtsi to
imx7d-pico-pi-u-boot.dtsi which gets included automatically by U-Boot
standard make logic and makes the board boot again.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
U-Boot build system builds final U-Boot binary for socrates board in custom
file u-boot-socrates.bin (instead of standard u-boot.bin). Output target
file u-boot-socrates.bin is generated by binman as defined in board binman
config file arch/powerpc/dts/socrates-u-boot.dtsi.
But binman was disabled in commit 5af42eafd7 ("Makefile: Reduce usage of
custom mpc85xx u-boot.bin target") for all mpc85xx boards which do not use
standard powerpc binman config file arch/powerpc/dts/u-boot.dtsi and boards
which do not require binman at all.
The only such mpc85xx board is socrates. So since that commit, U-Boot does
not final binary for socrates board anymore.
Fix this issue by re-enabling binman for socrates board. And build process
starts again producing u-boot-socrates.bin binary.
Note that build process for this socrates board always produce u-boot.bin
binary which is broken and not usable for socrates board. Long term
solution should be to disable building broken binary u-boot.bin and then
renaming u-boot-socrates.bin to u-boot.bin, or switching to use common
powerpc binman config file arch/powerpc/dts/socrates-u-boot.dtsi (if it is
possible).
Fixes: 5af42eafd7 ("Makefile: Reduce usage of custom mpc85xx u-boot.bin target")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Do not access gd->ram_size and assume this is actual valid RAM size. Since commit
777aaaa706 ("common/memsize.c: Fix get_effective_memsize() to check for overflow")
the RAM size may be less than gd->ram_size , call get_effective_memsize() to get
the limited value instead.
The aforementioned commit makes STM32MP15xx boards with 1 GiB of DRAM
at 0xc0000000 hang on boot, which is a grave defect.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
This makes it possible to configure a project to use some other
location or script than the default scripts/get_maintainer.pl one used
in the U-Boot and Linux projects. It can be configured via a .patman
configuration file and accepts arguments, as documented.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxim Cournoyer <maxim.cournoyer@savoirfairelinux.com>
This enables versioning a project specific patman configuration file.
It also makes it possible to declare the project name, which is not a
useful thing to do in $HOME/.patman. A new test is added, along
updated documentation.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Cournoyer <maxim.cournoyer@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rationale: if the user explicitly provide this argument, they probably
intend for it to be used.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Cournoyer <maxim.cournoyer@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This better matches Python conventions, allowing to easily test
whether the optional argument is provided.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Cournoyer <maxim.cournoyer@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The SafeConfigParser class has been renamed in Python 3.2 to
ConfigParser, and the old alias has been deprecated since.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Cournoyer <maxim.cournoyer@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Remove extraneous imports, variables and comply to PEP 8 maximum line
width, among other PEP 8 changes suggested by Pyflake.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Cournoyer <maxim.cournoyer@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Pytest offers useful features such as selecting tests by means of a
regular expression, or running the pdb debugger upon encountering a
test failure.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxim Cournoyer <maxim.cournoyer@savoirfairelinux.com>
Some tests would fail when the test data is not available, so it
doesn't make much sense to expose the action when patman is running
outside of the u-boot git checkout.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxim Cournoyer <maxim.cournoyer@savoirfairelinux.com>
With this change, a user can run the patman test suite using Pytest
the same as when using 'patman test':
$ cd tools/patman && pytest
[...]
44 passed, 8 warnings in 8.87s
$ ./patman test
Ran 44 tests in 8.460s
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxim Cournoyer <maxim.cournoyer@savoirfairelinux.com>
This allows running the package as a Python module, like e.g.:
$ python -m patman
It also prevents Pytest from attempting to parse main.py, which
would cause errors.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxim Cournoyer <maxim.cournoyer@savoirfairelinux.com>
Fix up main.py in __init__.py:
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This resolves 10 out of 11 test failures seen when running './patman
test' from the 'tools/patman' subdirectory. This was caused by the
.checkpatch.conf configuration file at the root of the project not
being picked up. Make the test suite of patman independent from it by
always invoking the checkpatch.pl script with the minimally required
arguments for the test suite to pass.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxim Cournoyer <maxim.cournoyer@savoirfairelinux.com>
Previously it would rely on the executing script location, which could
break for example when running the tests via 'pytest'.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxim Cournoyer <maxim.cournoyer@savoirfairelinux.com>
Rationale: this is more robust than assumptions about the file
hierarchy layout of the installation of patman, for example on non
file-hierarchy standard (FHS) systems such as Guix System or Nix OS.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Cournoyer <maxim.cournoyer@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for at91 reset controller's basic assert/deassert
operations. Since this driver conflicts with the
SYSRESET driver because they both bind to the same RSTC node,
implement a custom bind hook that would manually bind the
sysreset driver, if enabled, to the same RSTC DT node.
Furthermore, delete the no longer needed compatibles from the
SYSRESET driver and rename it to make sure than any possible
conflicts are avoided.
Signed-off-by: Sergiu Moga <sergiu.moga@microchip.com>
Tested-by: Mihai Sain <mihai.sain@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Add the required pinctrl, gpio and phy properties required by the
USB DT nodes of the sama7g5ek boards. Since these have not yet been
defined in upstream Linux, place them in the U-Boot specific DT file.
Signed-off-by: Sergiu Moga <sergiu.moga@microchip.com>
Define the USB and UTMI DT nodes for the sama7g5 SoC's. Since these have
not yet been defined in upstream Linux, place them in the U-Boot specific
DT file.
Signed-off-by: Sergiu Moga <sergiu.moga@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Upstream linux commit 5994f58977e0.
Add reset bindings for SAMA7G5. At the moment only USB PHYs are
included.
The three reset USB phy's have their ID's mapped from 4 to 6. There are
no USB phy's with ID's numbered from 0 to 3.
Signed-off-by: Sergiu Moga <sergiu.moga@microchip.com>
Add the required pinctrl and gpio properties required by the USB DT
nodes of the sam9x60ek boards.
Signed-off-by: Sergiu Moga <sergiu.moga@microchip.com>
Add the required pinctrl and gpio properties needed by the USB DT nodes
of the sam9x60_curiosity boards.
Signed-off-by: Sergiu Moga <sergiu.moga@microchip.com>
Pull request for efi-2023-01-rc5-3
Documentation:
* Describe building documentation
UEFI:
* Add .data section to aarch64 EFI binaries and correct section flags
* Correct sorting of capsules when updating
* Populate console handles in system table
Other:
* Fix description of eth_env_[gs]et_enetaddr() return value
* Avoid endless loop in sound play command
The fields ConsoleInHandle, ConsoleOutHandle, ConsoleErrHandle must point
to the handles with the respective console protocols. Failure to do so
leads to an error in the EFI Shell:
No SimpleTextInputEx was found. CTRL-based features are not usable.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Up to now we only compared the first letter of the capsule name to sort
them alphabetically. Properly sort by the Unicode alphabet.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
While our EFI binaries execute without problems on EDK II they crash on
a Lenovo X13s. Let our binaries look more like what EDK II produces:
* move all writable data to a .data section
* align sections to 4 KiB boundaries (matching EFI page size)
* remove IMAGE_SCN_LNK_NRELOC_OVFL from .reloc section flags
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Per env/common.c, eth_env_get_enetaddr() returns the same return
values as is_valid_ethaddr(), i.e. true if valid, false otherwise.
Per env/common.c, eth_env_set_enetaddr() may return -EEXIST is the
ethaddr is already set. Fix both.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
A parameter starting with a hyphen leads to an endless loop in the sound
play command.
Leave it to dectoul() to handle the hyphen. It will return 0 for a negative
number.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Set blue led on at boot time in order to highlight that u-boot is loaded.
This is done for all sam9x60 based boards which contain an RGB led.
Signed-off-by: Mihai Sain <mihai.sain@microchip.com>
Remove init of UART-clock and UART-reset in arch_cpu_init(). Add DEBUG_UART
to s5p4418_nanopi2_defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Bosch <stefan_b@posteo.net>
Add dm_serial driver source code for S5P4418 SOC. Extend the "arm,pl011"
driver by init of UART-clock and UART-reset.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Bosch <stefan_b@posteo.net>
Switch off SCSI related config options to get rid of the board
removal warning. We don't use this interface. Also disable UBIFS
to decrease the image size, as this is also not used.
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@hitachienergy.com>
EEPROM detection logic in ti_i2c_eeprom_get() involves figuring out
whether addressing is 1-byte or 2-byte. There are currently different
behaviours seen across boards as documented in commit bf6376642f
("board: ti: common: board_detect: Fix EEPROM read quirk"). Adding to
the list, we see that there are 2-byte EEPROMs that read properly
with 1-byte addressing with no offset.
For ti_i2c_eeprom_am6_get where eeprom parse operation is dynamic, the
earlier commit d2ab2a2baf ("board: ti: common: board_detect: Fix
EEPROM read quirk for AM6 style data") tried to resolve this by running
ti_i2c_eeprom_get() twice. However this commit along with its former
commit fails on J7 platforms where EEPROM successfully return back the
header on 1-byte addressing and continues to do so until an offset is
introduced. So the second read incorrectly determines the EEPROM as
1-byte addressing.
A more generic solution is introduced here to solve
this issue: 1-byte read without offset and 1-byte read with offset. If
both passes, it follows 1-byte addressing else we proceed with 2-byte
addressing check.
Tested on J721E, J7200, DRA7xx, AM64x
Signed-off-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Fixes: d2ab2a2baf (board: ti: common: board_detect: Fix EEPROM read quirk for AM6 style data)
Fixes: bf6376642f (board: ti: common: board_detect: Fix EEPROM read quirk)
Tested-By: Matwey V. Kornilov <matwey.kornilov@gmail.com>
Add the CONFIG_SYS_NAND_SELF_INIT to the Kconfig to follow the changes from
mainline.
Signed-off-by: Lokanathan, Raaj <raaj.lokanathan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jit Loon Lim <jit.loon.lim@intel.com>
U-Boot serial code already handles -EAGAIN value from getc and putc
callbacks. So change drivers code to return -EAGAIN when HW is busy instead
of doing its own busy loop and waiting until HW is ready.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
serial-uclass.c code already puts \r before \n for all dm_serial drivers.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
All uniphier v7 SoCs have cortex-a9 and use cortex-a9 global timer
in a simple implementation. Now DM_TIMER of it is available
on 35751c7f3f ("timer: sti: convert sti-timer to arm a9 global timer"),
so let's switch to it.
The old driver reads the lower 32bits of counter field
and sets the prescaler as 50 with PERIPHCLK(=50MHz),
so the global timer works as a 32-bit 1MHz timer.
The DM_TIMER uses the whole 64bits with no prescaler,
so the global timer works as a 64-bit PERIPHCLK timer.
CONFIG_SYS_HZ_CLOCK is set as the default PERIPHCLK frequency,
if there is no 'clocks' property in devicetree.
Signed-off-by: Dai Okamura <okamura.dai@socionext.com>
PXs3 Ref boards need to change the strength of ethernet ports
for stability, like LD20's one.
This adds the table data and fixes the boot issue on PXs3 Ref board.
Fixes: 0852033309 ("ARM: uniphier: sync with Linux 5.8-rc4")
Signed-off-by: Dai Okamura <okamura.dai@socionext.com>
The pinctrl datas of uniphier SoCs are the minimal subsets of kernel's one,
and some tables has no data to save the footprint size.
If the board dts tries to match a pin name on no pins defined SoC,
the footprint magic code causes "Synchronous Abort".
This checks if the 'pins' data is valid,
and if empty, avoids the abort with the warning as follows:
WARNING at drivers/pinctrl/uniphier/pinctrl-uniphier-core.c:36/uniphier_pinctrl_get_pins_count()!
pinctrl_select_state_full: pinctrl_config_one: err=-38
Signed-off-by: Dai Okamura <okamura.dai@socionext.com>
kmcent2-u-boot.dtsi file contains copy of powerpc u-boot.dtsi binman file.
So remove code duplication and replace it by including u-boot.dtsi file.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@csgroup.eu>
The correct value for 'entry-method' in the idle-states binding is 'psci',
not 'arm,psci'. It hasn't mattered because it isn't used by the OS.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
The "arm,armv7-timer-mem" schema defines the address sizes for child
nodes to be 32-bit as there's no need for 64-bit offsets and sizes of
the child 'frame' nodes.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
DT node names should follow generic names defined in the DT spec. These
are also now checked by dtschema tools.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
Add the definition of the pinctrl for the MCU domain.
Same as kernel commit 500e6dfbb465531150ac6e2ff0856dd357ddc8a4
Signed-off-by: Christian Gmeiner <christian.gmeiner@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
We've noticed that at least one Kirkwood board (Pogo v4) has problems
with the new orion DM timer implementation. Debugging revealed that this
issue is related with the static variable "early_init_done" which does
not work correctly before relocation in all cases.
This patch removes this static variable and replaces it's functionality
via a function that detects if the timer is already initialized.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Cc: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Cc: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
To quote the author:
This series adds support for using configs with the source command.
And to paraphrase the rest, see the patch commit messages for more
details.
As discussed previously [1,2], the source command is not safe to use with
verified boot unless there is a key with required = "images" (which has its
own problems). This is because if such a key is absent, signatures are
verified but not required. It is assumed that configuration nodes will
provide the signature. Because the source command does not use
configurations to determine the image to source, effectively no
verification takes place.
To address this, allow specifying configuration nodes. We use the same
syntax as the bootm command (helpfully provided for us by fit_parse_conf).
By default, we first try the default config and then the default image. To
force using a config, # must be present in the command (e.g. `source
$loadaddr#my-conf`). For convenience, the config may be omitted, just like
the address may be (e.g. `source \#`). This also works for images
(`source :` behaves exactly like `source` currently does).
[1] https://lore.kernel.org/u-boot/7d711133-d513-5bcb-52f2-a9dbaa9eeded@prevas.dk/
[2] https://lore.kernel.org/u-boot/042dcb34-f85f-351e-1b0e-513f89005fdd@gmail.com/
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This simplifies a few lines and corrects an error message.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Two callers of image_source_script specify an image name. However, both
use the deprecated @ syntax, indicating that they have not been updated
in a while. If CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is enabled, we will reject such
names outright. Back in commit 152576a598 ("stm32mp: stm32prog: handle
U-Boot script in flashlayout alternate"), we even renamed one of the
nodes. Instead of hard-coding a script image name, just use the default
image.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
This adds a basic test for FIT image handling by the source command.
It's a python test becase we need to run mkimage.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a fallback for this function so it can be used without regard to
whether FIT_SIGNATURE is enabled or not.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Pull request for efi-2023-01-rc5-2
Documentation:
* Reorganize existing TI docs and add K3 generation page
* Add texinfodocs and infodocs targets
* Update qemu-ppce500 documentation
* Use "changesets" not "csets" in statistics pages
UEFI
* Fix merging of preseeded non-volatile variables
* Fix a return value in the EFI_HII_DATABASE_PROTOCOL
* Set UEFI specification version to 2.10
In 96699f097a ("powerpc: mpc85xx: Use binman to embed dtb inside
U-Boot") we introduce CONFIG_MPC85XX_HAVE_RESET_VECTOR and do so via
Kconfig. However, much later in de47ff5363 ("Convert
CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC to Kconfig") I converted the symbol that
is the inverse of this to Kconfig. This should have included a
dependency on the first symbol as they are logically opposite.
The dependency being missing lead to some platforms being broken at
runtime due to discarding the require reset vector.
Fixes: de47ff5363 ("Convert CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC to Kconfig")
Reported-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Tested-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
When converting CONFIG_SDCARD and CONFIG_SPIFLASH to Kconfig, one set of
uses wasn't converted correctly. Allow for the case where platforms
don't rely on "PBL" to boot but instead use other mechanisms. See the
link below for more details.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/all/20220802091338.f4g45ldhc7qbg6hm@pali/
Fixes: d433c74eec ("Convert CONFIG_SDCARD et al to Kconfig")
Tested-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The wget command uses TCP, but fails to select PROT_TCP in Kconfig.
Instead it selects the non-existing symbol TCP. Fix the typo.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
The compiler complains about the missing declaration of print_size():
net/wget.c:415:3: warning: implicit declaration of function ‘print_size’ [-Wimplicit-function-declaration]
Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
The rockchip job is getting close to the hard time limit in Azure for
the free tier. Split this in to 32bit and 64bit board jobs.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When the efi subsystem starts we restore variables that are both in a
file or stored into the .efi_runtime section of U-Boot. However once
a variable gets created or changed the preseeded entries will end up in
the file. As a consequence on the next boot we will end up adding
identical variable entries twice.
Fix this by checking if the to be inserted variable already exists.
Also swap the restoration order and start with the file instead of the
builtin variables, so a user can replace the preseeded ones if needed.
Tested-by: Leo Yan <leo.yan@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
For the 64bit EFI binaries that we create set the
IMAGE_FILE_LARGE_ADDRESS_AWARE characteristic in the PE-COFF header
to indicate that they can handle addresses above 2 GiB.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
When the HII protocol function get_package_list_handle() is called with an
invalid package list handle, it returns EFI_NOT_FOUND but this is not in
its list of possible status codes as per the EFI specification.
Return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER instead to fix conformance.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Stehlé <vincent.stehle@arm.com>
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Cc: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
To make things more human readable, say "changesets from" rather than
"csets from" in all our historical pages here. Moving forward this has
been changed in our gitdm with b034e399e31a ("gitdm: fix typo csets").
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Sphinx supports generating Texinfo sources and Info documentation,
which can be navigated easily and is convenient to search (via the
indexed nodes or anchors, for example). This is basically the same as
1f050e904dd6f2955eecbd22031d912ccb2e7683, which was recently applied
to the Linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Cournoyer <maxim.cournoyer@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
qemu can emulate also e500v1 core but cannot emulate CPUs from Freescale
PowerPC QorIQ T and P series.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Texas Instrument's entire K3 generation of SoCs use much of the same
frameworks and boot flow, especially at the uboot level. Though there
are small differences introduced as each new K3 based SoC is developed
and as the K3 generation matures that will also need to be documented.
Rather than copying the same documentation, with the small differences
applicable to that specific SoC to a new page, introduce a new K3
page that can describe the general boot flow and design decisions for
the entire K3 generation of chips, leaving the specifics for that
particular SoC to a unique sub-page below this one.
Signed-off-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Texas Instruments produces quite a lot of SoCs based upon a common
architecture 'generation'. (eg: OMAP, K3) TI's existing documentation
layout makes noticing this generation jump rather difficult.
To make navigation easier, split the existing documentation into
individual SoC families so we may begin grouping them according to their
generational (eg: OMAP, K3) families.
Signed-off-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
- Bring in the final series to complete the main portion of migrating
CONFIG symbols to either Kconfig or CFG namespace (or removing /
renaming entirely). With this, we have stricter CI tests as well now.
We ask for CONFIG_SPL_LOAD_FIT_ADDRESS in Kconfig, so we cannot define
it in C as a fall-back. However, this option previously was buried under
"if ... endif" Kconfig logic. Rework a number of config options to now
have more robust dependency lines so that we can ask this address when
needed. With that done, we can remove the fallback in spl_ram.c.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This value is never changed by boards, so just rename it to
SPI_IDLE_VAL to fit with the rest of the code.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We rename the symbol CONFIG_SEND_ENABLE to just SEND_ENABLE, and remove
the second whitespace following the define.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
At this point all listed adhoc CONFIG symbols have been migrated to
Kconfig or removed from the tree or renamed to CFG (or similar). We also
now have CI tests that will error on any new introductions, and
checkpatch.pl also looks. We can now remove these hooks and related
scripts.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Now that all symbols have been migrated to Kconfig, or are part of the
CFG namespace we do not need a complex check for unmigrated CONFIG
symbols. Any instance of #define (or #undef) or a CONFIG value is wrong,
so cause CI to fail.
This test is not as strict as possible yet as we have more symbols that
were not previously caught to deal with.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Now that all CONFIG symbols are in Kconfig, checkpatch.pl should check
for and error on any case of define/undef CONFIG_*.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
At this point in the conversion there should be no need to have logic to
disable some symbol during the SPL build as all symbols should have an
SPL counterpart.
The main real changes done here are that we now must make proper use of
CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(DM_SERIAL) rather than many of the odd tricks we
developed prior to CONFIG_IS_ENABLED() being available.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
A number of CONFIG symbols have crept in that are never referenced in
code, so drop them here. Further, we have two symbols being enabled
in headers while already enabled correctly in Kconfig, so these lines
can also be removed.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Rename the CONFIG_POWER_BD71837_I2C_* symbols to not have the CONFIG
prefix and be local to the file they are used in.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Perform simple renames of:
CONFIG_WATCHDOG_PRESC to CFG_WATCHDOG_PRESC
CONFIG_WATCHDOG_RC to CFG_WATCHDOG_RC
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Perform simple renames of:
CONFIG_VSC7385_IMAGE to CFG_VSC7385_IMAGE
CONFIG_VSC7385_IMAGE_SIZE to CFG_VSC7385_IMAGE_SIZE
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Perform simple renames of:
CONFIG_MXC_USB_FLAGS to CFG_MXC_USB_FLAGS
CONFIG_MXC_USB_PORT to CFG_MXC_USB_PORT
CONFIG_MXC_USB_PORTSC to CFG_MXC_USB_PORTSC
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Perform simple renames of:
CONFIG_DFU_ALT to CFG_DFU_ALT
CONFIG_DFU_ALT_BOOT_EMMC to CFG_DFU_ALT_BOOT_EMMC
CONFIG_DFU_ALT_BOOT_SD to CFG_DFU_ALT_BOOT_SD
CONFIG_DFU_ALT_SYSTEM to CFG_DFU_ALT_SYSTEM
CONFIG_DFU_ENV_SETTINGS to CFG_DFU_ENV_SETTINGS
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
While we do not want to use CONFIG_RSA_VERIFY_WITH_PKEY on the host, we
cannot undef the symbol in this manner. As this ends up being a test
within another function we can use !tools_build() as a test here.
Cc: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We have a number of places that undef CONFIG_... while we never
reference CONFIG_... in the first place. Remove these lines.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We have some unused and undefined symbols to remove references to, so do
that. Move the final things that we do set (or need to keep unset) to
Kconfig instead.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As of 2f41ade79e ("linker: Modify linker scripts to be more generic")
we can use the same linker script for SPL and TPL and not have to make
use of #undef tricks. Remove these last remnants.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The way that the timer support is currently done for exynos/nexell
platforms relies on the legacy PWM infrastructure, and that needs to be
updated. However, we really cannot safely undef CONFIG_DM_PWM to build
the timer.c file without warnings. For now, rename the relevant legacy
functions to be prefixed with s5p_ and add prototypes to the arch pwm.h
files.
Cc: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Cc: Dzmitry Sankouski <dsankouski@gmail.com>
Cc: Stefan Bosch <stefan_b@posteo.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- Split up the aarch64 Azure CI job more, to avoid time limits, nuvoton
network fix, SPL_OPTEE_IMAGE dependency fix, some fixes to the IPv6
code, PowerPC build flag fixes, silence pylibfdt version warning.
Makes OP-TEE to enumerate also services depending on tee-supplicant
support in U-Boot. This change allows OP-TEE services like fTPM TA
to be discovered and get a TPM device registered in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Jens Wiklander <jens.wiklander@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Fixes optee-rng driver bind sequence in optee driver to print a warning
message but not report an error status when a optee-rng service driver
fails to be bound as the optee driver itself is still fully functional.
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Jens Wiklander <jens.wiklander@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The original patch is use phy_get_interface_by_name to set interface.
The new patch is use dev_read_phy_mode to replace it.
Signed-off-by: Jim Liu <JJLIU0@nuvoton.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
All vector instructions on powerpc mpc85xx must not be used because U-Boot
does not enable them. Usage cause random crashes. SPE vector instructions
are already disabled by compiler flags, so disable also AltiVec and VSX
vector instructions.
Linux kernel disables AltiVec and VSX instructions too.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Specifying -mspe=no also disables usage of SPE instructions. It is
documented in "[PATCH,rs6000] make -mno-spe work as expected" email:
http://gcc.gnu.org/ml/gcc-patches/2008-04/msg00311.html
So replace -mspe=yes by -mspe=no, so make it clear that u-boot has to be
compiled without SPE instructions.
Linux kernel contains following Makefile code to achieve it:
# No SPE instruction when building kernel
# (We use all available options to help semi-broken compilers)
KBUILD_CFLAGS += $(call cc-option,-mno-spe)
KBUILD_CFLAGS += $(call cc-option,-mspe=no)
Do same for U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
When gcc's default cpu (selected by --with-cpu= during gcc's configure
phase) does not match target U-Boot board cpu then U-Boot binary does not
have to be compiled correctly. Lot of distributions sets gcc's default cpu
to generic powerpc variant which works fine.
U-Boot already pass -Wa,-me500 flag to gcc which instructs GNU AS to accept
e500 specific instructions when processing assembler source files (.S).
This affects also assembly files generated by gcc from C source files. And
because gcc for generic powerpc cpu puts '.machine ppc' at the beginning of
the generated assembly file, it basically overwrites -me500 flag by which
was GNU AS invoked (from U-boot build system).
It started to be an issue since binutils 2.38 which does not keep enabled
extra functional units selected by previous cpu. Hence issuing directive
'.machine ppc' (generated by gcc for generic powerpc) after '.machine e500'
(specifying at command line) disables usage of e500 specific instructions.
And compiling arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc85xx/tlb.c code throws following
assembler errors:
{standard input}: Assembler messages:
{standard input}:127: Error: unrecognized opcode: `tlbre'
{standard input}:418: Error: unrecognized opcode: `tlbre'
{standard input}:821: Error: unrecognized opcode: `msync'
{standard input}:821: Error: unrecognized opcode: `tlbwe'
{standard input}:884: Error: unrecognized opcode: `tlbsx'
This issue was already hit by Debian people and is reported in bug tracker:
https://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=1003490
Calling gcc with -mcpu=8540 flag fixes this issue because -mcpu=8540 tells
gcc to compile code for e500 core/cpu (overwriting gcc's default cpu) and
does not put '.machine ppc' directive into assembly anymore.
Also if gcc is invoked with -mcpu=8540 then it pass -me500 flag to GNU AS.
So it is unnecessary to manually specify -Wa,-me500 flag because it is
implicitly added.
Fix this issue properly by specifying correct -mcpu compiler flag for all
supported powerpc cores in U-Boot mpc85xx platform, which are: e500v1,
e500v2, e500mc, e5500 and e6500. For specifying e500v1 and e500v2 cores,
gcc has unintuitive -mcpu=8540 and -mcpu=8548 flag names, for other cores
-mcpu matches core name.
The only difference between gcc's -mcpu=8540 and -mcpu=8548 flags is
support for double precision floating point SPE instructions. As U-Boot
does not use floating point, it is fine to use -mcpu=8540 for both e500v1
and e500v2 cores. Moreover gcc 9 completely removed e500 floating point
support, so since gcc 9 -mcpu=8548 is just alias to -mcpu=8540.
Note that U-Boot's CONFIG_E500 option is set also for other cpus, not only
for e500v1 and e500v2. So do not check for CONFIG_E500 and rather set e500
as last fallback value when no other mpc85xx cpu matches.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
In ndisc_receive() 7 bytes are copied from a buffer of size 6 to NULL.
net_nd_packet_mac is a pointer. If it is NULL, we should set it to the
address of the buffer with the MAC address.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 430974 ("Out-of-bounds access")
Fixes: c6610e1d90 ("net: ipv6: Add Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP)")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Viacheslav Mitrofanov <v.v.mitrofanov@yadro.com>
IPv6 protocol handler is not terminated with a break statment.
It can lead to running unexpected code.
Signed-off-by: Viacheslav Mitrofanov <v.v.mitrofanov@yadro.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
fdt_addr will build as part of SPL_LOAD_FIT or SPL_LOAD_FIT_FULL
which is indeed required to build optee image support in SPL.
common/spl/spl.c: In function ‘jump_to_image_optee’:
common/spl/spl.c:220:46: error: ‘struct spl_image_info’ has no member named ‘fdt_addr’
220 | spl_optee_entry(NULL, NULL, spl_image->fdt_addr,
Fix the dependency support.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@edgeble.ai>
The aarch64 catch-all job is getting close to the hard time limit in
Azure for the free tier. Move i.MX9 boards to the i.MX8 job and move
amlogic entirely to its own job. This brings us down from 85 boards to
51 boards and so should be safe for a while.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
- Bring in the second to last big batch of CONFIG migrations and
renames. Of note here we fix a few inconsistencies around the baudrate
tables on some SoCs and now are consistent in hostname/etc handling in
the environment.
At this point only the TARGET_T1042D4RDB variant of this is supported in
tree, so remove the remaining parts of the other platforms.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This is always defined to 16K, so we move this over to
include/fsl_validate.h to start with. Next, we rename this from CONFIG_
to FSL_. Coalesce the various comments around this definition to be in
fsl_validate.h as well to explain the usage.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This define is not enabled by the only platform which currently enables
the legacy option of CONFIG_USB_DEVICE. We can drop this code.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_TEGRA_ENABLE_UARTA
CONFIG_TEGRA_ENABLE_UARTB
CONFIG_TEGRA_ENABLE_UARTC
CONFIG_TEGRA_ENABLE_UARTD
CONFIG_TEGRA_SPI
CONFIG_TEGRA_UARTA_GPU
CONFIG_TEGRA_UARTA_SDIO1
CONFIG_TEGRA_VDD_CORE_TPS62361B_SET3
CONFIG_TEGRA_VDD_CORE_TPS62366A_SET1
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Stop using CONFIG_SANDBOX_ARCH and use CONFIG_SANDBOX instead. For the
SPI related defines, set them directly in Kconfig. This now empties
arch/sandbox/include/asm/config.h.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move this symbol to Kconfig, and preserve the current behavior. The
help text here comes from where the relevant code is implemented and it
is quite likely at this point in time we could either disable this
option or at least make it configurable.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When the ti814x_evm config was removed most, but not all, of the
relevant support code was remove. Get rid of what was missed.
Fixes: 50b5326868 ("ti814x: Remove platform")
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Enable this in the board Kconfig file, but then check for it via
CONFIG_IS_ENABLED so that it will only be true in the non-SPL case, as
is done today. As part of this we move some defines local to where
they are used as it's board specific.
Cc: Samuel Egli <samuel.egli@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_MONITOR_IS_IN_RAM
As part of this, reword some of the documentation slightly to reflect
that this is in Kconfig and not a define now.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The way all of the memory init code here works is that we pass
0xDEADBEEF around for the initial value (as it's a well known 'poison'
value and so easily recognized in debuggers, etc). The only point of
this CONFIG symbol was to pass in a different value for that purpose.
Drop this symbol and cleanup the code slightly.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This functionality is part of the legacy I2C subsystem and is currently
unused anywhere. Remove the remaining references.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Following how g_dnl_bind_fixup is used on other platforms, rename the
unchanging defines used here to be prefixed with EXYNOS rather than
Samsung, and define them here.
Cc: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
CONFIG_HOSTNAME
CONFIG_IPADDR
CONFIG_NETMASK
CONFIG_ROOTPATH
CONFIG_SERVERIP
CONFIG_UBOOTPATH
To do this, we introduce a CONFIG_USE_ form of each of the above and
change include/env_default.h to test for that to be set before setting a
value. Further, we don't want to stringify the IP address related values
as they are now properly strings via Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
CONFIG_FSL_FM_10GEC_REGULAR_NOTATION
CONFIG_FSL_ISBC_KEY_EXT
CONFIG_FSL_TRUST_ARCH_v1
CONFIG_FSL_SDHC_V2_3
CONFIG_MAX_DSP_CPUS
CONFIG_MIU_2BIT_INTERLEAVED
CONFIG_SERIAL_BOOT
CONFIG_SPI_BOOTING
CONFIG_X86EMU_RAW_IO
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This option is only used on one platform currently. However, with PHYLIB
enabled, which this platform also does, this option is not checked and
the functional use case is handled. Remove this code.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_DM9000_BYTE_SWAPPED
CONFIG_DM9000_NO_SROM
CONFIG_DM9000_USE_16BIT
CONFIG_DM9000_DEBUG
CONFIG_MXC_GPT_HCLK
CONFIG_NAND_6BYTES_OOB_FREE_10BYTES_ECC
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
- Drop CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC as this is never set directly but instead
means ENV_IS_EMBEDDED, so reference that in code and rename the Makefile
usage to BUILD_ENVCRC.
- Remove extra-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_EMBEDDED) line as it could never be true,
and likely why there is an extra- line for CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH (the
only use case today of embedded environments).
- With these slight changes we can then see that using the calculated
symbol of ENV_IS_EMBEDDED is the right thing to use in any code which
needs to know this situation and can remove CONFIG_ENV_IS_EMBEDDED
entirely.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The CONFIG_USB_FAT_BOOT, CONFIG_USB_EXT2_BOOT and CONFIG_NORBOOT defines
are not referenced anywhere, so remove them.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As it's no longer possible to have !DM_USB set, we can remove these
dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Pull request for efi-2023-01-rc5
UEFI:
* Improve parameter checking in efi_get_next_variable_name_mem()
* Fix a bugs in management of security database via the eficonfig command
Other:
* Allow sound command to play multiple sounds
The signed null key with authenticated header is used to clear
the PK, KEK, db and dbx. When CONFIG_EFI_MM_COMM_TEE is enabled
(StMM and OP-TEE based RPMB storage is used as the EFI variable
storage), clearing KEK, db and dbx by enrolling a signed null
key does not work as expected if EFI_VARIABLE_APPEND_WRITE
attritube is set.
This commit checks the selected file is null key, then
EFI_VARIABLE_APPEND_WRITE attibute will not be used for the null key.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The VariableNameSize parameter is in bytes but u16_strnlen() counts u16.
Fix the parameter check for null termination.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The current code calls efi_set_variable_int() to delete the
invalid boot option between calls to efi_get_next_variable_name_int(),
it may produce unpredictable results.
This commit moves removal of the invalid boot option outside
of the efi_get_next_variable_name_int() calls.
EFI_NOT_FOUND returned from efi_get_next_variable_name_int()
indicates we retrieved all EFI variables, it should be treated
as EFI_SUCEESS.
To address the checkpatch warning of too many leading tabs,
combine two if statement into one.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
To retrieve the EFI variable name by efi_get_next_variable_name_int(),
the sequence of alloc -> efi_get_next_variable_name_int ->
realloc -> efi_get_next_variable_name_int is required.
In current code, this sequence repeatedly appears in
the several functions. It should be curved out a common function.
This commit also fixes the missing free() of var_name16
in eficonfig_delete_invalid_boot_option().
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The 'Configuration' heading should be on level 2, not on level 1.
Fixes: eaa268589e ("doc: man-page for the printenv command")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Currently the sound command accepts only one value each for duration and
frequency. Allowing more duration and frequency arguments enables playing a
tune.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The PMC node is not an interrupt provider, so it must not have
interrupt-cells.
This fixes the warning (on newer DTC):
arch/arm/dts/sama5d2.dtsi:82.22-602.6: Warning (interrupt_provider): /ahb/apb/pmc@f0014000: '#interrupt-cells' found, but node is not an interrupt provider
Fixes: 2c4b2dd289 ("ARM: at91/dt: Add device tree for SAMA5D2 Xplained")
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Add SAMA7G5 series chip id definitions to align with linux SoC driver.
Add support for SAMA7G5 System-In-Package (SIP):
SAMA7G54D1G, SAMA7G54D2G, SAMA7G54D4G.
Signed-off-by: Mihai Sain <mihai.sain@microchip.com>
Opens the fTPM session with TEE_LOGIN_REE_KERNEL as fTPM may restrict
access to that login when Linux based OS is running as applications are
expected to got through the Linux TPMv2 driver.
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Enable the UEFI capsule update functionality on the RockPi4B and
RockPi4C boards. Support is being enabled for updating the idbloader
and u-boot firmware images residing on GPT partitioned uSD card
storage device.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add information that will be needed for enabling the UEFI capsule
update feature on the RockPi4 boards. With the feature enabled, it
would be possible to update the idbloader and u-boot.itb images on the
RockPi4B and RockPi4C variants.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add functions needed to support the UEFI capsule update feature on
rockchip boards. Currently, the feature is being enabled on the
RockPi4 boards with firmware images residing on GPT partitioned
storage media.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
If a clock doesn't supply the enable hook, clk_enable() will return
-ENOSYS. In this case the clock is always enabled so there is no error
and the phy initialisation should continue.
Signed-off-by: John Keeping <john@metanate.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The i2c locks up when initialized before relocation, and it stays broken
in Linux as well breaking the ability to boot Linux.
The i2c bus and pmic was not actually used in pre-reloc before
commit ad607512f5 ("power: pmic: rk8xx: Support sysreset shutdown method")
The cause is not known.
This is board-specific, other boards that do not add the option to
include the i2c bus in pre-reloc DT are not affected.
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The GPT table is taking the first 34 sectors, which amounts to 0x4400
bytes. Saving the environment below this address in storage will corrupt
the GPT table.
While technically the table ends at 0x4400, some tools (e.g. bmaptool)
are rounding everything to the logical block size (0x1000), so it is
safer to make it point to 0x5000 so that the environment could still
persist when flashing a sparse image with bmaptool or similar tools.
Obviously, the default 0x4000 environment size does not work anymore, so
let's set it to 0x3000 so it does fill the gap between the GPT table
(rounded to 0x1000) and the start of the idbloader.img.
Fixes: 56f580d3eb ("rockchip: dts: rk3399-puma: put environment (in MMC/SD configurations) before SPL")
Cc: Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
this patch add USB mass storage function and Rockusb function for
Radxa ROCK Pi 4 series.
Signed-off-by: FUKAUMI Naoki <naoki@radxa.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
This patch enables the following:
1) use preboot configuration to enable usb devices.
2) Enable USB configs so keyboards and other USB devices work,
update the number of ports of the usb root hub.
- with this addition the updated USB device Tree:
1 Hub (12 Mb/s, 0mA)
U-Boot Root Hub
1 Hub (12 Mb/s, 0mA)
| U-Boot Root Hub
|
+-2 Hub (12 Mb/s, 100mA)
USB 2.0 Hub [MTT]
1 Hub (5 Gb/s, 0mA)
U-Boot XHCI Host Controller
3) enable crypto RNG support.
4) Change SPI speed and frequency:
- increase the maximum SPI slave device speed,
SPI flash max frequency for the environment from 10Mhz to 30MHz.
- performance stats for speed update from 10MHz to 30MHz:
with 10Mhz speed update:
=> sf update 0x300000 0x800000 0x400000
4194304 bytes written, 0 bytes skipped in 36.819s, speed 119837 B/s
with 30Mhz speed update:
=> sf update 0x300000 0x800000 0x400000
4194304 bytes written, 0 bytes skipped in 20.319s, speed 220752 B/s
Signed-off-by: Manoj Sai <abbaraju.manojsai@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Da Xue <da.xue@libretech.co>
Signed-off-by: dsx724 <da@lessconfused.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Move all rk3128 u-boot specific properties in separate dtsi files.
Sort emmc node.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
In order to update the DT for rk3128
sync the clock dt-binding header.
This is the state as of v6.0 in Linux.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Rockchip platform use TPL to do the DRAM initialize for all the SoCs,
if TPL is not available, means no available DRAM init program, and the
u-boot-rockchip.bin is not functionable.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Change-Id: I2299f1eddce5aa7d5fb1a3fb4d8aeaa995b397fa
When the user builds with BINMAN_ALLOW_MISSING=1 they're explicitly
setting the flag to allow for additional binaries to be missing and so
have acknowledged the output might not work. In this case we want to
default to not passing a non-zero exit code.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This cleans up each board's defconfig, and fixes the serial console on
some Olimex board. Also we lose another legacy config variable.
The rest are minor cleanups, that actually shouldn't change anything
in the build.
Passed the gitlab CI, plus briefly tested on Pine64-LTS, LicheePi Nano,
and BananaPi M1.
The legacy Allwinner code is cluttered with #ifdef's, some of them even
nested, which makes the code hard to read and error prone.
Eventually we will get rid of most of them, but for now let's at least
annotate the #endif lines with the corresponding symbol the bracket
started with.
Reviewed-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Tested-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Since all callers of mmc_pinmux_setup() are located after the definition
of that function, there is no need for a forward declaration (anymore?).
Remove the prototype along with its #ifdef guards.
Reviewed-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Tested-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
There is a CONFIG_MMC_SUNXI_SLOT definition in our sunxi_common.h config
header, which was used to note the first MMC controller to initialise.
The definition in that header was always set to 0, with no easy way of
overriding this, and certainly none of the existing boards made any use
of that (non-)feature.
Remove that definition and replace it with a constant 0 in the only
user, in board.c. It turns out that this is safe, as this is only used
in the SPL, and the BROM also unconditionally initialises MMC0.
This also removes the last legacy config symbol with SUN*I in it from
the whitelist.
Reviewed-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Tested-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
At present U-Boot no longer builds as a complete rom for som-db5800-som-6867.
BINMAN .binman_stamp
Wrote map file './rom.map' to show errors
binman: Section '/binman/rom': contents size 0x80302c (8400940) exceeds section size 0x800000 (8388608)
Checking rom.map we see 'intel-vga' section is overlapped with
other sections:
<none> fff00000 0009f7c8 u-boot-with-ucode-ptr
<none> fff90000 00010000 intel-vga
<none> fff9f7c8 00001aae u-boot-dtb-with-ucode
Let's adjust CONFIG_TEXT_BASE to allow more space for U-Boot codes.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present U-Boot no longer builds as a complete rom for all the
configs of dfi-bt700.
BINMAN .binman_stamp
Wrote map file './rom.map' to show errors
binman: Section '/binman/rom': contents size 0x80e836 (8448054) exceeds section size 0x800000 (8388608)
Checking rom.map we see 'intel-vga' section is overlapped with
other sections:
<none> fff00000 000aac90 u-boot-with-ucode-ptr
<none> fffa0000 00010000 intel-vga
<none> fffaac90 00001df0 u-boot-dtb-with-ucode
<none> fffaca80 00019800 u-boot-ucode
Let's adjust CONFIG_TEXT_BASE to allow more space for U-Boot codes.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
At present U-Boot no longer builds as a complete rom for all the
configs of conga-qeval20-qa3-e3845.
BINMAN .binman_stamp
Wrote map file './rom.map' to show errors
binman: Section '/binman/rom': contents size 0x80b680 (8435328) exceeds section size 0x800000 (8388608)
Checking rom.map we see 'intel-vga' section is overlapped with
other sections:
<none> fff00000 000a7cb0 u-boot-with-ucode-ptr
<none> fffa0000 00010000 intel-vga
<none> fffa7cb0 00001c1a u-boot-dtb-with-ucode
<none> fffa98d0 00019800 u-boot-ucode
Let's adjust CONFIG_TEXT_BASE to allow more space for U-Boot codes.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
At present U-Boot no longer builds as a complete rom for minnowmax.
BINMAN .binman_stamp
Wrote map file './rom.map' to show errors
binman: Section '/binman/rom': contents size 0x803146 (8401222) exceeds section size 0x800000 (8388608)
Checking rom.map we see 'fdtmap' section is overlapped with
'intel-vga' section:
<none> fffa1390 00019800 u-boot-ucode
<none> fffb0000 00010000 intel-vga
<none> fffbab90 00000539 fdtmap
Let's adjust CONFIG_TEXT_BASE to allow more space for U-Boot codes.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present U-Boot no longer builds as a complete rom for bayleybay.
BINMAN .binman_stamp
Wrote map file './rom.map' to show errors
binman: Section '/binman/rom': contents size 0x814706 (8472326) exceeds section size 0x800000 (8388608)
Checking rom.map we see 'fdtmap' section is overlapped with
'intel-vga' and 'intel-fsp' sections:
<none> fffa2150 0002a000 u-boot-ucode
<none> fffb0000 00010000 intel-vga
<none> fffc0000 00038000 intel-fsp
<none> fffcc150 00000539 fdtmap
Let's adjust CONFIG_TEXT_BASE to allow more space for U-Boot codes.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
On this board CONFIG_CONS_INDEX needs to be 1 unlike other sun5i
boards. Since this is the default, remove to bogus setting.
Fixes: 7095f86418 ("sunxi: Convert CONS_INDEX to Kconfig")
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
P2WI and RSB are used to communicate with a PMIC. Most SoCs have only
one possible pinmux. F1C100s has two possibilities, with different mux
values, so omit it until some board needs one of them.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Commit 08574ed339 ("Convert CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN to Kconfig") moved
the definition of said config variable from the common sunxi header to
*every board's* defconfig.
This is a platform choice, not board specific, so remove the variable
from there, instead set the one value for all Allwinner boards in
Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
- Updates to the keymile platforms for DM_I2C and text based
environment migration
- Finish migration of MTDPART/MTDIDS_DEFAULT to defconfig
- Disable warning about RWX segments with gcc-12.2
With the change here, all extlinux.conf files with only "KERNEL
/fitImage" don't work anymore. One common example of this would be those
files generated by thee Poky/OE WIC bootimg-partition bootloader
partition generator.
This reverts commit d5ba6188df.
Reported-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Reported-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Use like the other boards a text file for the environment.
As this is the last user of keymile-common.h we can now remove this
file completely.
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@hitachienergy.com>
Use already present common.env file and add a powerpc specific env
so that we can move all the environment defines to text files.
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@hitachienergy.com>
Complete the migration of MTDPARTS_DEFAULT / MTDIDS_DEFAULT in Kconfig;
this patch removes the support of MTDIDS_DEFAULT / MTDPARTS_DEFAULT
in the configuration files (include/configs/*.h).
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Replace MTDPARTS_DEFAULT in the config include file by
CONFIG_MTDPARTS_DEFAULT in defconfig to complete the Kconfig migration.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Replace MTDPARTS_DEFAULT in the config include file by
CONFIG_MTDPARTS_DEFAULT in defconfig to complete the Kconfig migration.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Replace MTDIDS_DEFAULT and MTDPARTS_DEFAULT in the config include file by
CONFIG_MTDIDS_DEFAULT and CONFIG_MTDPARTS_DEFAULT in defconfig to complete
the Kconfig migration.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Replace MTDIDS_DEFAULT in config include file by CONFIG_MTDIDS_DEFAULT
in defonfig to complete the Kconfig migration
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
We borrow from the Linux Kernel 0d362be5b142 ("Makefile: link with -z
noexecstack --no-warn-rwx-segments") here to disable the RWX segment
linking warnings. We do not also bring in -z noexecstack as that
requires auditing and using ".note.GNU-stack" on assembly functions
which do need this feature. Further, we now introduce KBUILD_EFILDFLAGS
so that we can also pass --no-warn-rwx-segments when linking EFI
applications, and those do explicitly pass -z execstack.
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Cc: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Nick Desaulniers <ndesaulniers@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Regarding the documentation found here:
https://github.com/u-boot/u-boot/blob/master/common/menu.c#L347
If both timeout and prompt is set to 0 the default entry shall
be booted immediately. However the current behaviour is that
the prompt is shown (tested with distroboot) until the user
selects an entry (no timeout).
This change implements a behaviour as documented. It was tested
with distroboot.
Signed-off-by: Manuel Traut <manuel.traut@mt.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since the commit d5ba6188df ("cmd: pxe_utils: Check fdtcontroladdr
in label_boot") the FDT or the FDTDIR label is required in extlinux.conf
and the fallback done by bootm command when only the device tree present
in this command parameters is no more performed when FIT is used for
kernel.
When the label FDT or FDTDIR are absent or if the device tree file is
absent, the PXE command in U-Boot uses the default U-Boot device tree
selected by fdtcontroladdr = gd->fdt_blob, it is the "Scenario 3".
With this scenario the bootm FIP fallback is no more possible with
the extlinux.conf when only "kernel" label is present and is a FIP:
kernel <path>#<conf>[#<extra-conf[#...]]
As the U-Boot FDT is always provided in the third bootm argument,
the device tree found in FIP is not used as fallback, it was done
previously in boot_get_fdt().
This patch adds a new field kernel_label to save the full kernel label.
The FDT bootm parameters use the kernel address (to avoid to load a
second time the same FIP) and the config when this full label is reused
for "fdt" or "initrd" label.
This FIP support in extlinux.conf is restored when the "FDT" label
can be found and select the same FIP (identical file and configuration):
kernel <path>#<conf>[#<extra-conf[#...]]
fdt <path>#<conf>[#<extra-conf[#...]]
The patch add also this possibility for initrd.
initrd <path>#<conf>[#<extra-conf[#...]]
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Reorder kernel treatment in label_boot at the beginning of the function.
This patch doesn't change the pxe command behavior, it is only a
preliminary step for next patch, build kernel_addr before parsing
the label initrd and fdt to build the next bootm arguments.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
The 4.6 spec added an upper 32bits to the ATU limit, and since this
driver is already assuming the unrolled feature added in the 4.8
specification this really should be set.
This is causing a bug with testing against the QEMU model as it
defaults the viewports to fully open and not setting this causes
the config viewport to become most of memory (obviously stopping
the emulated system working correctly)
Signed-off-by: Ben Dooks <ben.dooks@sifive.com>
The functions board_fit_image_post_process() and board_tee_image_process()
are not actually board specific (despite their names). Any board using the
OMAP2 family can use these functions. Move them to boot-common.c.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Ignore the disabled children node in pmic_bind_children() so the
disabled regulators in device tree are not registered.
This patch is based on the dm_scan_fdt_node() code - only the
activated nodes are bound - and it solves possible issue when a
deactivated regulator is bound, error for duplicated regulator name
for example.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use regulator_set_enable_if_allowed() api instead of regulator_set_enable()
while disabling vbus supply. This way the driver doesn't see an error
when it disable an always-on regulator for VBUS.
This patch is needed for STM32MP157C-DK2 board when the regulator
v3v3: buck4 used as the phy vbus supply in kernel device tree
is always on with the next hack for low power use-case:
&usbphyc_port0 {
...
/*
* Hack to keep hub active until all connected devices are suspended
* otherwise the hub will be powered off as soon as the v3v3 is disabled
* and it can disturb connected devices.
*/
connector {
compatible = "usb-a-connector";
vbus-supply = <&v3v3>;
};
};
Without this patch and the previous update in DT the command
"usb stop" failed and the next command "usb start" cause a crash.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Default env variables on Espressobin boards are broken since commit c4df0f6f31
("arm: mvebu: Espressobin: Set default value for $fdtfile env variable") as well
as the 'env default -a' command.
The algorithm to find free space in the default_environment[] array returns
after the first env variable instead of the correct position of the last
variable, where there is allocated free space.
This causes that U-Boot board_late_init() function to overwrite a portion of the
default environment with $ethXaddr and $fdtfile variables immediately after the
first env variable and so it is overwriting other variables.
This patch also adds an additional null byte to terminate the environment array.
But U-Boot board_late_init() function do not fill this nul byte explicitly. And
because of that, U-Boot is later trying to interpret remaining buffer as a
continuation of variable list. Normally buffer should be empty but due to the
above issue, it contains garbage from remaining env variables.
For example 'env default -a' command results in damaging variable names. It was
observed that scritaddr variable name was changed to criptaddr (without leading
's').
This bug was reported and discussed on the Armbian forum:
https://forum.armbian.com/topic/19564-making-espressobin-v7-work-in-2022/?do=findComment&comment=138136
Fix these issues in two steps:
1) Change code which finds free space for dynamic env variables in
default_environment[] array by jumping to the end of the variable list instead
of jumping after the first defined variable. [By Derek]
2) Add code which appends terminating nul byte as indication of the end of the
env list, after the last nul term env string. [By Pali]
Fixes: c4df0f6f31 ("arm: mvebu: Espressobin: Set default value for $fdtfile env variable")
Signed-off-by: Derek LaHousse <derek@seaofdirac.org>
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Merge tag 'u-boot-nand-20221211' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-nand-flash
- cmd: nand: Extend nand info to print ecc information
- rawnand: omap_gpmc: driver model support (the first patches of the series)
- mtd: nand: make Samsung SLC NAND usable again
- cmd: mtd: check if a block has to be skipped or erased
- spl: spl_legacy: fix invalid offset in SPL_COPY_PAYLOAD_ONLY
Upstream linux commit 69fc01296c9281
commit a1286a1fc4 ("mtd: nand: Move Samsung specific init/detection
logic in nand_samsung.c") introduced a regression for Samsung SLC NAND
chips. Prior to this commit chip->bits_per_cell was initialized by calling
nand_get_bits_per_cell() before using nand_is_slc().
With the offending commit this call is skipped, leaving
chip->bits_per_cell cleared to zero when the manufacturer specific
'.detect' function calls nand_is_slc() which in turn interprets
bits_per_cell != 1 as indication for an MLC chip.
The effect is that e.g. a K9F1G08U0F NAND chip is falsely detected as
MLC NAND with 4KiB page size rather than SLC with 2KiB page size.
Add a call to nand_get_bits_per_cell() before calling the .detect hook
function in nand_manufacturer_detect(), so that the nand_is_slc()
calls in the manufacturer specific code will return correct results.
Reported-by: Marcin Gołaś <marcingol30@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/all/20221021060536.11747-1-michael@amarulasolutions.com
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Add am62x_evm_r5_defconfig for OSPI Flash support in R5 SPL
and am62x_evm_a53_defconfig for A53 SPL and U-Boot
support.
These configs enable OSPI Flash boot functionality in the board as well
as the usage of OSPI Flash from U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Dhruva Gole <d-gole@ti.com>
Add OSPI Support such that this device can boot up using OSPI Flash.
Also can use the flash for other purposes if required from uboot.
Signed-off-by: Dhruva Gole <d-gole@ti.com>
Introduce the minimum configs, only SD-MMC and UART boot related
settings, to serve as a good starting point for the am62a as we add more
functionality.
Signed-off-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
[trini: Disable CONFIG_NET as it's not used, in both platforms]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Introduce the auto-generated clock tree and power domain data needed to
attach the am62a into the power-domain and clock frameworks of uboot
Signed-off-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
TI's am62a family of SoCs uses a new 32bit DDR controller that shares
much of the same functionality with the existing am64 and j721e
controllers.
Select this controller by default when u-boot is build for the am62a
Signed-off-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Introduce the base dts files needed for u-boot or to augment the
linux dtbs for use in the u-boot-spl and u-boot binaries
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
Introduce the basic am62a7 SoC dtbs from the v6.1-rc3 tag of the linux
kernel along with the new am62a specific pinmux definition that we will
use to generate the dtbs for the u-boot-spl and u-boot binaries
Co-developed-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
The new 32bit DDR controller for TI's am62a family of SoCs shares much
of the same functionality with the existing 16bit (am64) and 32bit
(j721e) controllers, so this patch reorganizes the existing
auto-generated macros for the 16bit and 32bit controllers to make room
for the macros for the am62a's controller
This patch consists mostly of header/macro renames and additions with a
new Kconfig option (K3_AM62A_DDRSS) allowing us to select these new
macros during compilation.
Signed-off-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
This adds fallbacks for the various dm_rtc_* functions. This allows
common code to use these functions without ifdefs.
Fixes: c8ce7ba87d ("misc: Add support for nvmem cells")
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
This function calls rtc_write32, which has a different signature
depending on if (SPL_)DM_RTC is enabled or not. This could result in a
mismatch in SPL if DM_RTC was enabled but SPL_DM_RTC, as the non-DM
declaration would still be used in SPL even though the implementation
would be for non-DM_RTC. We are switching to the correct definitions in
the next commit, so this will become a compilation error. Since
fsp_save_s3_stack is not called from SPL, avoid compiling it if
(SPL_)DM_RTC is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
ENTRY/ENDPROC macros from linux/linkage.h will make code more readable and
also will properly mark assembly symbol in ELF binary as function symbol.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
- Drop MMCI interrupt-names in STM32H743, STM32MP15 and STM322MP13 DT
DHSOM:
- Enable assorted ST specific commands
- Add version variable
- Add boot counter
STM32MP13:
- Add sdmmc cd-gpios for STM32MP135F-DK
- Add clock & reset support
STM32 ADC:
- Split channel init into several routines
- Add support of generic channels binding
Move this out of board file as this is done by the DM based NAND flash
driver. The EBI chip select configuration, iomux and timings are
handled by the driver
Signed-off-by: Balamanikandan Gunasundar <balamanikandan.gunasundar@microchip.com>
Enable the EBI and NAND flash controller. Define the pinctrl and
partition table
Signed-off-by: Balamanikandan Gunasundar <balamanikandan.gunasundar@microchip.com>
Add helper functions for atmel Static Memory Controller. The functions
are required to configure SMC. This file is inherited from the work
done by Boris Brezillon for Linux
Signed-off-by: Balamanikandan Gunasundar <balamanikandan.gunasundar@microchip.com>
The EBI is used to access peripherals like NAND, SRAM, NOR etc. Add
this driver to probe the nand flash controller. This is a dummy driver
and not yet a complete device driver for EBI.
Signed-off-by: Balamanikandan Gunasundar <balamanikandan.gunasundar@microchip.com>
This file is copied from Linux. AT91 SoCs have a memory range reserved
for internal bus configuration. Expose those registers so that drivers
can make use of the matrix syscon declared in at91 DTs.
Signed-off-by: Balamanikandan Gunasundar <balamanikandan.gunasundar@microchip.com>
Add driver for atmel pmecc. This implementation is ported from
Linux. The reference taken is linux-5.4-at91.
Signed-off-by: Balamanikandan Gunasundar <balamanikandan.gunasundar@microchip.com>
This implementation is ported from the rework done by Boris Brezillon
in Linux. This porting is done based on linux-5.4-at91. The driver is
tested in sam9x60ek, sama5d3_xplained, sam9x75eb and sama7g54-ddr3-eb.
Changes done includes
- Adapt GPIO descriptor apis for U-Boot. Use gpio_request_by_name_nodev,
dm_gpio_get_value etc.
- Use U_BOOT_DRIVER instead of platform_driver.
- Replace struct platform_device with struct udevice
- Check the status of nfc exec operation by polling the status
register instead of interrupt based handling
- DMA operations not supported. Remove it
- Adapt DT parsing to U-Boot APIs
Signed-off-by: Balamanikandan Gunasundar <balamanikandan.gunasundar@microchip.com>
Replace 0x1b21 by macro PCI_VENDOR_ID_ASMEDIA with the same value.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With LTO enabled the U-Boot initial environment is no longer stored
in an easy accessible section in env/common.o. I.e. the section name
changes from build to build, its content maybe compressed and it is
annotated with additional data.
Drop trying to read the initial env with elf tools from the compiler
specific object file in favour of adding and using a host tool with
the only functionality of printing the initial env to stdout.
See also:
https://lore.kernel.org/all/927b122e-1f62-e790-f5ca-30bae4332c77@foss.st.com/
Signed-off-by: Max Krummenacher <max.krummenacher@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In case there's no struct image_type_params::set_header callback, no
"errno" will be set. Don't fail with an error message, followed by
"Success". Remove the printing of the human readable "errno" value.
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The handle "fd" was created in fdtgrep.c:708 by calling the
"open" function and is lost in fdtgrep.c:716 and fdtgrep.c:723.
Close file descriptor 'fd' before exiting with an error from function
utilfdt_read_err_len(const char *filename, char **buffp, off_t *len).
Fixes: 1043d0a029 ("fdt: Add fdtgrep tool")
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Ilin <ilin.mikhail.ol@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The copy_datafile(ifd, params.datafile) function has been
implemented to copy data by reducing the number of lines in the main
function.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Ilin <ilin.mikhail.ol@gmail.com>
The 'depth_dirname', 'ptr', 'parent_inode' and 'first_inode' pointers
may be null. Thus, it is necessary to check them before using free() to
avoid free(NULL) cases.
Fixes: 934b14f2bb ("ext4: free allocations by parse_path()")
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Ilin <ilin.mikhail.ol@gmail.com>
An incorrect 1st parameter is passed to the fix_member()
function. Should use a pointer to the beginning of the parent structure
(bpdt or subpart_dir, because are boxed), not to their fields. Otherwise,
this leads to an overrun of the structure boundary, since in the
fix_member() function, an 'offset' is made, relative to the 1st argument,
which itself is an 'offset' from the beginning of the structure.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Ilin <ilin.mikhail.ol@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This will cause the local_time pointer is passed as the 4th argument
to function strftime() to also point to NULL. This result in a
segmentation fault. Thus, it's necessary to add a check of the local_time
pointer to NULL.
Found by Linux Verification Center (linuxtesting.org) with SVACE.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Ilin <ilin.mikhail.ol@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Prevent access to arbitrary memory locations in gen_ndis_set_resp
via manipulation of buf->InformationBufferOffset. Original
implementation permits manipulation of InformationBufferOffset to
exploit OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER to set arbitrary memory contents
within a 32byte offset as the devices packet filter. The packet filter
value may be next retrieved using gen_ndis_query_resp so it is possible
to extract specific memory regions two bytes a time.
The rndis_query_response was not modified as neither the buffer offset
nor length passed to gen_ndis_query_resp is used.
Signed-off-by: Szymon Heidrich <szymon.heidrich@gmail.com>
Define stub for dfu_*_virt function in SPL, because
CONFIG_SPL_DFU_VIRT is not defined.
This patch avoids compilation issue in dfu_fill_entity() when
CONFIG_SPL_DFU is activated because the dfu_fill_entity_virt()
function is not available.
Fixes: ec44cace4b ("dfu: add DFU virtual backend")
Reported-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Tested-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
- Kautuk's semihosting patch:
move semihosting library from arm directory to common place and add
RISC-V support
- Zong's Kconfig patch:
use "imply" instead of "select" to allow user to decide if
SPL_SEPARATE_BSS should be selected
Second set of u-boot-at91 fixes for the 2023.01 cycle:
This is a single tiny fix that allows the correct name for one pin on
sama7g5 device. People with DT coming from Linux will have build errors
without this if they add NAND device.
Use imply instead of select, then it can still be disabled by
board-specific defconfig, or be set to n manually.
Signed-off-by: Zong Li <zong.li@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng@tinylab.org>
When we enable CONFIG_SPL and CONFIG_SPL_SEMIHOSTING then the code
in common/spl/spl_semihosting.c tries to use the
CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME string which remains undeclared
unless SPL_FS_EXT4 || SPL_FS_FAT || SPL_FS_SQUASHFS are configured.
Add a dependency of SPL_SEMIHOSTING in the depends for
SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME so that the code compiles fine.
Signed-off-by: Kautuk Consul <kconsul@ventanamicro.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
We factor out the arch-independent parts of the ARM semihosting
implementation as a common library so that it can be shared
with RISC-V.
Signed-off-by: Kautuk Consul <kconsul@ventanamicro.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
As there are no more non-DM_ETH cases for networking, remove this legacy
file and update the Makefile to match current usage.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As DM_ETH is required for all network drivers, it's now safe to remove
the non-DM_ETH support code fro usb_ether itself.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As DM_ETH is required for all network drivers, it's now safe to remove
the non-DM_ETH support code. Doing this removes some board support code
which was also unused. Finally, this removes some CONFIG symbols that
otherwise needed to be migrated to Kconfig, but were unused in code now.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We only need to enable DM_ETH if we have a networking driver. All
networking drivers depend on DM_ETH being enabled, and their selection
ensures DM_ETH will be enabled.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This platform had largely disabled networking support before. More
completely disable it by turning off CONFIG_NET.
Cc: Mike Looijmans <mike.looijmans@topic.nl>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Mike Looijmans <mike.looijmans@topic.nl>
This platform had largely disabled networking support before. More
completely disable it by turning off CONFIG_NET.
Cc: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This platform had largely disabled networking support before. More
completely disable it by turning off CONFIG_NET.
Cc: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.xyz>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Enable watchdog timer on the DHSOM by default, both in U-Boot proper and
in SPL. This can be used in combination with boot counter by either SPL
or U-Boot proper to boot either copy of system software, e.g. in case of
full A/B update strategy.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Increment the boot counter already in U-Boot SPL instead of incrementing
it only later in U-Boot proper. This can be used by SPL to boot either of
two U-Boot copies and improve redundancy of software on the platform, e.g.
in case of full A/B update strategy.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Enable the stm32prog, stm32key, stboard commands on DHSOM.
Those can be used e.g. to implement verified boot.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Enable insertion of version variable into U-Boot environment on DHSOM,
to make it possible to check U-Boot version e.g. in U-Boot scripts.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Add boot counter to STM32MP15xx DHSOM. This aligns the software with
other upstream DHSOM products which already do enable boot counter.
The boot counter on STM32MP15xx is placed in the TAMP block TAMP_BKPxR
register 19, right past register 17 and 18 used for CM4 resource table
and state by the Linux kernel. The TAMP_BKPxR register block is used
because its contents survives warm reset, but not cold reset.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Split stm32_adc_chan_of_init channel initialization function into
several routines to increase readability and prepare channel
generic binding handling.
Signed-off-by: Olivier Moysan <olivier.moysan@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
STM32MP13 RCC driver uses Common Clock Framework and also a
'clk-stm32-core' API. Then STM32MPx RCC driver will contain only data
configuration (gates, mux, dividers and the way to check security)
or some specific clocks.
This API will be used by all new other generations of ST Socs.
Signed-off-by: Gabriel Fernandez <gabriel.fernandez@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
- Update to gcc-12.2, and cherry-pick a fix in grub for risc-v
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With gcc-12.2 we now get:
lib/zlib/inflate.c:360: undefined reference to `__gnu_thumb1_case_si'
when building this platform. This seems like some odd problem with LTO
and Thumb, but since the platform continues to link, I assume it's
within size constraints, so lets just disable LTO for now.
Cc: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is a bad idea, and more modern toolchains will fail, if you declare
an assembly function to be global and then weak, instead of declaring it
weak to start with. Update assorted assembly files to use the WEAK macro
directly.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Now that we are enforcing dwarf-4 to be used we will have the full file
paths present.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At this point in time, using DWARF-5 format isn't easy to do by default
with all toolchains that we support. And relying on the implicit
default can lead to mixing 4 and 5 and then the debug info not being
useful to tools. For now, enforce using DWARF-4 only.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update the toolchain list to be first 12.2.0 and second 11.1.0 and
that's it.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Builiding with GCC 12.2 fails:
arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc85xx/liodn.c: In function 'fdt_fixup_liodn_tbl_fman':
arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc85xx/liodn.c:340:35: error: the comparison will
always evaluate as 'false' for the address of 'compat'
will never be NULL [-Werror=address]
340 | if (tbl[i].compat == NULL)
|
Remove the superfluous check.
Fixes: 97a8d010e0 ("net/fman: Support both new and legacy FMan Compatibles")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
- First batch of the patches that end up with
scripts/config_whitelist.tx being empty. Mostly migrations and a
little bit of code removal and CFG renaming.
In practice, it is clear that the usage in m68k of
CONFIG_WATCHDOG_TIMEOUT is setting a value in milliseconds. Rename this
to the existing symbol and move to Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We move the existing CONFIG_POST_* functionality over to CFG_POST and
then introduce CONFIG_POST to Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Given that we can use Kconfig logic directly to see if we have a program
available on the host or not, change from passing NO_SDL to instead
controlling CONFIG_SANDBOX_SDL in Kconfig directly. Introduce
CONFIG_HOST_HAS_SDL as the way to test for sdl2-config and default
CONFIG_SANDBOX_SDL on if we have that, or not.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Perform some deeper investigation on the remaining symbols listed in
this file and remove more.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At this point all users of this driver enable DM_ETH, so remove the
legacy code paths.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Move a number of legacy USB UDC options to Kconfig, over from the config
header.
Cc: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_RTC_DS1337
CONFIG_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC
CONFIG_RTC_DS1338
CONFIG_RTC_DS1374
CONFIG_RTC_DS3231
CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX
CONFIG_RTC_MXS
CONFIG_RTC_PT7C4338
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This option controls using board/samsung/common/misc.c, so add a Kconfig
file there as well and select it from the boards which use this
functionality.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
On platforms that use DM_PWM, we do not need to define this value
anymore, so remove it from config files.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_POWER_FSL
CONFIG_POWER_FSL_MC13892
CONFIG_POWER_HI6553
CONFIG_POWER_LTC3676
CONFIG_POWER_PFUZE100
CONFIG_POWER_PFUZE3000
CONFIG_POWER_SPI
CONFIG_POWER_TPS65090_EC
CONFIG_POWER_TPS65218
CONFIG_POWER_TPS65910
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As we have more legacy PMIC drivers to move to Kconfig, guard them all
with POWER_LEGACY or SPL_POWER_LEGACY. Do the same kind of check for
building the drivers too. This also means that we need to resort the
list slightly in the Makefile.
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The rest of the unmigrated CONFIG symbols in the CONFIG_SYS namespace do
not easily transition to Kconfig. In many cases they likely should come
from the device tree instead. Move these out of CONFIG namespace and in
to CFG namespace.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The rest of the unmigrated CONFIG symbols in the SRIO namespace do not
easily transition to Kconfig. In many cases they likely should come from
the device tree instead. Move these out of CONFIG namespace and in to
CFG namespace.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SRIO1
CONFIG_SRIO2
CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
CONFIG_SYS_SRIO
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_TIMER_COUNTS_DOWN
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The rest of the unmigrated CONFIG symbols in the CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM
namespace do not easily transition to Kconfig. In many cases they likely
should come from the device tree instead. Move these out of CONFIG
namespace and in to CFG namespace.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There are now no flags being set in these files, so remove them.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This moves SYS_SATA_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION to Kconfig and enforces the
current default via Kconfig rather than C code.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_NOBQFMAN
CONFIG_SYS_DPAA_DCE
CONFIG_SYS_DPAA_FMAN
CONFIG_SYS_DPAA_PME
CONFIG_SYS_DPAA_RMAN
CONFIG_SYS_PMAN
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The rest of the unmigrated CONFIG symbols in the CONFIG_SYS_PCI and
CONFIG_SYS_PCIE namespace do not easily transition to Kconfig. In many
cases they likely should come from the device tree instead. Move these
out of CONFIG namespace and in to CFG namespace.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_OMAP_ABE_SYSCK
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These RTC drivers are currently unused and reference other unused CONFIG
variables, so remove them.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The rest of the unmigrated CONFIG symbols in the CONFIG_SYS_NUM
namespace do not easily transition to Kconfig. In many cases they likely
should come from the device tree instead. Move these out of CONFIG
namespace and in to CFG namespace.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The rest of the unmigrated CONFIG symbols in the CONFIG_SYS_NS16550
namespace do not easily transition to Kconfig. In many cases they likely
should come from the device tree instead. Move these out of CONFIG
namespace and in to CFG namespace.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SPL_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS
CONFIG_SYS_NS16550_MEM32
CONFIG_SYS_NS16550_PORT_MAPPED
CONFIG_SYS_NS16550_REG_SIZE
CONFIG_SYS_NS16550_SERIAL
To do this we also introduce CONFIG_SPL_SYS_NS16550_SERIAL so that
platforms can enable the legacy driver here for SPL.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This symbol is specific to the PowerPC SPL implementation, so rename
this to reflect that it's in SPL and used / tested there, so that we can
then safely migrate it to Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The rest of the unmigrated CONFIG symbols in the CONFIG_SYS_NOR
namespace do not easily transition to Kconfig. In many cases they likely
should come from the device tree instead. Move these out of CONFIG
namespace and in to CFG namespace.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The rest of the unmigrated CONFIG symbols in the CONFIG_SYS_NAND
namespace do not easily transition to Kconfig. In many cases they likely
should come from the device tree instead. Move these out of CONFIG
namespace and in to CFG namespace.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_2K
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_4K
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_MAX_OOBFREE
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_MAX_ECCPOS
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is the only driver, and only one platform makes use of, setting
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECC_BASE. Reference ATMEL_BASE_ECC directly in this
case.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This commit removes the following unused symbols:
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_DDR_LAW
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSTEPS
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCTOTAL
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ENABLE_PIN_SPL
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_MX7_GPMI_62_ECC_BYTES
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_RELOC_SP
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_DBW_8
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_DBW_16
Note that all instances of the code check for CONFIG_SYS_NAND_DBW_16
being defined, and then "else" to CONFIG_SYS_NAND_DBW_8 whereas all of
the configs set CONFIG_SYS_NAND_DBW_8. So we introduce
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_DBW_16 as an option.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To quote the author:
This patch set adds basic IPv6 support to U-boot.
It is based on Chris's Packham patches
(https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2017-January/279366.html)
Chris's patches were taken as base. There were efforts to launch it on
HiFive SiFive Unmatched board but the board didn't work well. The code was
refactored, fixed some bugs as CRC for little-endian, some parts were implemented in
our own way, something was taken from Linux. Finally we did manual tests and the
board worked well.
Testing was done on HiFive SiFive Unmatched board (RISC-V)
Add a test that checks generated Solicited Node Multicast Address from our
ipv6 address. Use in sandbox
Signed-off-by: Viacheslav Mitrofanov <v.v.mitrofanov@yadro.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a test to check convertation from char* to struct in6_addr.
Use in sandbox
Series-changes: 3
- Fixed tests to use length param in string_to_ip6()
Series-changes: 5
- Add test under #ifdef
Signed-off-by: Viacheslav Mitrofanov <v.v.mitrofanov@yadro.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Implement ping6 command to ping hosts using IPv6. It works the same way as
an ordinary ping command. There is no ICMP request so it is not possible
to ping our host. This patch adds options in Kconfig and Makefile to
build ping6 command.
Series-changes: 3
- Added structures and functions descriptions
- Added to ping6_receive() return value instead of void
Series-changes: 4
- Fixed structures and functions description style
Signed-off-by: Viacheslav Mitrofanov <v.v.mitrofanov@yadro.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The command tftpboot uses IPv4 by default. Add the possibility to use IPv6
instead. If an address in the command is an IPv6 address it will use IPv6
to boot or if there is a suffix -ipv6 in the end of the command it also
force using IPv6. All other tftpboot features and parameters are left
the same.
Signed-off-by: Viacheslav Mitrofanov <v.v.mitrofanov@yadro.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add net_ip6_handler (an IPv6 packet handler) into net_loop. Add
neighbor discovery mechanism into network init process. That is the
main step to run IPv6 in u-boot. Now u-boot is capable to use NDP and
handle IPv6 packets.
Signed-off-by: Viacheslav Mitrofanov <v.v.mitrofanov@yadro.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Functions that were exposed in "net: ipv6: Add IPv6 basic primitives"
had only empty implementations and were exposed as API for futher
patches. This patch add implementation of these functions. Main
functions are: net_ip6_handler() - IPv6 packet handler for incoming
packets; net_send_udp_packet6() - make up and send an UDP packet;
csum_ipv6_magic() - compute checksum of IPv6 "psuedo-header" per RFC2460
section 8.1; ip6_addr_in_subnet() - check if an address is in our
subnet. Other functions are auxiliary.
Series-changes: 3
- Added comments
- Fixed style problems
- Fixed return codes instead of -1
Signed-off-by: Viacheslav Mitrofanov <v.v.mitrofanov@yadro.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add the possibility to recognize IPv6 address in print function.
To output IPv6 address use %pI6 specifier.
Series-changes: 3
- Substituted #if (...) for if (...) to get better readability
Signed-off-by: Viacheslav Mitrofanov <v.v.mitrofanov@yadro.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This functions is used as a converter from IPv6 address string notation
to struct ip6_addr that is used everywhere in IPv6 implementation. For
example it is used to parse and convert IPv6 address from tftpboot
command. Conversion algorithm uses two passes, first to verify syntax and
locate colons and second pass to read the address. In case of valid IPv6
address it returns 0.
Examples of valid strings:
2001:db8::0:1234:1
2001:0db8:0000:0000:0000:0000:1234:0001
::1
::ffff:192.168.1.1
Examples of invalid strings
2001:db8::0::0 (:: can only appear once)
2001:db8:192.168.1.1::1 (v4 part can only appear at the end)
192.168.1.1 (we don't implicity map v4)
Series-changes: 3
- Added function description
- Added length parameter to string_to_ip6()
Series-changes: 4
- Fixed function description style
Signed-off-by: Viacheslav Mitrofanov <v.v.mitrofanov@yadro.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Implement basic of NDP. It doesn't include such things as Router
Solicitation, Router Advertisement and Redirect. It just has Neighbor
Solicitation and Neighbor Advertisement. Only these two features are used
in u-boot IPv6. Implementation of some NDP functions uses API that was
exposed in "net: ipv6: Add IPv6 basic primitives".
Also this patch inlcudes update in Makefile to build NDP.
Series-changes: 3
- Added structures and functions descriptions
- Fixed style problems
Series-changes: 4
- Fixed structures and functions description style
Signed-off-by: Viacheslav Mitrofanov <v.v.mitrofanov@yadro.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Set up callbacks for main IPv6 variables ip6add, serverip6, gatewayip6
and set options to them in flag file. These variables are often set up by
users.
Signed-off-by: Viacheslav Mitrofanov <v.v.mitrofanov@yadro.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add options to Makefile and Kconfig file to build IPv6
Series-changes: 3
- Added help for IPv6 support
Signed-off-by: Viacheslav Mitrofanov <v.v.mitrofanov@yadro.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch is a collection of basic primitives that are prerequisite for
further IPv6 implementation.
There are structures definition such as IPv6 header, UDP header
(for TFTP), ICMPv6 header. There are auxiliary defines such as protocol
codes, padding, struct size and etc. Also here are functions prototypes
and its empty implementation that will be used as API for further patches.
Here are variables declaration such as IPv6 address of our host,
gateway, ipv6 server.
Series-changes: 3
- Added functions and structures descriptions
- Removed enums ND_OPT_*. It will be moved into further patches
- Substituted -1 for error codes
Series-changes: 4
- Changed functions and structures description style
Signed-off-by: Viacheslav Mitrofanov <v.v.mitrofanov@yadro.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In the callback function we have to use memcpy(). Otherwise we add
the new samples on top of what is stored in the stream buffer.
If we don't have enough data, zero out the rest of the stream buffer.
Our sampling frequency is 48000. Let the batch size for the callback
function be 960. If we play a multiple of 20 ms, this will always be
a full batch.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Make it clear that if only 1 parameter is provided this is the duration.
The ISO symbol for hertz is Hz.
Fixes: c0c88533ff ("Sound: Add command for audio playback")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Consider unexpected values for frequency:
* negative frequency
* zero frequency
* frequency exceeding sampling frequency
As in these cases the sum of the samples is zero also check the count of
the samples.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
'sound play 1 100000' results in an endless loop on the sandbox.
If the frequency exceeds half the sampling rate, zero out the output
buffer.
Fixes: 511ed5fdd3 ("SOUND: SAMSUNG: Add I2S driver")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Xilinx changes for v2023.01-rc3-v2
xilinx:
- Fix MAC address selection for System Controller from FRU
- Cleanup Kconfig (ZYNQ_MAC_IN_EEPROM symbol)
versal:
- Create u-boot.elf for mini spi configurations
versal-net:
- Enable MT35XU flash
zynq:
- Add missing timer to DT for mini configurations
zynqmp:
- Do not include psu_init to U-Boot by default
- Do not enable IPI by default to mini U-Boot
- Update Luca's fragment
- Fix SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME usage
spi:
- gqspi: Fix tapdelay values
- gqspi: Fix 64bit address support
- cadence: Remove condition for calling enable linear mode
- nor-core: Invert logic to reflect sst26 flash unlocked
net:
- Add PCS/PMA phy support
The commit ed35de6170 ("Convert CONFIG_ZYNQMP_PSU_INIT_ENABLED to
Kconfig") converted CONFIG_ZYNQMP_PSU_INIT_ENABLED symbol and enabled it by
default which is not correct configuration.
Intention of this config was to have it enabled by default for SPL and
provide an option to users to also do low level initialization directly
from U-Boot.
That's why it is necessary to define second symbol with SPL marking in it
and properly use symbols depends on usage in Makefile.
Also disable ZYNQMP_PSU_INIT_ENABLED from boards which enables it by
default. CONFIG_SPL_ZYNQMP_PSU_INIT_ENABLED is enabled by default when SPL
is enabled.
Reported-by: Venkatesh Yadav Abbarapu <venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Luca Ceresoli <luca@lucaceresoli.net>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/d5fcbd66b05bf0d7ef594e66464ee23b48c5e4cc.1669969083.git.michal.simek@amd.com
When Linux boot takes over control of the pmu
(by signaling PM_INIT_FINALIZE via ipi), pmu will switch off 'unused'
rpu cores. The Xilinx zynqmp fsbl prevents switching off those cores by
marking rpu cores as 'used' when loading code partitions to those cores.
The current u-boot SPL is missing this behaviour, which results in
halting rpu cores during Linux boot.
This commit mimics the xilinx zynqmp fsbl behavior by marking r5 cores as
used when they are released during boot.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Funke <lukas.funke@weidmueller.com>
Signed-off-by: Lukas Funke <lukas.funke-oss@weidmueller.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221028121547.26464-2-lukas.funke-oss@weidmueller.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
If we bridge an external PHY to Xilinx's PCS/PMA PHY and would like to
get and set the real status of the PHY facing the external world. Then
we should phy_connect() to the external PHY instead of the PCS/PMA one.
Thus, we add a pcs-handle DT entry, which have been merged in Linux, and
leave the configuration of it to the driver itself.
Unlike Linux, where the PCS/PMA PHY is managed by phylink, managing the
PCS/PMA PHY is only internal to the driver in U-Boot. The PCS/PMA PHY
pressents only when the phy-mode is configured as SGMII or 1000Base-X,
so it is always 1 Gbps and full-duplex and we may skip passing link
information out.
Signed-off-by: Andy Chiu <andy.chiu@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Greentime Hu <greentime.hu@sifive.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221101035800.912644-2-andy.chiu@sifive.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Pull request for efi-2023-01-rc3
Documentation:
* describe DM firmware needed for j721e_evm
* describe management of UEFI security data base with eficonfig
UEFI:
* code clean-up for eficonfig command
* fix handling of DHCP aknowledge
* correct EFI memory type used for U-Boot code
* unit test for FatToStr() truncation
* add an EFI binary to print boot hart ID
Other:
* improve parameter checks in console functions
* fix variable initialization in blk_get_device_part_str
This commits adds the description for the UEFI Secure Boot
Configuration through the eficonfig menu.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Redacted the complete document.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
eficonfig command reads all possible UEFI load options
from 0x0000 to 0xFFFF to construct the menu. This takes too much
time in some environment.
This commit uses efi_get_next_variable_name_int() to read all
existing UEFI load options to significantlly reduce the count of
efi_get_var() call.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Some commands need to enumerate the existing UEFI load
option variable("Boot####"). This commit transfers some code
from cmd/efidebug.c to lib/efi_loder/, then exposes
efi_varname_is_load_option() function to check whether
the UEFI variable name is "Boot####".
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The directory name in eficonfig menu entry contains the
'\' separator. strcmp() argument ".." is wrong and one directory
up handling does not work correctly. strcmp() argument must
include '\' separator.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
EFI_LOADER_DATA/CODE is reserved for EFI applications.
Memory allocated by U-Boot for internal usage should be
EFI_BOOT_SERVICES_DATA or _CODE or EFI_RUNTIME_SERVICES_DATA or _CODE.
Reported-by: François-Frédéric Ozog <ff@ozog.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: François-Frédéric Ozog <ff@ozog.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The dhcp command may be executed after the first UEFI command.
We should still update the EFI_PXE_BASE_CODE_PROTOCOL.
Don't leak content of prior acknowledge packages.
Handle failing allocation when calling malloc().
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Provide an EFI binary that prints the boot hart ID as found in the
device-tree as /chosen/boot-hartid property and as provided by the
RISCV_EFI_BOOT_PROTOCOL.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
* BASH code should be labeled as such.
* Code blocks should be indented by 4 spaces.
Fix these here.
Suggested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The symbol CONFIG_NET_DEVICES does not exist.
The correct name is CONFIG_NETDEVICES.
Fixes: 77b5c4a5b1 ("efi_loader: Let networking support depend on NETDEVICES")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
blk_get_device_part_str() should always initialize all info fields
including sys_ind. As a side effect the code is simplified.
Replace '(0 ==' by '(!' to conform with Linux coding style.
Fixes: 4d907025d6 ("sandbox: restore ability to access host fs through standard commands")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
We use the parameter file in console functions to choose from an array
after checking against MAX_FILES but we never check if the value of file
is negative.
Running ./u-boot -T -l and issuing the poweroff command has resulted in
crashes because os_exit() results in std::ostream::flush() calling U-Boot's
fflush with file being a pointer which when converted to int may be
represented by a negative number.
This shows that checking against MAX_FILES is not enough. We have to ensure
that the file argument is always positive.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- Add Peter Robinson as a co-custodian for Pi, update the maintainer
record for common/usb_storage.c, re-add bmp_logo to tools-only and fix
SPI booting on the SanCloud BBE
The SanCloud BBE requires the same dtb nodes to be present in the SPL as
the AM335x EVM.
The SanCloud BBE Lite also requires the SPI flash node and all
dependencies to be present in the SPL to support SPI boot.
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker@sancloud.com>
The advanced address translation provided by CONFIG_SPL_OF_TRANSLATE is
needed to determine the base address of the uart0 peripheral on am335x
platforms when CONFIG_SPL_OF_CONTROL is enabled.
If CONFIG_SPL_OF_CONTROL is enabled in the base (non-spiboot)
am335x_evm_defconfig, then CONFIG_SPL_OF_TRANSLATE will also need to be
enabled there. Unfortunately this cannot be done pre-emptively due to
the kconfig dependencies.
The TI clk-ctrl & TI sysc drivers are also required to bring up the SPI
bus on am335x platforms.
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker@sancloud.com>
For successful boot when CONFIG_SPL_OF_CONTROL=y, we need to ensure that
the board EEPROM on i2c0, the uart0 serial port and the relevant boot
device (mmc1 or mmc2) can be accessed in the SPL. We also need to
preserve the parent nodes for each required dtb node.
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker@sancloud.com>
The TI sysc bus driver is required to allow access to the SPI bus on
am335x platforms. To support SPI boot this driver needs to be enabled in
the SPL/TPL as appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker@sancloud.com>
We should only perform additional iteration steps when needed to
initialize the parent of a device. Other binding errors (such as a
missing driver) should not lead to additional iteration steps.
Unnecessary iteration steps can cause issues when memory is tightly
constrained (such as in the TPL/SPL) since device_bind_by_name()
unconditionally allocates memory for a struct udevice. On the SanCloud
BBE this led to boot failure caused by memory exhaustion in the SPL
when booting from SPI flash.
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker@sancloud.com>
The usb_storage.c is the host-side USB mass storage device support,
it is not the DFU/UMS gadget-side implementation. Fix the entry.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Pre 2023.01 the bmp_logo was built as part of the tools-only_defconfig
build, something changed and the VIDEO dep needed to build it
is no longer pulled in so fix that by explicitly defining it.
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Peter accpeted to step up as a co-maintainer for the RPis.
Reflect that in the corresponding MAINTAINERS files.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
The signal name of pin PD8 with function D is A22_NANDCLE
as it is defined in the datasheet.
Fixes: 558378a4cd ("ARM: mach-at91: add support for new SoC sama7g5")
Signed-off-by: Mihai Sain <mihai.sain@microchip.com>
Add a driver for the Intel XWAY GbE PHY:
- configure RGMII using dt phy-mode and standard delay properties
- use genphy_config
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The rx descriptor list is in cached memory, and there may be multiple
descriptors per cache-line. After reclaim_rx_buffers marks a descriptor
as unused it does a cache flush, which causes the entire cache-line to
be written to memory, which may override other descriptors in the same
cache-line that the controller may have written to.
The fix skips freeing descriptors that are not the last in a cache-line,
and if the freed descriptor is the last one in a cache-line, it marks
all the descriptors in the cache-line as unused.
This is similarly to what is done in drivers/net/fec_mxc.c
In my case this bug caused tftpboot to fail some times when other
packets are sent to u-boot in addition to the ongoing tftp (e.g. ping).
The driver would stop receiving new packets because it is waiting
on a descriptor that is marked unused, when in reality the descriptor
contains a new unprocessed packet but while freeing the previous buffer
descriptor & flushing the cache, the driver accidentally marked the
descriptor as unused.
Signed-off-by: Yaron Micher <yaronm@hailo.ai>
Fix a couple of typos:
- s/Acquantia/Aquantia/
- s/firmare/firmware/
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
With a suitable sequence of malicious packets, it's currently possible
to get a hole descriptor to contain arbitrary attacker-controlled
contents, and then with one more packet to use that as an arbitrary
write vector.
While one could possibly change the algorithm so we instead loop over
all holes, and in each hole puts as much of the current fragment as
belongs there (taking care to carefully update the hole list as
appropriate), it's not worth the complexity: In real, non-malicious
scenarios, one never gets overlapping fragments, and certainly not
fragments that would be supersets of one another.
So instead opt for this simple protection: Simply don't allow the
eventual memcpy() to write beyond the last_byte of the current hole.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
U-Boot does not support IP fragmentation on TX (and unless
CONFIG_IP_DEFRAG is set, neither on RX). So the blocks we send must
fit in a single ethernet packet.
Currently, if tftpblocksize is set to something like 5000 and I
tftpput a large enough file, U-Boot crashes because we overflow
net_tx_packet (which only has room for 1500 bytes plus change).
Similarly, if tftpblocksize is set to something larger than what we
can actually receive (e.g. 50000, with NET_MAXDEFRAG being 16384), any
tftp get just hangs because we never receive any packets.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Nothing inside this block depends on NET_TFTP_VARS to be set to parse
correctly. Switch to C if() in preparation for adding code before
this (to avoid a declaration-after-statement warning).
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
[trini: Update to cover CONFIG_TFTP_PORT case as well]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
For some reason, the ip_len field in a reassembled IP datagram is set
to just the size of the payload, but it should be set to the value it
would have had if the datagram had never been fragmented in the first
place, i.e. size of payload plus size of IP header.
That latter value is currently returned correctly via the "len"
variable. And before entering net_defragment(), len does have the
value ntohs(ip->ip_len), so if we're not dealing with a
fragment (so net_defragment leaves *len alone), that relationship of
course also holds after the net_defragment() call.
The only use I can find of ip->ip_len after the net_defragment call is
the ntohs(ip->udp_len) > ntohs(ip->ip_len) sanity check - none of the
functions that are passed the "ip" pointer themselves inspect ->ip_len
but instead use the passed len.
But that sanity check is a bit odd, since the RHS really should be
"ntohs(ip->ip_len) - 20", i.e. the IP payload size.
Now that we've fixed things so that len == ntohs(ip->ip_len) in all
cases, change that sanity check to use len-20 as the RHS.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
I hit a strange problem with v2022.10: Sometimes my tftp transfer
would seemingly just hang. It only happened for some files. Moreover,
changing tftpblocksize from 65464 to 65460 or 65000 made it work again
for all the files I tried. So I started suspecting it had something to
do with the file sizes and in particular the way the tftp blocks get
fragmented and reassembled.
v2022.01 showed no problems with any of the files or any value of
tftpblocksize.
Looking at what had changed in net.c or tftp.c since January showed
only one remotely interesting thing, b85d130ea0.
So I fired up wireshark on my host to see if somehow one of the
packets would be too small. But no, with both v2022.01 and v2022.10,
the exact same sequence of packets were sent, all but the last of size
1500, and the last being 1280 bytes.
But then it struck me that 1280 is 5*256, so one of the two bytes
on-the-wire is 0 and the other is 5, and when then looking at the code
again the lack of endianness conversion becomes obvious. [ntohs is
both applied to ip->ip_off just above, as well as to ip->ip_len just a
little further down when the "len" is actually computed].
IOWs the current code would falsely reject any packet which happens to
be a multiple of 256 bytes in size, breaking tftp transfers somewhat
randomly, and if it did get one of those "malicious" packets with
ip_len set to, say, 27, it would be seen by this check as being 6912
and hence not rejected.
====
Now, just adding the missing ntohs() would make my initial problem go
away, in that I can now download the file where the last fragment ends
up being 1280 bytes. But there's another bug in the code and/or
analysis: The right-hand side is too strict, in that it is ok for the
last fragment not to have a multiple of 8 bytes as payload - it really
must be ok, because nothing in the IP spec says that IP datagrams must
have a multiple of 8 bytes as payload. And comments in the code also
mention this.
To fix that, replace the comparison with <= IP_HDR_SIZE and add
another check that len is actually a multiple of 8 when the "more
fragments" bit is set - which it necessarily is for the case where
offset8 ends up being 0, since we're only called when
(ip_off & (IP_OFFS | IP_FLAGS_MFRAG)).
====
So, does this fix CVE-2022-30790 for real? It certainly correctly
rejects the POC code which relies on sending a packet of size 27 with
the MFRAG flag set. Can the attack be carried out with a size 27
packet that doesn't set MFRAG (hence must set a non-zero fragment
offset)? I dunno. If we get a packet without MFRAG, we update
h->last_byte in the hole we've found to be start+len, hence we'd enter
one of
if ((h >= thisfrag) && (h->last_byte <= start + len)) {
or
} else if (h->last_byte <= start + len) {
and thus won't reach any of the
/* overlaps with initial part of the hole: move this hole */
newh = thisfrag + (len / 8);
/* fragment sits in the middle: split the hole */
newh = thisfrag + (len / 8);
IOW these division are now guaranteed to be exact, and thus I think
the scenario in CVE-2022-30790 cannot happen anymore.
====
However, there's a big elephant in the room, which has always been
spelled out in the comments, and which makes me believe that one can
still cause mayhem even with packets whose payloads are all 8-byte
aligned:
This code doesn't deal with a fragment that overlaps with two
different holes (thus being a superset of a previously-received
fragment).
Suppose each character below represents 8 bytes, with D being already
received data, H being a hole descriptor (struct hole), h being
non-populated chunks, and P representing where the payload of a just
received packet should go:
DDDHhhhhDDDDHhhhDDDD
PPPPPPPPP
I'm pretty sure in this case we'd end up with h being the first hole,
enter the simple
} else if (h->last_byte <= start + len) {
/* overlaps with final part of the hole: shorten this hole */
h->last_byte = start;
case, and thus in the memcpy happily overwrite the second H with our
chosen payload. This is probably worth fixing...
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
While the code mostly/only handles UDP packets, it's possible for the
last fragment of a fragmented UDP packet to be smaller than 28 bytes;
it can be as small as 21 bytes (an IP header plus one byte of
payload). So until we've performed the defragmentation step and thus
know whether we're now holding a full packet, we should only check for
the existence of the fields in the ip header, i.e. that there are at
least 20 bytes present.
In practice, we always seem to be handed a "len" of minimum 60 from the
device layer, i.e. minimal ethernet frame length minus FCS, so this is
mostly theoretical.
After we've fetched the header's claimed length and used that to
update the len variable, check that the header itself claims to be the
minimal possible length.
This is probably how CVE-2022-30552 should have been dealt with in the
first place, because net_defragment() is not the only place that wants
to know the size of the IP datagram payload: If we receive a
non-fragmented ICMP packet, we pass "len" to receive_icmp() which in
turn may pass it to ping_receive() which does
compute_ip_checksum(icmph, len - IP_HDR_SIZE)
and due to the signature of compute_ip_checksum(), that would then
lead to accessing ~4G of address space, very likely leading to a
crash.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
There's no reason we should accept an IP packet with a malformed IHL
field. So ensure that it is exactly 5, not just <= 5.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Add new desc_per_cacheline property which lets a platform run RX descriptor
cleanup after every power-of-2 - 1 received packets instead of every packet.
This is useful on platforms where (axi_bus_width EQOS_AXI_WIDTH_n * DMA DSL
inter-descriptor word skip count + DMA descriptor size) is less than cache
line size, which necessitates packing multiple DMA descriptors into single
cache line.
In case of TX descriptors, this is not a problem, since the driver always
does synchronous TX, i.e. the TX descriptor is always written, flushed and
polled for completion in eqos_send().
In case of RX descriptors, it is necessary to update their status in bulk,
i.e. after the entire cache line worth of RX descriptors has been used up
to receive data.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Separate TX and RX DMA rings to make their handling slightly clearer.
This is a preparatory patch for bulk RX descriptor flushing.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
LiteX is a soft system-on-chip that targets FPGAs. LiteETH is a basic
network device that is commonly used in LiteX designs.
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Drop support for quickly deprecated DT property "snps,ref-clock-period-ns"
to prevent its proliferation.
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
GUCTL.REFCLKPER can only account for clock frequencies with integer
periods. To address this, program REFCLK_FLADJ with the relative error
caused by period truncation. The formula given in the register reference
has been rearranged to allow calculation based on rate (instead of
period), and to allow for fixed-point arithmetic.
Additionally, calculate a value for 240MHZDECR. This configures a
simulated 240Mhz clock using a counter with one fractional bit (PLS1).
This register is programmed only for versions >= 2.50a, since this is
the check also used by commit db2be4e9e30c ("usb: dwc3: Add frame length
adjustment quirk").
[ marek: Ported from Linux kernel commit
596c87856e08d ("usb: dwc3: Program GFLADJ") ]
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de> # Port from Linux
Instead of using a special property to determine the reference clock
period, use the rate of the reference clock. When we have a legacy
snps,ref-clock-period-ns property and no reference clock, use it
instead. Fractional clocks are not currently supported, and will be
dealt with in the next commit.
[ marek: Ported from Linux kernel commit
5114c3ee24875 ("usb: dwc3: Calculate REFCLKPER based on reference clock") ]
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de> # Port from Linux
Set reference clock period when it differs from dwc3 default hardware
set.
We could calculate clock period based on reference clock frequency. But
this information is not always available. This is the case of PCI bus
attached USB host. For that reason we use a custom property.
Tested (USB2 only) on IPQ6010 SoC based board with 24 MHz reference
clock while hardware default is 19.2 MHz.
[ baruch: rewrite commit message; drop GFLADJ code; remove 'quirk-' from
property name; mention tested hardware ]
[ marek: Ported from Linux kernel commit
7bee318838890 ("usb: dwc3: reference clock period configuration") ]
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Balaji Prakash J <bjagadee@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de> # Port from Linux
Cache ref_clk clock pointer in struct dwc3 . This is a preparatory
patch for subsequent backports from Linux kernel which configure
GFLADJ register content based on the ref_clk rate and therefore need
access to the ref_clk pointer.
It is possible to extract the clock pointer from existing clk_bulk
list of already claimed clock, no need to call clk_get*() again.
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The "generic_bus_%x_dev_%x" string which is printed into this buffer
can be up to 34 characters long ("generic_bus_12345678_dev_12345678").
The buffer would be clipped by snprintf() if both %x were at maximum
range. Make sure the buffer is long enough to cover such possibility.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It seems this symbol was missed when renaming DM_VIDEO -> VIDEO. Update
it.
Fixes: b86986c7b3 ("video: Rename CONFIG_DM_VIDEO to CONFIG_VIDEO")
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: John Keeping <john@metanate.com>
We have a number of jobs that will have git complain about needing to
set safe.directory and this being untrue as a fatal error, but then
complete. Set this flag correctly now as it should be used, and may
prevent a future failure.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use macro to represent the RL and WL setting to ensure the PHY and
controller setting are aligned.
Review-by: Ryan Chen <ryan_chen@aspeedtech.com>
Signed-off-by: Dylan Hung <dylan_hung@aspeedtech.com>
Adjust the following settings to get better timing and signal quality.
1. write DQS/DQ delay
- 1e6e2304[0]
- 1e6e2304[15:8]
2. read DQS/DQ delay
- 0x1e6e0298[0]
- 0x1e6e0298[15:8]
3. CLK/CA timing
- 0x1e6e01a8[31]
4. Read and write termination
- change RTT_ROM from 40 ohm to 48 ohm (MR1[10:8])
- change RTT_PARK from disable to 48 ohm (MR5[8:6])
- change RTT_WR from 120 ohm to disable (MR2[11:9])
- change PHY ODT from 40 ohm to 80 ohm (0x1e6e0130[10:8])
Note1: Both DDR-PHY and DDR controller have their own registers for DDR4
Mode Registers (MR0~MR6). This patch introduces macros to synchronize
the MR value on both sides.
Note2: the waveform meansurement can be found in item #21 of Aspeed
AST26x0 Application note (AP note).
Review-by: Ryan Chen <ryan_chen@aspeedtech.com>
Signed-off-by: Dylan Hung <dylan_hung@aspeedtech.com>
The condition "~data" in the if-statement is a typo. The original
intention is to poll if SDRAM_PHYCTRL0_INIT bit equals to 0. So use
"data == 0" for instead.
Besides, the bit[1] of "phy_status" register is hardwired to
SDRAM_PHYCTRL0_INIT (with inverse logic). Since SDRAM_PHYCTRL0_INIT has
already done, remove the unnecessary checking of phy_status[1].
Fixes: fde9314346 ("ram: aspeed: Add AST2600 DRAM control support")
Review-by: Ryan Chen <ryan_chen@aspeedtech.com>
Signed-off-by: Dylan Hung <dylan_hung@aspeedtech.com>
This header was already included just above version.h,
do not include it twice.
Fixes: 3db7110857 ("crc32: Use the crc.h header for crc functions")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Return value -1 cause U-Boot to print usage message. Return value
1 (CMD_RET_FAILURE) indicates failure. So fix return value when ubifs
command starts it execution and fails.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Dhruva Gole <d-gole@ti.com>
Debug dump logs are not always required. Add a new config option
UBIFS_SILENCE_DEBUG_DUMP to silence all debug dumps. On powerpc/mpc85xx
when enabled this will decrease size of U-Boot binary by 11 kB.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Add test case for 'fdt get value' sub command.
The test case can be triggered using:
"
./u-boot -d u-boot.dtb -c 'ut fdt'
"
Acked-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Always increment both the iterator and pointer into the string
property value by length of the current element + 1 (to cater
for the string delimiter), otherwise the element extracted from
the string property value would be extracted from an offset that
is multiple of the length of the first element, instead of sum
of element lengths until select index.
This fixes 'fdt get value' operation for index above 1 (counting
from index 0).
Acked-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Fixes: 13982ced2c ("cmd: fdt: Add support for reading stringlist property values")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The sandbox config file is to be removed. Move the GUID declarations
needed for capsule update functionality to the board file where they
are used.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Invoking lseek() may result in an error. Handle it.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 376212 ("Error handling issues (CHECKED_RETURN)")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Add a new flag to buildman so that we will in turn pass
BINMAN_ALLOW_MISSING=1 to 'make'. Make use of this flag in CI.
Allow the settings file to control this.
Cc: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This was dropped my mistake. Reinstate it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: d829f1217c ("bulidman: Add support for a simple build")
While it is possible and documented on how to re-run buildman to replace
faked required binary files after the fact, this behavior ends up being
more confusing than helpful in practice. Switch to requiring
BINMAN_ALLOW_MISSING=1 to be passed on the 'make' line to enable this
behavior.
Cc: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These are documented in various several sections. Add a new section that
mentions them all in one place so it is easier to see what environment
variables can be used to control U-Boot's use of binman.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Suggested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Buildman should consider a build as a success (with warnings) if missing
blobs have been dealt with by binman, even though buildman itself returns
and error code overall. This is how other warnings are dealt with.
We cannot easily access the 103 exit code, so detect the problem in the
output.
With this change, missing blobs result in an exit code of 101, although
they still indicate failure.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Support for some architectures has been removed since buildman was first
written. Also all toolchains are now available at kernel.org so we don't
need the links, except for arc where the kernel.org toolchain fails to
build all boards.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The settings file omits a few lines which are useful for getting every
board building. Add these and update the documentation tool.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This script was removed about 6 years ago so most people should be aware
that it is not needed anymore. Drop mention of it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Convert the buildman documentation to rST format and include it in the
'build' section.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net>
At present binman returns success when told to handle missing/faked blobs
or missing bintools. This is confusing since in fact the resulting image
cannot work.
Use exit code 103 to signal this problem, with a -W option to convert
it to a warning.
Rename the flag to --ignore-missing since it controls bintools also.
Add documentation about exit codes while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This currently uses if_changed on a phony target. Use a real file as the
target and add FORCE at the end, as required. Drop the 'inputs' phony
since it is not needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
gcc 12 seems to warn on strncpy() as a matter of course. Rewrite the code
a different way to do the same thing, to avoid the warning.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The binary is looked on the system by the suffix of the packer class.
This means binman was looking for btool_gzip on the system and not gzip.
Since a btool can have its btool_ prefix missing but its module and
binary presence on the system appropriately found, there's no need to
actually keep this prefix after listing all possible btools, so let's
remove it.
This fixes gzip btool by letting Bintool.find_bintool_class handle the
missing prefix and still return the correct class which is then init
with gzip name instead of btool_gzip.
Additionally, there was an issue with the cached module global variable.
The variable only stores the module and not the associated class name
when calling find_bintool_class.
This means that when caching the module on the first call to
find_bintool_class, class_name would be set to Bintoolbtool_gzip but the
module_name gzip only, adding the module in the gzip key in the module
dictionary. When hitting the cache on next calls, the gzip key would be
found, so its value (the module) is used. However the default class_name
(Bintoolgzip) is used, failing the getattr call.
Instead, let's enforce the same class name: Bintool<packer>, whatever
the filename it is contained in.
Cc: Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Xilinx changes for v2023.01-rc3
microblaze:
- Enable 32 bit addressing mode for SPIs
zynq:
- Minor DT fixes (PL clock enabling)
zynqmp:
- Disable watchdog by default
- Remove unused xlnx,eeprom chosen support
- Add missing symlink for vck190 SC revB
- Use mdio bus with ethernet-phy-id description
versal:
- Add mini qspi/ospi configuration
versal-net:
- Add soc driver
- Fix Kconfig entry for SOC
- Fix loading address location for MINI configuration
- Disable LMB for mini configuration
net:
- Fix ethernet-phy-id usage in the code
pinctrl:
- Revert high impedance/output enable support
timer:
- Fix timer relocation for Microblaze
- Fix timer wrap in 32bit Xilinx timer driver
Add configuration file for mini u-boot configuration which runs on a
smaller footprint from on chip memory(OCM). This configuration has
required CONFIG's enabled to support octal spi flash and uses DCC terminal
for console output. Add required dts for octal spi flash mini u-boot
configuration.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221116141155.14788-4-ashok.reddy.soma@amd.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Add soc_xilinx_versal_net driver to identify the family & revision of
versal-net SoC. Add Kconfig option CONFIG_SOC_XILINX_VERSAL_NET to
enable/disable this driver. To enable this driver by default, add this
config to xilinx_versal_net_virt_defconfig file. This driver will be
probed using platdata U_BOOT_DEVICE structure which is specified in
mach-versal-net/cpu.c.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/613d6bcffd9070f62cf348079ed16c120f8fc56f.1668612993.git.michal.simek@amd.com
Versal NET mini U-Boot configuration is used for memory testing that's why
load address can't be really placed in memory which doesn't need to work
that's why move it to start of OCM which is the same memory which U-Boot is
running from.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
vck190 system controller low level setup is the same for revB that's why
also create symlink to revA.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Use dot instead of comma. The fix doesn't affect anything but it is good to
be aligned with used pattern. The first is used only for string size
calculation and the second change is in the comment.
Fixes: db681d4929 ("net: phy: Add new read ethernet phy id function")
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Current xilinx_timer_get_count() implementation does not take into account
the periodic 32-bit wrap arounds, as it directly returns the 32-bit counter
register value. The roll-overs cause problems in the upper timer layers, as
generic timer code expects an incrementing 64-bit value from get_count() to
work correctly.
Add the missing 64-bit up-conversion to fix random hangs/delays in
__udelay().
Fixes: a36d86720f ("microblaze: Convert axi timer to DM driver")
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovpanait@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221012053656.1492457-3-ovpanait@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
This commit adds the menu-driven UEFI Secure Boot Key
enrollment interface. User can enroll PK, KEK, db
and dbx by selecting file.
Only the signed EFI Signature List(s) with an authenticated
header, typically '.auth' file, is accepted.
To clear the PK, KEK, db and dbx, user needs to enroll the null key
signed by PK or KEK.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
EFI_SIMPLE_FILE_SYSTEM_PROTOCOL is not always provided
by U-Boot. Use protocol interface functions instead of
U-Boot internal functions.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Following commits are adding support for UEFI variable management
via the eficonfig menu. Those functions needs to use
eficonfig_create_device_path() to construct the full device path
from device path of the volume and file path, so move it
out of their static declarations.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
All the eficonfig menus other than "Change Boot Order"
use 'eficonfig_entry' structure for each menu entry.
This commit refactors change boot order implementation
to use 'eficonfig_entry' structure same as other menus
to have consistent menu handling.
This commit also simplifies the data->active handling when
KEY_SPACE is pressed, and sizeof() parameter.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Following commits are adding support for UEFI variable management
via the eficonfig menu. Those functions needs to use
append_entry() and append_quit_entry() to construct the
menu, so move them out of their static declarations.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
eficonfig_select_file_handler() is commonly used to select the
file. eficonfig_display_select_file_option() adds an additional
menu to clear the selected file.
eficonfig_display_select_file_option() is not always necessary
for the file selection process, so it must be outside of
eficonfig_select_file_handler().
This commit also renames the following functions to avoid confusion.
eficonfig_select_file_handler() -> eficonfig_process_select_file()
eficonfig_select_file() -> eficonfig_show_file_selection()
eficonfig_display_select_file_option() -> eficonfig_process_show_file_option()
Finally, test_eficonfig.py need to be updated to get aligned with
the above modification.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Use unsigned char for the parameter of efi_st_strcmp_16_8. This allows
comparing characters 0x80 - 0xff.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
If the array index 'i' < 128, the 'codepage' array is accessed using
[-128...-1] in efi_unicode_collation.c:262. This can lead to a buffer
overflow.
Negative index in efi_unicode_collation.c:262.
The index of the 'codepage' array should be c - 0x80 instead of i - 0x80.
Fixes: 0bc4b0da7b ("efi_loader: EFI_UNICODE_COLLATION_PROTOCOL")
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Ilin <ilin.mikhail.ol@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Since commit c2fd0ca1a8
("watchdog: Integrate watchdog triggering into the cyclic framework")
GD_FLG_WDT_READY has become write-only. This patch now removes this
flag completely.
The vacant spot in gd_flags is filled with the newly introduced
GD_FLG_CYCLIC_RUNNING flag.
Suggested-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Checking for DM_RESET is not enough since not all watchdog
implementations use a reset lane. Such is the case for Rockchip
implementation for example. Since reset_assert_bulk will only succeed if
the resets property exists in the watchdog DT node, it needs to be
called only if a reset property is present.
This adds a condition on the resets property presence in the watchdog DT
node before assuming a reset lane needs to be fetched with
reset_assert_bulk, by calling ofnode_read_prop.
Cc: Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
The code for these two options depends on having the FIT loadables
recorded in the FDT. Thus, these options require the full version of
the SPL_LOAD_FIT code.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
DFU implementation does not bound the length field in USB
DFU download setup packets, and it does not verify that
the transfer direction. Fixing the length and transfer
direction.
CVE-2022-2347
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Yadav Abbarapu <venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
This reverts commit d2e64d29c4.
This commit broke support for pound sign (£) and euro sign (€) keys on
Nokia N900 keypad.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Instead of overwriting $loadaddr variable, use custom temporary
$fileloadaddr variable. So scripts can access default/original address
stored in $loadaddr at build time.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Add example command how to compile U-Boot and add new documentation section
describing how to enable early debug UART and verbose log output for N900.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Apply commit 534f0fbd65 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if
POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y") also for 32-bit ARM.
This change fixes crashing of U-Boot on ARMv7 (Omap3 / Cortex-A8) Nokia N900
phone (real HW). Note that qemu emulator of this board with same u-boot.bin
binary has not triggered this crash.
Crash happened after U-Boot printed following debug lines to serial console:
initcall: 0001ea8c (relocated to 8fe0aa8c)
Loading Environment from <NULL>... Using default environment
Destroy Hash Table: 8fe25a98 table = 00000000
Create Hash Table: N=387
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Due to usage of PREBOOT in Kconfig, macro CONFIG_PREBOOT is always defined
when CONFIG_USE_PREBOOT is enabled. In case CONFIG_PREBOOT is not
explicitly enabled it is set to empty C string and therefore
'#ifdef CONFIG_PREBOOT' guard does not work. Fix this issue by introducing
a new Kconfig symbol PREBOOT_DEFINED which cause to define new C macro
CONFIG_PREBOOT_DEFINED only when CONFIG_PREBOOT is really defined.
Change usage of '#ifdef CONFIG_PREBOOT' by '#ifdef CONFIG_USE_PREBOOT' for
code which checks if preboot code would be called and by
'#ifdef CONFIG_PREBOOT_DEFINED' for defining preboot code.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Pull request for efi-2023-01-rc2
Documentation:
* fix building with Sphinx 5.0+
* man-pages for cmp and bootd commands
UEFI:
* Avoid unaligned access in efi_file_from_path()
* More bug fixes
- Fix and improve microchip's clock driver to allow sync'ing DTS with linux
- Improve the help message in "SBI_V02" Kconfig
- Improve DTS property "isa-string" parsing rule
Heinrich reports that on RISC-V unaligned access is emulated by OpenSBI
which is very slow. Performance wise it's better if we skip the calls
to u16_strdup() -- which in turn calls u16_strsize() and just allocate/copy the
memory directly. The access to dp.length may still be unaligned, but that's
way less than what u16_strsize() would do
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Use malloc() instead of calloc().
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Closing the files uses the EFI protocol and specifically it's .close
callback. This needs to be wrapped on an EFI_CALL()
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
UEFI specification requires pointers that are passed to protocol member
functions to be aligned. There's a u16_strdup in that function which
doesn't make sense otherwise Add a comment so no one removes it
accidentally
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The 'ret' variable must be initialized before use
in eficonfig_delete_invalid_boot_option().
Fixes: c416f1c0bc ("bootmenu: add removable media entries")
Addresses-Coverity: 376207 ("Uninitialized variables")
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Goto for an immediately succeeding label is superfluous.
Fixes: 87d791423a ("eficonfig: menu-driven addition of UEFI boot option")
Addresses-Coverity: 376202 ("Identical code for different branches")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
If the va_list we got handed over contains no protocols we must return
EFI_SUCCESS. However in that case the current code just returns
an unintialized value.
Fix that by setting the return value in the variable definition
Addresses-Coverity: CID 376195: ("Uninitialized variables (UNINIT)")
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Sphinx 5.0 and later fails to build when language is set to None:
Warning, treated as error:
Invalid configuration value found: 'language = None'. Update your configuration to a valid langauge code. Falling back to 'en' (English)
Let's set the language to English since it is the language used for the
documentation.
Cc: Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The documentation of struct host_ops should be Sphinx compliant.
Fixes: 9bd1aa8af2 ("dm: sandbox: Create a new HOST uclass")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Correct GD_FLG_CYCLIC_RUNNING documentation to match Sphinx style.
Fixes: d7de5ef629 ("cyclic: use a flag in gd->flags for recursion protection")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
We should check the string until it hits underscore, in case it
searches multi-letter extensions. For example, "rv64imac_xandes"
will be treated as D extension support since there is a "d" in
"andes", resulting illegal instruction caused by initializing FCSR.
Signed-off-by: Yu Chien Peter Lin <peterlin@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
The initial devicetree for PolarFire SoC incorrectly created a fixed
frequency clock in the devicetree to represent the msspll, but the
msspll is not a fixed frequency clock. The actual reference clock on a
board is either 125 or 100 MHz, 125 MHz in the case of the icicle kit.
Swap the incorrect representation of the msspll out for the actual
reference clock.
Fixes: dd4ee416a6 ("riscv: dts: Add device tree for Microchip Icicle Kit")
Signed-off-by: Conor Dooley <conor.dooley@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@microchip.com>
Sync the critical clocks in the U-Boot driver with those marked as
critical in Linux. The Linux driver has an explanation of why each clock
is considered to be critical, so import that too.
Fixes: 2f27c9219e ("clk: Add Microchip PolarFire SoC clock driver")
Signed-off-by: Conor Dooley <conor.dooley@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@microchip.com>
Not all "periph" clocks are children of the AHB clock, some have the AXI
clock as their parent & the mtimer clock is derived from the external
reference clock directly. Stop assuming the AHB clock to be the parent
of all "periph" clocks and define their correct parents instead.
Fixes: 2f27c9219e ("clk: Add Microchip PolarFire SoC clock driver")
Signed-off-by: Conor Dooley <conor.dooley@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@microchip.com>
Tested-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@microchip.com>
The original devicetrees for PolarFire SoC messed up & defined the
msspll's output as a fixed-frequency, 600 MHz clock & used that as the
input for the clock controller node. The msspll is not a fixed
frequency clock and later devicetrees handled this properly. Check the
devicetree & if it is one of the fixed ones, register the msspll.
Otherwise, skip registering it & pass the reference clock directly to
the cfg clock registration function so that existing devicetrees are
not broken by this change.
As the MSS PLL is not a "cfg" or a "periph" clock, add a new driver for
it, based on the one in Linux.
Fixes: 2f27c9219e ("clk: Add Microchip PolarFire SoC clock driver")
Signed-off-by: Conor Dooley <conor.dooley@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@microchip.com>
Tested-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@microchip.com>
Currently the clock driver for PolarFire SoC takes a very naive approach
to the relationship between clocks. It reads the dt to get an input
clock, assumes that that is fixed frequency, reads the "clock-frequency"
property & uses that to set up both the "cfg" and "periph" clocks.
Simplifying for the sake of incremental fixes, the "correct" parentage for
the clocks currently supported in U-Boot is that the "cfg" clocks should
be children of the fixed frequency clock in the dt. The AHB clock is one
of these "cfg" clocks and is the parent of the "periph" clocks.
Instead of passing the clock rate of the fixed-frequency clock to the
"cfg" and "periph" registration functions and the name of the parents,
pass their actual parents & use clk_get_rate() to determine their parents
rates.
The "periph" clocks are purely gate clocks and should not be reading the
AHB clocks registers to determine their rates, as they can simply report
the output of clk_get_rate() on their parent.
Signed-off-by: Conor Dooley <conor.dooley@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@microchip.com>
When this binding header was initally upstreamed, the PLL clocking the
microprocessor subsystem (MSS) and the RTC reference clocks were
omitted. Add them now, matching the IDs used in Linux.
Signed-off-by: Conor Dooley <conor.dooley@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@microchip.com>
i2c Fixes for v2023.01-rc2
- i2c-gpio: add a missing new line in printed string
detected and fixed by Sergei
- microchip i2c driver fixes from Conor
- fix erroneous late ack send
- fix ack sending logic
Add newline at the end of the printed string.
Signed-off-by: Sergei Antonov <saproj@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
A late ack is currently being sent at the end of a transfer due to
incorrect logic in mchp_corei2c_empty_rx(). Currently the Assert Ack
bit is being written to the controller's control reg after the last
byte has been received, causing it to sent another byte with the ack.
Instead, the AA flag should be written to the control register when
the penultimate byte is read so it is sent out for the last byte.
Reported-by: Andreas Buerkler <andreas.buerkler@enclustra.com>
Fixes: 0dc0d1e094 ("i2c: Add Microchip PolarFire SoC I2C driver")
Signed-off-by: Conor Dooley <conor.dooley@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Removed Tag by hs: Fixes: 0190d48488 ("i2c: microchip: fix ack sending logic")
"Master receive mode" was not correctly sending ACKs/NACKs in the
interrupt handler. Bring the handling of M_SLAR_ACK, M_RX_DATA_ACKED &
M_RX_DATA_NACKED in line with the Linux driver.
Fixes: 0dc0d1e094 ("i2c: Add Microchip PolarFire SoC I2C driver")
Reported-by: Shravan Chippa <shravan.chippa@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Conor Dooley <conor.dooley@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This reverts commit c7878a0483.
Since commit c7878a0483 ("serial: mxc: have putc use the TXFIFO"),
serial console corruption can be seen when priting inside board_init().
Revert it to avoid the regression.
Reported-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Acked-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
We should guard the SPL nodes against CONFIG_SPL_BUILD to fix
the following build error when the blobs are absent:
binman: Fail open first container file mx8qm-ahab-container.img
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_4BIT_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY
To do this we introduce CONFIG_SYS_HAS_NONCACHED_MEMORY as a bool to
gate if we are going to have noncached_... functions available and then
continue to use CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY to store the size of said
cache. We make this new option depend on both the architectures which
implement support and the drivers which make use of it.
Cc: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Cc: Mingming lee <mingming.lee@mediatek.com>
Cc: "Ying-Chun Liu (PaulLiu)" <paul.liu@linaro.org>
Cc: Alban Bedel <alban.bedel@avionic-design.de>
Cc: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Cc: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Cc: Allen Martin <amartin@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The comment block in reserve_noncached has a typo in one filename and
an incorrect filename in another function reference. Correct both of
these.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These files reference SZ_ macros without including <linux/sizes.h>,
correct this.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN
To do this, we set a default of 0 for everyone because there are a
number of cases where we define CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN but the only
impact is that we set TOTAL_MALLOC_LEN to be CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN +
CONFIG_ENV_SIZE, so we must continue to allow all boards to set this
value. Update the SPL code to use 200 KB as the default raw U-Boot size
directly, if we don't have a real CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN value.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_MAX_NAND_DEVICE
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE
CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
As part of this, we move CMD_SAVES to be after CMD_LOADS as they are
logically related (load or save an s-record format file) and this makes
grouping of CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE easier.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Introduce three options, one for each observed L3 cache size, and have
the size select'd as needed.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Introduce two options, one for each observed L2 cache size, and have the
size select'd as needed.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move the symbol SYS_JFFS2_SORT_FRAGMENTS to Kconfig and use the only
remaining part of doc/README.JFFS2 that is still relevant and useful to
the help for this option.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This removes the following symbols:
CONFIG_RTC_MCFRRTC
CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK
CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR
CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
CONFIG_SYS_LBC_CACHE_BASE
CONFIG_SYS_LIME_SIZE
CONFIG_SYS_MAMR
CONFIG_SYS_MCFRRTC_BASE
CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_SEC
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_INTERLAKEN
CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO
CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_BASE_ADDRESS
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_LOCK
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Originally, the mmc aliases node was present in imx6qdl-wandboard.dtsi.
After the sync with Linux in commit d0399a46e7 ("imx6dl/imx6qdl:
synchronise device trees with linux"), the aliases node is gone as
the upstream version does not have it.
This causes a regression in which the SD card cannot be found anymore:
Since commit the aliases node has been removed
U-Boot 2022.10-00999-gcca41ed3d63f-dirty (Nov 03 2022 - 22:07:38 -0300)
CPU: Freescale i.MX6QP rev1.0 at 792 MHz
Reset cause: POR
DRAM: 2 GiB
Core: 62 devices, 17 uclasses, devicetree: separate
PMIC: PFUZE100 ID=0x10
MMC: FSL_SDHC: 0, FSL_SDHC: 1, FSL_SDHC: 2
Loading Environment from MMC... MMC: no card present
*** Warning - No block device, using default environment
Fix it by passing the alias node in the u-boot.dtsi file to
restore the original behaviour where the SD card (esdhc3) was
mapped to mmc0.
Fixes: d0399a46e7 ("imx6dl/imx6qdl: synchronise device trees with linux")
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
To properly operate the Nano with LPDDR4 at 1.6GHz, the
voltage needs to be adjusted before DDR is initialized.
Enable the PMIC in SPL to do this.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The imx8mn_beacon board does not use the same memory map as the reference
design from NXP or other imx8mn boards. As such, memory is more limited
in SPL.
Moving SPL_BSS_START_ADDR and SPL_STACK to default locations increases
the amount of available meory for the SPL stack. Doing this allows
the board to no longer define CONFIG_MALLOC_F_ADDR.
Since SYS_LOAD_ADDR also does not align with other boards, move it too.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Synchronise device tree with linux v6.1-rc3.
Note: Nowadays, the intent is for them regular device trees to just be
synchronised from them Linux kernel device trees and any and all U-Boot
specific changes need to go into the -u-boot.dtsi device tree include
files which BTW get included automatically by the U-Boot build system.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
The IMX8M based Venice boards all have device-tree fec nodes that
use proper dt with a phy-handle pointing to a phy with reg assigned
to the proper phy address.
There is no need to keep using the CONFIG_FEC_MXC_PHYADDR hack when
a proper dt is used - remove it.
This was previously done in commit 400eebf10d
("configs: imx8m{m, n}_venice: remove unneeded CONFIG_FEC_MXC_PHYADDR")
but got clobbered by commit 6889412ad5
("Convert CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE to Kconfig")
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
remove unused ifdef left behind after commit ca3369df71
("configs: drop CONFIG_SPL_ABORT_ON_RAW_IMAGE")
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
commit 0543a1ed27 ("imx8m: fixup thermal trips") moved updating the
thermal trip points to all IMX8M so we can remove it from our board
specific dt config.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Enable insertion of version variable into U-Boot environment on DHSOM,
to make it possible to check U-Boot version e.g. in U-Boot scripts.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Add support for the MSC SM2S-IMX8PLUS SMARC Module. Tested in conjunction
with the MSC SM2-MB-EP1 Mini-ITX Carrier Board.
Signed-off-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
The description claims that the device is probed but it isn't.
Add the device_probe() call.
Also consolidate the iteration into one function.
Fixes: 8a5cbc065d ("dm: blk: Use uclass_find_first/next_device() in blk_first/next_device()")
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Update the sandbox implementation to use UCLASS_HOST and adjust all
the pieces to continue to work:
- Update the 'host' command to use the new API
- Replace various uses of UCLASS_ROOT with UCLASS_HOST
- Disable test_eficonfig since it doesn't work (this should have a unit
test to allow this to be debugged)
- Update the blk test to use the new API
- Drop the old header file
Unfortunately it does not seem to be possible to split this change up
further.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Create a block driver for the new HOST uclass. This handles attaching and
detaching host files.
For now the uclass is not used but this will be plumbed in with future
patches.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Sandbox supports block devices which can access files on the host machine.
At present there is no uclass for this. The devices are attached to the
root devic. The block-device type is therefore set to UCLASS_ROOT which
is confusing.
Block devices should be attached to a 'media' device instead, something
which handles access to the actual media and provides the block driver
for the block device.
Create a new uclass to handle this. It supports two operations, to attach
and detach a file on the host machine.
For now this is not fully plumbed in.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function now finds its block-device child by looking for a child
device of the correct uclass (UCLASS_BLK). It cannot produce a device of
any other type, so drop the superfluous check.
Provide a version which does not probe the device, since that is often
needed when setting up the device's platdata.
Also fix up the function's comment.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When running unit tests, some may have side effects which cause a
subsequent test to break. This can sometimes be seen when using 'ut dm'
or similar.
Add a new argument which allows a particular (failing) test to be run
immediately after a certain number of tests have run. This allows the
test causing the failure to be determined.
Update the documentation also.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a 'ut info' command to show the number of suites and tests. This is
useful to get a feel for the scale of the tests.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Sort this and put the command summary at the top instead of the bottom.
Adjust it so that the newlines are at the start of the strings, so that
there is not a blank line at the end.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some tests access data in block devices and so cause the cache to fill
up. This results in memory being allocated.
Some tests check the malloc usage at the beginning and then again at the
end, to ensure there is no memory leak caused by the test. The block cache
makes this difficult, since the any test may cause entries to be allocated
or even freed, if the cache becomes full.
It is simpler to clear the block cache after each test. This ensures that
it will not introduce noise in tests which check malloc usage.
Add the logic to clear the cache, using the existing blkcache_invalidate()
function. Drop the duplicate code at the same time.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tidy this up so that pylint is happy. Use hex for the 1MB size and make
sure it is not a floating-point value.
Add a little main program to allow the code to be tried out, since at
present is only called from a long-running test.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add the documentation to avoid a warning with 'make htmldocs'.
Fixes: 10107efedd ("sandbox: add SIGALRM-based watchdog device")
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The support added later in this series tweaks the PMIC voltages in the
SPL. Enable support for the rn5t567 in SPL builds to allow this to be done
cleanly.
Signed-off-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
The downstream U-Boot distributed by Beacon stores the environment
in the eMMC and the end of partition 2. This allow the environment
to stay on the SOM regardless of the boot source.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
In order to boot over USB, the device tree needs to enable
a few extra nodes in SPL. Since the USB driver has the
ability to detect host/device, the dr_mode can be removed
from the device tree since it needs to act as a device when
booting and OTG is the default mode. Add USB boot support
to spl_board_boot_device and enable the corresponding config
options.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
There are a few functions which are not essential for use in
SPL, but they take up enough space to make other preferred
features not fit. Remove the extras.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
The DDR is configured for LPDDR4 running at 1.6GHz which requires
the voltage on the PMIC to rise a bit before initializing LPDDR4
or it will be running out of spec.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
If the bd718x7 is required, but PMIC_CHILDREN is disabled, this
driver throws a compile error. Fix this by putting the function
to bind children into an if-statement checking for PMIC_CHILDREN.
Allowing PMIC_CHILDREN to be disabled in SPL saves some space and
still permits some read/write functions to access the PMIC in
early startup.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
The e10133 workaround was broken in two places:
- The code intended to temporarily mask all interrupts in GPC_IMRx_CORE0.
While the old register values were saved, the actual masking was
missing.
- imx_udelay() expects the system counter to run at its base frequency,
but the system counter is switched to a lower frequency earlier in
psci_system_suspend(), leading to a much longer delay than intended.
Replace the call with an equivalent loop (linux-imx 5.15 does the same)
This fixes the SoC hanging forever when there was already a wakeup IRQ
pending while suspending.
Fixes: 57b620255e ("imx: mx7: add system suspend/resume support")
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <matthias.schiffer@ew.tq-group.com>
This enables armv8 crypto extension usage for SHA1/SHA256.
Which speed up sha1/sha256 operations, about 10x faster with
a imx8mm evk for a 20MiB kernel hash verification (12ms vs 165ms).
Signed-off-by: Loic Poulain <loic.poulain@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
The RD-AC5X-32G16HVG6HLG-A0 development board main components and
features include:
* Main 12V/54V power supply
* 270 Gbps throughput packet processor on the main board
* DDR4:
* SR1: 2GB DDR4 2400MT/S(1GB x 2 pcs ) with ECC(1GB x 1 pcs)
* SR2: 4GB DDR4 2400MT/S(2GB x 2 pcs ) with ECC(2GB x 1 pcs)
* PCB co-layout with 4GB device to support 8GB (Dual CS) requirement
* 16GB eMMC (Samsung KLMAG1JETD-B041006)
* 16MB SPI NOR(GD25Q127C)
* 32 x 1000 Base-T interfaces
* 16 x 2500 Base-T interfaces
* SR1: 88E2540*4
* SR2: 88E2580*1+88E2540*2
* Six (6) x 25G Base-R SFP28 interfaces
* One (1) x RJ-45 console connector, interfacing to the on board UART
* One (1) x USB Type-A connector, interfacing to the USB 2.0 port (0)
* One (1) x USB Type-mini B connector, interfacing to the USB 2.0 port (1)
* One (1) x RJ-45 1G Base-T Management port, interfacing to the host
port (shared with PCIe) Connected to 88E1512 Gigabit Ethernet Phy
* One (1) x Oculink port, interfacing to the PCIe port for external CPU
connection
* POE 802.3AT support on Port 1 ~ Port 32, 802.3BT support on Port 33 ~
Port 48 (Microsemi PD69208T4, PD69208M or TI TPS2388,TPS23881
solution)
* POE total power budget 780W
* LED interfaces per network port/POE
* LED interfaces (common) showing system status
* PTP TC mode Supported (Reserved M.2 connector to support BC mode)
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Add support for the Allecat5/Alleycat5X SoC. These are L3 switches with
an integrated CPU (referred to as the CnM block in Marvell's
documentation). These have dual ARMv8.2 CPUs (Cortex-A55). This support
has been ported from Marvell's SDK which is based on a much older
version of U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Unlike the other 64-bit mvebu SoCs the AlleyCat5 uses the older ehci
block from the 32-bit SoCs. Adapt the ehci-marvell.c driver to cope with
the fact that the ac5 does not have the mbus infrastructure the 32-bit
SoCs have and ensure USB_EHCI_IS_TDI is selected.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add support for the AlleyCat5 SoC. This lacks the mbus from the other
users of the mvneta.c driver so a new compatible string is needed to
allow for a different window configuration.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The 64-bit mvebu SoCs don't have a suitable timer driver so add a !ARM64
condition to the select.
Fixes: 7b530bb19e ("arm: mvebu: Use CONFIG_TIMER on all MVEBU & KIRKWOOD platforms")
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
File name with pattern u-boot-spl* is used on all places except in kwb
image for binary with SPL-only code. Combined binary with both SPL and
proper U-Boot in other places has file name pattern u-boot-with-spl*.
Make it consistent also for kwb image and rename u-boot-spl.kwb to
u-boot-with-spl.kwb as this image contains both SPL and proper U-Boot code.
Also update documentation about file name changes.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The uart1 node was missing the 'clock-frequency' property. This meant
the driver for this device would fail at probe.
The clock for uart1 is fed from the same source as uart0 and is a fixed
200MHz clock. This is confirmed via documentation for the CN9130 SoC
and from the equivalent code in Linux at:
<linux>/arch/arm64/boot/dts/marvell/armada-ap80x.dtsi
where uart0 and uart1 share a common 'clocks' definition.
Signed-off-by: Hamish Martin <hamish.martin@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Pull request for efi-2023-01-rc1-4
Documentation:
* Provide a document about security issue handling.
UEFI:
* Let networking support depend on NETDEVICES.
* Discover if no efi_system_partition is set.
Other:
* MAINTAINERS: add arch/arm/lib/*_efi.* to EFI_PAYLOAD.
AllocatePages() can be called with Type=AllocateAddress. Such a call can
only succeed if *Memory points to the address of an unallocated page range.
A call with *Memory being an address that is not page aligned must not
succeed. The UEFI specification requires returning EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES
if the requested pages cannot be allocated.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
'cert-to-efi-hash-list -t 0' does not work as expected, it produces
indeterminate timestamp.
$ cert-to-efi-hash-list -t 0 -s 256 db.crt dbx_hash.crl
TimeOfRevocation is 0-113-0 00:00:255
If we need the CRL revoked for all the time, just don't specify
'-t' option.
$ cert-to-efi-hash-list -s 256 db.crt dbx_hash.crl
TimeOfRevocation is 0-0-0 00:00:00
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Variable efi_system_partition holds the efi_system_partition. Currently it
is initialized as:
{
.uclass_id = 0 = UCLASS_ROOT,
.denum = 0,
.part = 0,
}
This indicates that host 0:0 is the efi_system_partition and we see output
like:
=> bootefi hello
** Bad device specification host 0 **
Couldn't find partition host 0:0
To identify that no EFI system partition has been set use UCLASS_INVALID.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Since the commit a9bf024b29 ("efi_loader: disk: a helper function to
create efi_disk objects from udevice"), CONFIG_EFI_SETUP_EARLY option is
by default on and will never be turned off.
So just remove this option.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
CONFIG_NET does not imply that there are actually network devices
available, only CONFIG_NETDEVICES does. Changing to this dependency
obsoletes the check in Kconfig because NETDEVICES means DM_ETH.
Fixes: 0efe1bcf5c ("efi_loader: Add network access support")
Suggested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Based loosely on the Linux kernel
Documentation/admin-guide/security-bugs.rst file, create a basic
security document for U-Boot. In sum, security issues should be
disclosed in public on the mailing list if at all possible as an initial
position.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The output of the sbi command has been changed since the last release of
the man-page. Update the example.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Logitech Unifying Receiver 046d:c52b bcdDevice 12.10 seems
sensitive about the first Get Descriptor request. If there
are any other requests in the same microframe, the device
reports bogus data, first of the descriptor parts is not
sent to the host. Wait over one microframe duration before
issuing subsequent requests to avoid probe failure with
this device, since it can be used to connect USB keyboards.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Tested-by: Janne Grunau <j@jannau.net>
The struct is only used to overlay the MMIO region, so the behavior is
the same. This obsoletes the Kconfig option for the number of ports.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
This patch updates Microchip MPFS Icicle Kit support. For now,
add Microchip QSPI driver and a small 4MB reservation is
made at the end of 32-bit DDR to provide some memory for
the HSS to use.
Signed-off-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Conor Dooley <conor.dooley@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Add QSPI NAND device node to the Microchip PolarFire SoC
Icicle kit device tree.
The Winbond NAND flash memory can be connected to the
Icicle Kit by using the Mikroe Flash 5 click board and
the Pi 3 Click shield.
Signed-off-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Conor Dooley <conor.dooley@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
In the v2022.10 Icicle reference design, the seg registers have been
changed, resulting in a required change to the memory map.
A small 4MB reservation is made at the end of 32-bit DDR to provide some
memory for the HSS to use, so that it can cache its payload between
reboots of a specific context.
Co-developed-by: Conor Dooley <conor.dooley@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Conor Dooley <conor.dooley@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Conor Dooley <conor.dooley@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
As PLICSW is used to trigger the software interrupt, we should rename
Andes PLIC configuration and file name to reflect the usage. This patch
also updates PLMT and PLICSW compatible strings to be consistent with
OpenSBI fdt driver.
Signed-off-by: Yu Chien Peter Lin <peterlin@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
It was noticed that while converting CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO to Kconfig its
value for the MIPS MT762x/8x targets got not ported correctly. Its
default is not 0x10000 instead of 0x0. This patch fixes this issue.
Fixes: ca8a329a1b ("Convert CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO et al to Kconfig")
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Ruben Winters <Ruben.Winters@gooiland-elektro.nl>
Cc: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_TIMER_REQ
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
CPU_CLOCK_RATE is just used once for CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_TIMER_FREQ
which is migrated to Kconfig in the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Resolve all uses of CONFIG_SYS_MHZ with the currently defined value.
Remove code which depends on CONFIG_SYS_MHZ but where no board configs
actually use that code.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This saves ~50K in the resulting u-boot.bin file which is important to
fit in the U-Boot partition defined in the flash layout of upstream Linux.
Signed-off-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
Add the needed bus mappings for the two main RTI memory ranges and
the required device tree nodes in the main domain.
Same as kernel commit 6dd8457dc20693e2ba9054c171499b22664fd4e7
Signed-off-by: Christian Gmeiner <christian.gmeiner@gmail.com>
On 64-bit platforms where int is 32-bit wide, the eeprom command
parse_numeric_param() routine truncates the memory address parameter to
the lower 32-bit. Make parse_numeric_param() return long to allow
read/write of addresses beyond the lower 4GB.
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
So far the Calxeda machines were using the CONFIG_SYS_TIMER_* macros to
simply hardcode the address of the counter register of the SP804 timer.
This method is deprecated and scheduled for removal.
Use the newly introduced SP804 DM_TIMER driver to provide timer
functionality on Highbank and Midway machines. The base address and base
frequency are taken from the devicetree.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The DT used for Calxeda Highbank and Midway systems exposes a "system
registers" block, modeled as a DT subnode.
This includes several clocks, including the two fixed clocks for the
main oscillator and timer.
So far U-Boot was ignorant of this special construct (a "clocks" node
within the "hb-sregs" node), as it didn't need the PLL clocks in there.
But that also meant we lost the fixed clocks, which form the base for
the UART baudrate generator and also the SP804 timer.
To allow the generic PL011 and SP804 driver to read the clock rate,
add a simple bus driver, which triggers the DT node discovery inside this
special node. As we only care about the fixed clocks (we don't have
drivers for the PLLs anyway), just ignore the address translation (for
now).
The binding is described in bindings/arm/calxeda/hb-sregs.yaml, the DT
snippet in question looks like:
=======================
sregs@fff3c000 {
compatible = "calxeda,hb-sregs";
reg = <0xfff3c000 0x1000>;
clocks {
#address-cells = <1>;
#size-cells = <0>;
osc: oscillator {
#clock-cells = <0>;
compatible = "fixed-clock";
clock-frequency = <33333000>;
};
....
};
};
=======================
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The "Arm Ltd. Dual-Timer Module (SP804)" is a simple 32-bit count-down
timer IP with interrupt functionality, and is used in some SoCs from
various vendors.
Add a simple DM compliant timer driver, to allow users of the SP804 to
switch to DM_TIMER.
This relies on the input clock to be accessible via the DM clock
framework, which should be fine as we probably look at fixed-clock's
here anyway.
We re-program the control register in the probe() function, but keep
the divider in place, in case this has been set to something on purpose
before.
The TRM for the timer IP can be found here:
https://developer.arm.com/documentation/ddi0271/latest
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Currently our semihosting trap function is somewhat fragile: we rely
on the current compiler behaviour to assign the second inline assembly
argument to the next free register (r1/x1), which happens to be the
"addr" argument to the smh_trap() function (per the calling convention).
I guess this is also the reason for the noinline attribute.
Make it explicit what we want: the "addr" argument needs to go into r1,
so we add another register variable. This allows to drop the "noinline"
attribute, so now the compiler beautifully inlines just the trap
instruction directly into the calling function.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Commit f4b540e25c5c("arm: smh: Fix uninitialized parameters with newer
GCCs") added a memory clobber to the semihosting inline assembly trap
calls, to avoid too eager GCC optimisation: when passing a pointer, newer
compilers couldn't be bothered to actually fill in the structure that it
pointed to, as this data would seemingly never be used (at least from the
compiler's point of view).
But instead of the memory clobber we need to tell the compiler that we are
passing an *array* instead of some generic pointer, this forces the
compiler to actually populate the data structure.
This involves some rather hideous cast, which is best hidden in a macro.
But regardless of that, we actually need the memory clobber, but for two
different reasons: explain them in comments.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The ARM semihosting interface uses different trap instructions for
different architectures and instruction sets. So far we were using
AArch64 and ARMv7-M, and had an untested v7-A entry. The latter does
not work when building for Thumb, as can be verified by using
qemu_arm_defconfig, then enabling SEMIHOSTING and SYS_THUMB_BUILD:
==========
{standard input}:35: Error: invalid swi expression
{standard input}:35: Error: value of 1193046 too large for field of 2 bytes at 0
==========
Fix this by providing the recommended instruction[1] for Thumb, and
using the ARM instruction only when not building for Thumb. This also
removes some comment, as QEMU for ARM allows to now test this case.
Also use the opportunity to clean up the inline assembly, and just define
the actual trap instruction inside #ifdef's, to improve readability.
[1] https://developer.arm.com/documentation/dui0471/g/Semihosting/The-semihosting-interface?lang=en
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Currently, we must call cyclic_init() at some point before
cyclic_register() becomes possible. That turns out to be somewhat
awkward, especially with SPL, and has resulted in a watchdog callback
not being registered, thus causing the board to prematurely reset.
We already rely on gd->cyclic reliably being set to NULL by the asm
code that clears all of gd. Now that the cyclic list is a hlist, and
thus an empty list is represented by a NULL head pointer, and struct
cyclic_drv has no other members, we can just as well drop a level of
indirection and put the hlist_head directly in struct
global_data. This doesn't increase the size of struct global_data,
gets rid of an early malloc(), and generates slightly smaller code.
But primarily, this avoids having to call cyclic_init() early; the cyclic
infrastructure is simply ready to register callbacks as soon as we
enter C code.
We can still end up with schedule() being called from asm very early,
so we still need to check that gd itself has been properly initialized
[*], but once it has, gd->cyclic_list is perfectly fine to access, and
will just be an empty list.
As for cyclic_uninit(), it was never really the opposite of
cyclic_init() since it didn't free the struct cyclic_drv nor set
gd->cyclic to NULL. Rename it to cyclic_unregister_all() and use that
in test/, and also insert a call at the end of the board_init_f
sequence so that gd->cyclic_list is a fresh empty list before we enter
board_init_r().
A small piece of ugliness is that I had to add a cast in
cyclic_get_list() to silence a "discards 'volatile' qualifier"
warning, but that is completely equivalent to the existing handling of
the uclass_root_s list_head member.
[*] I'm not really sure where we guarantee that the register used for
gd contains 0 until it gets explicitly initialized, but that must be
the case, otherwise testing gd for being NULL would not make much sense.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com> # imx8mm-venice-*
A hlist is headed by just a single pointer, so can only be traversed
forwards, and insertions can only happen at the head (or before/after
an existing list member). But each list node still consists of two
pointers, so arbitrary elements can still be removed in O(1).
This is precisely what we need for the cyclic_list - we never need to
traverse it backwards, and the order the callbacks appear in the list
should really not matter.
One advantage, and the main reason for doing this switch, is that an
empty list is represented by a NULL head pointer, so unlike a
list_head, it does not need separate C code to initialize - a
memset(,0,) of the containing structure is sufficient.
This is mostly mechanical:
- The iterators are updated with an h prefix, and the type of the
temporary variable changed to struct hlist_node*.
- Adding/removing is now just hlist_add_head (and not tail) and
hlist_del().
- struct members and function return values updated.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com> # imx8mm-venice-*
All the way back in 2013, the linux kernel updated the four
hlist_for_each_entry* iterators to require one less auxiliary
variable:
commit b67bfe0d42cac56c512dd5da4b1b347a23f4b70a
Author: Sasha Levin <sasha.levin@oracle.com>
Date: Wed Feb 27 17:06:00 2013 -0800
hlist: drop the node parameter from iterators
Currently, there is only one "user" of any of these, namely in
fs/ubifs/super.c, but that actually uses the "new-style" form, and
is (obviously, or it wouldn't have built) inside #ifndef __UBOOT__.
Before adding actual users of these, import the version as of linux
v6.1-rc1, including the hlist_entry_safe() helper used by the new
versions.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com> # imx8mm-venice-*
We're already relying on gd->cyclic being NULL before cyclic_init() is
called - i.e., we're relying on all of gd being zeroed before entering
any C code. And when we do populate gd->cyclic, its ->cyclic_ready
member is automatically set to true. So we can actually just rely on
testing gd->cyclic itself.
The only wrinkle is that cyclic_uninit() actually did set
->cyclic_ready to false. However, since it doesn't free gd->cyclic,
the cyclic infrastructure is actually still ready (i.e., the list_head
is properly initialized as an empty list).
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com> # imx8mm-venice-*
As a preparation for future patches, use a flag in gd->flags rather
than a separate member in (the singleton) struct cyclic_drv to keep
track of whether we're already inside cyclic_run().
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com> # imx8mm-venice-*
To quote the author:
The patchset adds support for the FWU Multi Bank Update[1]
feature. Certain aspects of the Dependable Boot[2] specification have
also been implemented.
The FWU multi bank update feature is used for supporting multiple
sets(also called banks) of firmware image(s), allowing the platform to
boot from a different bank, in case it fails to boot from the active
bank. This functionality is supported by keeping the relevant
information in a structure called metadata, which provides information
on the images. Among other parameters, the metadata structure contains
information on the currect active bank that is being used to boot
image(s).
Functionality is being added to work with the UEFI capsule driver in
u-boot. The metadata is read to gather information on the update bank,
which is the bank to which the firmware images would be flashed to. On
a successful completion of the update of all components, the active
bank field in the metadata is updated, to reflect the bank from which
the platform will boot on the subsequent boots.
Currently, the feature is being enabled on the STM32MP157C-DK2 and
Synquacer boards. The DK2 board boots a FIP image from a uSD card
partitioned with the GPT partioning scheme, while the Synquacer board
boots a FIP image from a MTD partitioned SPI NOR flash device.
This feature also requires changes in a previous stage of
bootloader, which parses the metadata and selects the bank to boot the
image(s) from. Support has being added in tf-a(BL2 stage) for the
STM32MP157C-DK2 board to boot the active bank images. These changes
have been merged to the upstream tf-a repository.
The patch for adding a python test for the feature has been developed,
and was sent in the version 5 of the patches[3]. However, the test
script depends on adding support for the feature on MTD SPI NOR
devices, and that is being done as part of the Synquacer
patches. Hence these set of patches do not have the test script for
the feature. That will be added through the patches for adding support
for the feauture on Synquacer platform.
[1] - https://developer.arm.com/documentation/den0118/a
[2] - https://git.codelinaro.org/linaro/dependable-boot/mbfw/uploads/6f7ddfe3be24e18d4319e108a758d02e/mbfw.pdf
[3] - https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2022-June/485992.html
Add documentation for the FWU Multi Bank Update feature. The document
describes the steps needed for setting up the platform for the
feature, as well as steps for enabling the feature on the platform.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Add support for setting OEM flags in the capsule header. As per the
UEFI specification, bits 0-15 of the flags member of the capsule
header can be defined per capsule GUID.
The oemflags will be used for the FWU Multi Bank update feature, as
specified by the Dependable Boot specification[1]. Bit
15 of the flags member will be used to determine if the
acceptance/rejection of the updated images is to be done by the
firmware or an external component like the OS.
[1] - https://git.codelinaro.org/linaro/dependable-boot/mbfw/uploads/6f7ddfe3be24e18d4319e108a758d02e/mbfw.pdf
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Add test cases for accessing the FWU Metadata on the sandbox
platform. The sandbox platform also uses the metadata access driver
for GPT partitioned block devices.
The FWU feature will be tested on the sandbox64 variant with a raw
capsule. Remove the FIT capsule testing from sandbox64 defconfig --
the FIT capsule test will be run on the sandbox_flattree variant.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Suggested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The FWU Multi Bank Update feature supports updating firmware images
to one of multiple sets(also called banks) of images. The firmware
images are clubbed together in banks, with the system booting images
from the active bank. Information on the images such as which bank
they belong to is stored as part of the metadata structure, which is
stored on the same storage media as the firmware images on a dedicated
partition.
At the time of update, the metadata is read to identify the bank to
which the images need to be flashed(update bank). On a successful
update, the metadata is modified to set the updated bank as active
bank to subsequently boot from.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The FWU Multi Bank Update specification requires the Update Agent to
carry out certain checks at the time of platform boot. The Update
Agent is the component which is responsible for updating the firmware
components and maintaining and keeping the metadata in sync.
The spec requires that the Update Agent perform the following checks
at the time of boot
* Sanity check of both the metadata copies maintained by the platform.
* Get the boot index passed to U-Boot by the prior stage bootloader
and use this value for metadata bookkeeping.
* Check if the system is booting in Trial State. If the system boots
in the Trial State for more than a specified number of boot counts,
change the Active Bank to be booting the platform from.
Call these checks through the main loop event at the time of platform
boot.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Add an event type EVT_MAIN_LOOP that can be used for registering
events that need to be run after the platform has been initialised and
before the main_loop function is called.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
The FWU Multi Bank Update feature allows the platform to boot the
firmware images from one of the partitions(banks). The first stage
bootloader(fsbl) passes the value of the boot index, i.e. the bank
from which the firmware images were booted from to U-Boot. On the
STM32MP157C-DK2 board, this value is passed through one of the SoC's
backup register. Add a function to read the boot index value from the
backup register.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Add weak functions for getting the update index value and dfu
alternate number needed for FWU Multi Bank update
functionality.
The current implementation for getting the update index value is for
platforms with 2 banks. If a platform supports more than 2 banks, it
can implement it's own function. The function to get the dfu alternate
number has been added for platforms with GPT partitioned storage
devices. Platforms with other storage partition scheme need to
implement their own function.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Acked-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The FWU metadata structure is accessed through the driver model
interface. On the stm32mp157c dk2 and ev1 boards, the FWU metadata is
stored on the uSD card. Add the fwu-mdata node on the u-boot specifc
dtsi file for accessing the metadata structure.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
In the FWU Multi Bank Update feature, the information about the
updatable images is stored as part of the metadata, on a separate
partition. Add a driver for reading from and writing to the metadata
when the updatable images and the metadata are stored on a block
device which is formatted with GPT based partition scheme.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
In the FWU Multi Bank Update feature, the information about the
updatable images is stored as part of the metadata, which is stored on
a dedicated partition. Add the metadata structure, and a driver model
uclass which provides functions to access the metadata. These are
generic API's, and implementations can be added based on parameters
like how the metadata partition is accessed and what type of storage
device houses the metadata.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Add bindings needed for accessing the FWU metadata partitions. These
include the compatible string which point to the access method and the
actual device which stores the FWU metadata.
The current patch adds basic bindings needed for accessing the
metadata structure on GPT partitioned block devices.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
To quote Simon:
This series provides an implementation of VBE from TPL through to U-Boot
proper, using VBE to load the relevant firmware stages. It buils a single
image.bin file containing all the phases:
TPL - initial phase, loads VPL using binman symbols
VPL - main firmware phase, loads SPL using VBE parameters
SPL - loads U-Boot proper using VBE parameters
U-Boot - final firmware phase, where OS booting is processed
This series does not include the OS-booting phase. That will be the
subject of a future series.
The implementation is entirely handled by sandbox. It should be possible
to enable this on a real board without much effort, but that is also the
subject of a future series.
Use a manual test for the VBE test, so we can make the pytest and the
C unit test work together properly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use binman to build an image which includes all the U-Boot phases so that
a full VBE boot can take place with just that image.bin file. Attach the
image file to mmc2 so it can be loaded.
VBE is used to load images in two phases:
- In VPL, VBE decides which SPL image to load
- In SPL, VBE decides which U-Boot image to load
The latter should really be determined by VPL, since it does the full
signature verification on the selected configuration. However, we have
separate configurations for SPL and U-Boot proper, so for now we keep it
simple and have SPL do its own verification. This will need to be
tidied up later.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we put the driver in the /chosen node in U-Boot. This is a bit
strange, since U-Boot doesn't normally use that node itself. It is better
to put it under the bootstd node.
To make this work we need to copy create the node under /chosen when
fixing up the device tree. Copy over all the properties so that fwupd
knows what to do.
Update the sandbox device tree accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Enable the various features needed in VPL, by adding Kconfig options.
Update the defconfig for sandbox_vpl so that the build for each phase
includes what is needed. Drop LZMA for now and make sure partition support
is omitted in SPL, since it is not needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We don't need the U-Boot prefix on the version and in fact it is harmful
since pytest gets confused seeing the U-Boot banner bring displayed when
the version is printed.
Drop the prefix from the string.
We could produce an entirely new string from the component parts, but this
adds to the rodata size and would break the use of version_string as the
only thing which holds this information.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
VBE supports booting firmware during the SPL phases, i.e. so that VPL can
start SPL and SPL can start U-Boot.
It also supports booting an OS, when in U-Boot.
As a first step towards these features, add functions to indicate the
current VBE phase. The firmware selection is done in VPL and the OS
selection is done in U-Boot proper.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present sandbox runs the next phase from discrete executables, so for
example u-boot-tpl runs u-boot-vpl to get to the next phase.
In some cases the phases are all built into a single firmware image, as is
done for real boards. Add support for this to sandbox.
Make it higher priority so that it takes precedence over the existing
method.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we only support a single loader of each time. Extra ones are
ignored. This means that only one BOOT_DEVICE_BOARD can be used in the SPL
image.
This is inconvenient since we sometimes want to provide several
board-specific drivers, albeit at different priorties. Add support for
this.
This should have no functional change for existing boards.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The vbe_fixup file handles device tree fixups, but these are called OS
requests in VBE. Rename the file to reflect its wider purpose.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for filtering out FIT images by phase. Rather than adding yet
another argument to this already overloaded function, use a composite
value, where the phase is only added in if needed.
The FIT config is still selected (and verified) as normal, but the images
are selected based on the phase.
Tests for this come in a little later, as part of the updated VPL test.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We want to be able to mark an image as related to a phase, so we can
easily load all the images for SPL or for U-Boot proper.
Add this to the FIT specification, along with some access functions.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the sandbox executable is assumed to be arg[0] but this only
works for a single jump (e.g. from SPL to U-Boot). Add a new arg to solve
this issue, along with a detailed comment.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present sandbox only supports jumping to a file, to get to the next
U-Boot phase. We want to support other methods, so update the code to
use an enum for the method. Also use the
Use board_boot_order() to set the order, so we can add more options.
Also add the MMC methods into the BOOT_DEVICE enum so that booting
from MMC can be supported.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This happens every time sandbox moves to the next phase so is not very
interesting. Display the message only when debugging.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
When MMC_WRITE is disabled this driver produced a build error. Fix this.
Also update a comment while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Use the correct SPL_TPL_ variable so that these features can be enabled in
TPL and VPL as needed.
Disable it by default in TPL to avoid any code-size increase. No boards
are actually using it since the Makefile rules don't allow including
drivers/block/ with TPL_DM enabled. It can be manually enabled as needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Add test coverage for blk_write() as well.
The blk_erase() is not tested for now as the USB stor interface does not
support erase.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we have functions called blk_dread(), etc., which take a
struct blk_desc * to refer to the block device. Add some functions which
use udevice instead, since this is more in keeping with how driver model
is supposed to work.
Update one of the tests to use this.
Note that it would be nice to update the functions in disk-uclass.c to use
these new functions. However they are not quite the same. For example,
disk_blk_read() adds the partition offset to 'start' when calling the
cache read/fill functions, but does not with part_blk_read(), which does
the addition itself. So as designed the code is duplicated.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The use of 'block_dev' in this context is confusing, since it is not a
pointer to a device, just to some information about it. Rename this to
'desc', as is more commonly used, since it is a block descriptor.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glplk@gmx.de>
Use the uclass type as the first part of the function name, to be
consistent with the methods in other block drivers.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we normally write tests either in Python or in C. But most
Python tests end up doing a lot of checks which would be better done in C.
Checks done in C are orders of magnitude faster and it is possible to get
full access to U-Boot's internal workings, rather than just relying on
the command line.
The model is to have a Python test set up some things and then use C code
(in a unit test) to check that they were done correctly. But we don't want
those checks to happen as part of normal test running, since each C unit
tests is dependent on the associate Python tests, so cannot run without
it.
To acheive this, add a new UT_TESTF_MANUAL flag to use with the C 'check'
tests, so that they can be skipped by default when the 'ut' command is
used. Require that tests have a name ending with '_norun', so that pytest
knows to skip them.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some tests currently return 0 when they want to be skipped. Update them to
return -EAGAIN instead, so they are counted as skipped.
A few tests are in two parts, with the latter part being skipped in
certain situations. Split these into two and use the correct condition for
the second part.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present it is possible for a test to skip itself by returning -EAGAIN
but this is not recorded. An existing example is in test_pre_run() with
the "Console recording disabled" check.
Keep a track of skipped tests and report the total at the end.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
In some cases the ELF version of SPL builds may be packaged, rather
than a binary .bin file. Add support for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This feature is used by several etypes and we plan to add more that use
it. Make symbol writing a feature of the base class to reduce the code
duplication.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add an option to allow silent console to be controlled separately in SPL,
so that boot progress can be shown. Disable it by default for sandbox
since it is useful to see what is going on there.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The expression in boot_from_devices() is fairly long and appears to be an
artefact from before we could easily call printf(...) and have the call be
nop'd out. So update it to just check CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Suggested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
At present we use symbols for the u-boot-spl entry, but this is not always
what we want. For example, sandbox actually jumps to a u-boot-spl-elf
entry, since sandbox executables are ELF files.
We already handle this with U-Boot by using the '-any' suffix. Add it for
SPL as well.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is monstrously verbose when something goes wrong. It should work by
recording the problem and reporting it (once) at the command level. At
present it sometimes outputs hundreds of lines of CRC mismatches.
For now, just silence it all.
GUID Partition Table Entry Array CRC is wrong: 0xaebfebf2 != 0xc916f712
find_valid_gpt: *** ERROR: Invalid GPT ***
find_valid_gpt: *** Using Backup GPT ***
GUID Partition Table Entry Array CRC is wrong: 0xaebfebf2 != 0xc916f712
find_valid_gpt: *** ERROR: Invalid GPT ***
find_valid_gpt: *** Using Backup GPT ***
...
While we are error, remove the '*** ERROR: ' text as it is already clear
that this is unexpected
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Suggested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL().
Rename it to resolve this problem.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
STI timer is actually ARM Cortex A9 global timer. Convert the driver to
use generic global timer name and make it consistent with Linux kernel
global timer driver. This also allows any A9 based device to use this
driver.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Tested-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
As CONFIG_ARCH_BCM6753 is replaced with CONFIG_BCM6855, update the
driver Kconfig to use the new config symbol.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
BCM6753 is essentially same as the main chip BCM6855 but with different
SKU number. Now that BCM6855 is supported under CONFIG_ARCH_BCMBCA and
CONFIG_BCM6855, remove the original ARCH_BCM6753 support and migrate its
configuration and dts settings. This includes:
- Remove the bcm96753ref board folder. It is replaced by the
generic bcmbca board folder.
- Merge the 6753.dtsi setting to the new 6855.dtsi file. Update
96753ref board dts with the new compatible string.
- Delete broadcom_bcm96763ref.h and merge its setting to the new
bcm96855.h file.
- Delete bcm96753ref_ram_defconfig and use a basic config version of
bcm96855_defconfig
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
BCM6855 is a Broadcom ARM A7 based PON Gateway SoC. It is part of the
BCA (Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family. Like other
broadband SoC, this patch adds it under CONFIG_BCM6855 chip config and
CONFIG_ARCH_BCMBCA platform config.
This initial support includes a bare-bone implementation and dts with
CPU subsystem, memory and ARM PL101 uart. This SoC is supported in the
linux-next git repository so the dts and dtsi files are copied from linux.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry point
address in the memory and boot from there to the console.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
As CONFIG_ARCH_BCM6858 is replaced with CONFIG_BCM6858, update the
driver Kconfig to use the new config symbol.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Now that BCM6858 is supported under CONFIG_ARCH_BCMBCA and
CONFIG_BCM6858, remove the original ARCH_BCM6858 support and migrate its
configuration and dts settings. This includes:
- Remove the bcm968580xref board folder. It is replaced by the generic
bcmbca board folder.
- Update bcm968580xref board dts with the new compatible string.
- Delete broadcom_bcm968580xref.h and merge its setting to the new
bcm96858.h file.
- Remove bcm968580xref_ram_defconfig as a basic config version of
bcm96858_defconfig is now added.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
BCM6858 is a Broadcom B53 based PON Gateway SoC. It is part of the BCA
(Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family. Like other broadband
SoC, this patch adds it under CONFIG_BCM6858 chip config and
CONFIG_ARCH_BCMBCA platform config.
This initial support includes a bare-bone implementation and the
original dts is updated with the one from linux next git repository.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry point
address in the memory and boot from there to the console.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
As CONFIG_ARCH_BCM68360 is replaced with CONFIG_BCM6856, update the
driver Kconfig to use the new config symbol.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
BCM68360 is a variant within the BCM6856 chip family. Now that BCM6856
is supported under CONFIG_ARCH_BCMBCA and CONFIG_BCM6856, remove the
original ARCH_BCM68360 support and migrate its configuration and dts
settings. This includes:
- Remove the bcm968360bg board folder. It is replaced by the generic
bcmbca board folder.
- Merge the 68360.dtsi setting to the new 6856.dtsi file. Update board
dts with the new compatible string.
- Merge broadcom_bcm968360bg.h setting to the new bcm96856.h file.
- Remove bcm968360bg_ram_defconfig as a basic config version of
bcm96856_defconfig is now added.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
BCM6856 is a Broadcom B53 based PON Gateway SoC. It is part of the BCA
(Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family. Like other Broadband
SoC, this patch adds it under CONFIG_BCM6856 chip config and
CONFIG_ARCH_BCMBCA platform config.
This initial support includes a bare-bone implementation and dts with
CPU subsystem, memory and Broadcom uart. This SoC is supported in the
linux-next git repository so the dts and dtsi files are copied from
linux.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry point
address in the memory and boot from there to the console.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
BCM63158 carries the CONFIG_SYSRESET from the original configuration. It
provide reset_cpu function already so need to define weak version of the
dummy reset_cpu for other BCMBCA SoCs to avoid linking error.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Since ARCH_BCM63158 SoC support is merged into ARCH_BCMBCA, add BCM63158
maintainer Philippe to bcmbca maintainer list.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
As CONFIG_ARCH_BCM63158 is replaced with CONFIG_BCM63158, update the
Kconfig to use the new config symbol.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Now that BCM63158 is supported under CONFIG_ARCH_BCMBCA and
CONFIG_BCM63158, remove the original ARCH_BCM63158 support and migrate
configuration settings.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
BCM63158 is a Broadcom B53 based DSL Gateway SoC. It is part of the
BCA (Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family. Like other
Broadband SoC, this patch adds it under CONFIG_BCM63158 chip
config and CONFIG_ARCH_BCMBCA platform config.
This initial support includes a bare-bone implementation and dts with
CPU subsystem, memory and ARM PL011 uart. This SoC is supported in the
linux-next git repository so the dts and dtsi files are copied from
linux.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry
point address in the memory and boot from there to the console.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
BCM4908 is a Broadcom B53 based WLAN AP router SoC. It is part of the
BCA (Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family so it's added
under ARCH_BCMBCA platform. This initial support includes a bare-bone
implementation and dts with CPU subsystem, memory and Broadcom uart.
This SoC is supported in the linux git repository so the dts and dtsi
files are stripped down version of linux copies with mininum blocks
needed by u-boot.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry point
address in the memory and boot from there to the console.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
BCM6813 is a Broadcom B53 based PON and WLAN AP router SoC. It is part
of the BCA (Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family so it's
added under ARCH_BCMBCA platform. This initial support includes a
bare-bone implementation and dts with CPU subsystem, memory and ARM
PL011 uart.
This SoC is supported in the linux-next git repository so the dts and
dtsi files are copied from linux.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry point
address in the memory and boot from there to the console.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
BCM4912 is a Broadcom B53 based WLAN AP router SoC. It is part of the
BCA (Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family so it's added under
ARCH_BCMBCA platform. This initial support includes a bare-bone
implementation and dts with CPU subsystem, memory and ARM PL011 uart.
This SoC is supported in the linux-next git repository so the dts
and dtsi files are copied from linux.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry
point address in the memory and boot from there to the console.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
BCM63146 is a Broadcom B53 based DSL Broadband SoC. It is part of the
BCA (Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family so it's added under
ARCH_BCMBCA platform. This initial support includes a bare-bone
implementation and dts with CPU subsystem, memory and ARM PL011 uart.
This SoC is supported in the linux-next git repository so the dts and
dtsi files are copied from linux.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry point
address in the memory and boot from there to the console.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
BCM63138 is an ARM A9 based DSL Broadband SoC. It is part of the BCA
(Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family so it's added under
ARCH_BCMBCA platform. This initial support includes a bare-bone
implementation and dts with CPU subsystem, memory, ARM A9 global timer
and Broadcom uart.
This SoC is supported in the linux-next git repository so the dts and
dtsi files are stripped down version of linux copies with mininum blocks
needed by u-boot.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry point
address in the memory and boot from there to the console.
This patch applies on top of the my previous patch [1].
[1] https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2022-August/490570.html
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
BCM63148 is an Broadcom B15 based DSL Broadband SoC. It is part of the
BCA (Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family so it's added under
ARCH_BCMBCA platform. This initial support includes a bare-bone
implementation and dts with CPU subsystem, memory and Broadcom uart.
This SoC is supported in the linux-next git repository so the dts and
dtsi files are copied from linux.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry point
address in the memory and boot from there.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
BCM6756 is an ARM A7 based WLAN Gateway and Access Point Broadband SoC.
It is part of the BCA(Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family so
it's added under ARCH_BCMBCA platform. This initial support includes a
bare-bone implementation and dts with CPU subsystem, memory and ARM
PL011 uart.
This SoC is supported in the linux-next git repository so the dts and
dtsi files are copied from linux.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry
point address in the memory and boot from there.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
BCM6878 is an ARM A7 based PON Broadband SoC. It is part of the BCA
(Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family so it's added under
ARCH_BCMBCA platform. This initial support includes a bare-bone
implementation and dts with CPU subsystem, memory and ARM PL011
uart.
This SoC is supported in the linux-next git repository so the dts and
dtsi files are copied from linux with minor fix-up that needs to be
upstreamed to linux as well.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry point
address in the memory and boot from there.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
BCM6846 is an ARM A7 based PON Broadband SoC. It is part of the BCA
(Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family so it's added under
ARCH_BCMBCA platform. This initial support includes a bare-bone
implementation and dts with CPU subsystem, memory and Broadcom uart.
This SoC is supported in the linux-next git repository so the dts and
dtsi files are copied from linux with minor fix-up that needs to be
upstreamed to linux as well.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry point
address in the memory and boot from there.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
BCM63178 is an ARM A7 based DSL Broadband SoC. It is part of the BCA
(Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family so it's added under
ARCH_BCMBCA platform. This initial support includes a bare-bone
implementation and dts with CPU subsystem, memory and ARM PL011 uart.
This SoC is supported in the linux-next git repository so the dts and
dtsi files are copied from linux with minor fix-up that needs to be
upstreamed to linux as well.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry
point address in the memory and boot from there.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
This is needed for some soon-to-be-applied patches. Scan the configs/
directory to see if any of the files match.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Suggested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
- fix [hv]sync active vs back porch in dw_mipi_dsi
- simplefb rotation support
- support splash as raw image from MMC
- enhancements to Truetype console (multiple fonts and sizes)
- drop old LCD support
This relies on the old LCD implementation which is to be removed. Drop the
existing #ifdef and convert it to C code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This option is not used anymore since the LCD implementation is being
removed. Stop enabling it on various boards.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This option should not have the SYS_ in it. Drop it so it fits in with the
other video options.
Also simplify the alignment code in gunzip_bmp(), since malloc() always
returns a 32-bit-aligned pointer.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The bmp command already has a way to centre the image. Using this CONFIG
option to also centre it makes it impossible to control where images are
placed on the screen. Drop the extra check.
Simplify the Kconfig file we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
By default several types of splash locations are supported and the
user can select one of them through environment var (splashsource).
However the devpart is still hardcoded and we cannot change it from
the environment.
This patch add the support of "splashdevpart" which allow the user to
set the devpart though this environment variable.
Example: image located in splashscreen partition (MMC as raw)
```
splashsource=mmc_raw
splashdevpart=0#splashscreen
```
Signed-off-by: Julien Masson <jmasson@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The user has now the choice to specify the splash location in the MMC
as a raw storage.
Signed-off-by: Julien Masson <jmasson@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is not as simple as it seems. Add a function to provide it so that
the upcoming menu feature can space lines out correctly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a new 'font' command which allows the fonts to be listed as well as
selecting a different font and size.
Allow the test to run on sandbox, where multiple font/size combinations
are supported, as well as sandbox_flattree, where they are not.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is enabled for LCD but not for VIDEO. Enable it since it is useful
to be able to clear the screen and adds very little code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is useful to be able to support multiple fonts. Add a function to
handle this as well as one to list the available fonts.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the truetype console supports only a single font and size. It
is useful to be able to support different combinations. As a first step,
move the metrics into there own structure and allow having multiple
metrics.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Put this check into a function so we can use it elsewhere. Also drop the
macros which do the same thing but are not actually used.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Generalise the video_clear() function to allow filling with a different
colour.
Tidy up the comments while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is actually a panel, not a video device. Rename the option, move it
into the right place and make it depend on PANEL.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move these commands and the implementation to the cmd/ directory, which is
where most commands are kept.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
[agust: keep vidconsole_position_cursor() in vidconsole uclass]
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Add an exported function which allows the cursor position to be set to
pixel granularity. Make use of this in the existing code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present these are attached to vidconsole which means that the video
uclass requires that a console is enabled. This is not the intention.
The colours are a reasonable way of indexing common colours in any case,
so move them to the video uclass instead.
Rename vid_console_color() to video_index_to_colour() now that it is more
generic. Also fix the inconsistent spelling in these functions.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The wrong fields are pulled out of the timings here so the values
programmed into the DSI_VID_HSA_LINES/DSI_VID_HBP_LINES and
DSI_VID_VSA_LINES/DSI_VID_VBP_LINES registers are swapped.
Use the right fields so that the correct values are programmed.
Fixes: d4f7ea83fc ("video: add MIPI DSI host controller bridge")
Signed-off-by: John Keeping <john@metanate.com>
When probing a device fails NULL pointer is returned, and following
devices in uclass list cannot be iterated. Skip to next device on error
instead.
With that the only condition under which these simple iteration
functions return error is when the dm is not initialized at uclass_get
time. This is not all that interesting, change return type to void.
Fixes: 6494d708bf ("dm: Add base driver model support")
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
uclass_first_device/uclass_next_device return value will be removed,
don't use it.
With the current implementation dev is equivalent to !ret. It is
redundant to check both, ret check can be replaced with dev check, and
ret check inside the iteration is dead code.
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
device_probe returns early when the device is already activated.
Add a note to the documentation that it can be used on already activated
devices.
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
The distutils package is deprecated. The upstream libfdt repo uses
setuptools for building the pylibfdt module, so bring in that code,
suitably modified for U-Boot. Also bring in the README.
The modifications include setting the version correctly, making use of
the environment variables provided by the Makefile and various tweaks
to the directories.
Note that the version omits the minus character at the start of
EXTRAVERSION, since this creates a warning. The build is really just used
within U-Boot itself, so it doesn't matter too much if the version matches
upstream, or exactly matches U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The sandbox64 variant is currently building the sandbox thermal driver
but not the corresponding uclass driver. This results in the sandbox64
variant not booting with the test device tree. Enable building the
thermal uclass for the sandbox64 variant as well.
Also enable the temperature command to allow the test to be run on the
sandbox64 variant.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Adding support to symlink an image packaged using binman.
Signed-off-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Currently sandbox configuration defautls to 64bit and there is no
automation for building 32bit sandbox on 32bit hosts.
Use _LP64 macro as heuristic for detecting 64bit targets.
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is needed in the platforms that use "ranges" node property for
address translation in their dts for TPL.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Python 3.10 requires defining PY_SSIZE_T_CLEAN. This will be fixed in
swig 4.10 but it is not clear when it will be released. There was a
warning since python 3.8.
Link: https://github.com/swig/swig/pull/2277
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
python does not like the u-boot- prefix in the version, drop it.
/usr/lib/python3.10/site-packages/setuptools/dist.py:544: UserWarning:
The version specified ('u-boot-2022.10') is an invalid version, this may
not work as expected with newer versions of setuptools, pip, and PyPI.
Please see PEP 440 for more details.
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This path does not seem to be present in clang-14 for some reason. Relax
the regular expression so that the test works, at least for non-LTO.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The call to device_bind_with_driver_data() passes id->data but if
the entry has no of_match then the id has not been set by the selected
driver.
Normally this passes unnoticed since a previous driver likely had an
of_match value, so the id is set to that. Of course it is not correct
to pass the id->data from a different driver.
With clang-14 the driver ordering is such that the id is never actually
set in the 'bind /usb@1 usb_ether' line in test_bind_unbind_with_node()
thus causing a crash.
Fix this by passing 0 if the of_match for a driver does not exist.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Matching anything that just happens to have the sought-for label as a
prefix is wrong. For example, if the board designer has designated 10
lines for debug purposes, named "debug1" through "debug10", and we are
looking up "debug1", if debug10 happens to be met first during the
iteration we'd wrongly return that.
In theory, this can break existing users that could rely on this
quirk, but OTOH keeping the current broken semantics can cause a lot
of grief for people hitting this in the future and not understanding
why they don't find the line they expect. Considering how few in-tree
defconfigs currently set DM_GPIO_LOOKUP_LABEL (ignoring sandbox, only
four "real" boards), let's fix it before the use becomes more
widespread.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
The jmp_buf type is required by the C99 specification.
Defining it for x86 fixes building the longjmp unit test.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If longjmp(jmp_buf env, int val) is called with val = 0, the setjmp()
macro must return 1.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
pci_find_first_device description says it can be used for iteration with
itself but it should really be with pci_find_next_device
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Remove prototype for the removed function fdt_fixup_nor_flash_size.
This patch has no impact as the function is never used.
Fixes: 98f705c9ce ("powerpc: remove 4xx support")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In a couple of places the document says u-boot,pre-reloc but all
examples show u-boot,dm-pre-reloc, use the latter consistently.
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There are two problems with both strcmp and strncmp:
(1) The C standard is clear that the contents should be compared as
"unsigned char":
The sign of a nonzero value returned by the comparison functions
memcmp, strcmp, and strncmp is determined by the sign of the
difference between the values of the first pair of characters (both
interpreted as unsigned char) that differ in the objects being
compared.
(2) The difference between two char (or unsigned char) values can
range from -255 to +255; so that's (due to integer promotion) the
range of values we could get in the *cs-*ct expressions, but when that
is then shoe-horned into an 8-bit quantity the sign may of course
change.
The impact is somewhat limited by the way these functions
are used in practice:
- Most of the time, one is only interested in equality (or for
strncmp, "starts with"), and the existing functions do correctly
return 0 if and only if the strings are equal [for strncmp, up to
the given bound].
- Also most of the time, the strings being compared only consist of
ASCII characters, i.e. have values in the range [0, 127], and in
that case it doesn't matter if they are interpreted as signed or
unsigned char, and the possible difference range is bounded to
[-127, 127] which does fit the signed char.
For size, one could implement strcmp() in terms of strncmp() - just
make it "return strncmp(a, b, (size_t)-1);". However, performance of
strcmp() does matter somewhat, since it is used all over when parsing
and matching DT nodes and properties, so let's find some other place
to save those ~30 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Add Nuvoton NPCM BMC Peripheral SPI controller driver.
NPCM750 include two general-purpose SPI interface.
Signed-off-by: Jim Liu <JJLIU0@nuvoton.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
- Reduce memory usage in SPL in some cases, clarify some standalone API
license issues, fix a Kconfig dependency, pin to a specific version of
python setuptools for now, fix a signing problem in mkimage and add a
memory uclass.
The GPMC is a unified memory controller dedicated for interfacing
with external memory devices like
- Asynchronous SRAM-like memories and ASICs
- Asynchronous, synchronous, and page mode burst NOR flash
- NAND flash
- Pseudo-SRAM devices
This driver will take care of setting up the GPMC based on
the settings specified in the Device tree and then
probe its children.
Signed-off-by: Roger Quadros <rogerq@kernel.org>
GPMC stands for General Purpose Memory Controller and it is
present on many Texas Instruments SoCs.
It supports a number of Asynchronous and Synchronous interfaces
and has various settings to configure the bus interface.
The DT bindings define all the various GPMC settings.
As the GPMC supports multiple devices on the bus, each
device is represented as a child and the respective
GPMC settings are situated there. (see ti,gpmc-child.yaml)
These binding docs are picked up from the Linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Roger Quadros <rogerq@kernel.org>
Introduce CONFIG_SPL_MEMORY to allow Memory drivers to
be built for SPL.
Signed-off-by: Roger Quadros <rogerq@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The version used on Ubuntu 2022.04 produces a number of warnings:
/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/pkg_resources/__init__.py:116:
PkgResourcesDeprecationWarning: 1.16.0-unknown is an invalid version
and will not be supported in a future release
Same with: 0.1.43ubuntu1 11.4.1ubuntu1 2.22.1ubuntu1 1.1build1
According to [1] this is a bug in setuptools. Employ the workaround for
now.
[1] https://askubuntu.com/questions/1406952/what-is-the-meaning-of-this-
pkgresourcesdeprecationwarning-warning-from-pipenv
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The "common.h" header is not covered by the licensing exception for
standalone applications. Let's drop inclusion of this header from the
hello_world example to prove that a standalone app can be built without
it.
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker@sancloud.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
On 2010-01-27, an email [1] was sent to the mailing list by Wolfgang
Denk which clarified the intended licensing exceptions for standalone
applications. As the "export.h" header and the "stubs.c" source files
are required to implement a standalone application, the intention was
that these files be covered by the licensing exception. This is made
clear in the following quotes from that email:
"exports.h" should be added to the "allowed" file list; there should
be no need to include "common.h". Eventually this needs fixing.
Patches are welcome.
"examples/standalone/stubs.c" should be added to the "allowed" file
list (the ppc_*jmp.S files are LGPLed).
There should be no doubts - the intention is clear, the current state
may need improvement. Help (read: patches) welcome.
[1]: https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2010-January/067174.html
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker@sancloud.com>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Acked-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
OMAP3 BeagleBoard NAND boot hangs when spl_load_legacy_img() tries
to read the header into 'struct hdr' which is allocated on the
stack.
As the header has already been read once before by spl_nand.c,
we can avoid the extra header allocation and read here by
simply passing around the pointer to the header.
This fixes NAND boot on OMAP3 BeagleBoard.
Signed-off-by: Roger Quadros <rogerq@kernel.org>
Reviewed-By: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Just like we exclude data-size, data-position, and data-offset from
fit_config_check_sig, we must exclude them while signing as well.
While we're at it, use the FIT_DATA_* defines for fit_config_check_sig
as welll.
Fixes: 8edecd3110 ("fit: Fix verification of images with external data")
Fixes: c522949a29 ("rsa: sig: fix config signature check for fit with padding")
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- nuvoton: add expire function for generic reset (Jim)
- handle watchdogs during keyed autoboot (Rasmus)
- cyclic: Don't disable cylic function upon exceeding CPU time (Stefan)
- ulp wdog: Updates to support iMX93 and DM (Alice)
If a regulator does not support .set_suspend_enable or
.set_suspend_value then ret is set to ENOSYS early in the function.
The most serious impact of this is that when no automatic setting of
voltage is needed then the final regulator_set_enable() is skipped
because ret has not been cleared.
It seems that the error handling for regulator_set_suspend_value() is
also wrong as if this succeeds then the normal boot-on checks are still
required, and again ENOSYS needs special treatment here.
Fixes: 11406b8f7e ("dm: regulator: support regulator more state")
Signed-off-by: John Keeping <john@metanate.com>
Currently the 'sf update' command fails in case the 'start' offset is
not aligned to SPI NOR erase block size. Add the missing alignment
calculation. In case the start offset is in the middle of erase block,
round start address down to the nearest aligned one, compare only the
updated data between what is in the SPI NOR and what is being written,
copy new data at offset of the compare buffer, and write back the entire
erase block.
This is useful e.g. on i.MX6Q where the u-boot-with-spl.imx is at
offset 0x400 in the SPI NOR, while the SPI NOR may have erase block
size e.g. 0x1000 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Layerscape update
- support sysreset,
- de-select FSL_IFC when booting from SD
- disable unused parts of ICID tables
- reduce ns_dev size for csu
- enable dma snooping for ls104x
- nand driver fixups for ls1043ardb rev 7.0 boards.
Enable boot/bootd command in toradex colibri-imx7 defconfig,
it's just convenient to have it in and every other toradex board
already includes it.
Signed-off-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Avoid the following build errors after the device tree sync:
drivers/spi/mxs_spi.c: In function ‘mxs_spi_probe’:
drivers/spi/mxs_spi.c:327:25: error: ‘struct dtd_fsl_imx23_spi’ has no
member named ‘spi_max_frequency’
327 | priv->max_freq = dtplat->spi_max_frequency;
| ^~
drivers/spi/mxs_spi.c:328:23: error: ‘struct dtd_fsl_imx23_spi’ has no
member named ‘num_cs’
328 | plat->num_cs = dtplat->num_cs;
| ^~
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Now that a unified imx8mn-u-boot is available, remove duplicated
code for generating flash.bin and other common imx8mn peripherals.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Now that a unified imx8mn-u-boot is available, remove duplicated
code for generating flash.bin and other common imx8mn peripherals.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Now that a unified imx8mn-u-boot is available, remove duplicated
code for generating flash.bin and other common imx8mn peripherals.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Now that a unified imx8mn-u-boot is available, remove duplicated
code for generating flash.bin and other common imx8mn peripherals.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Now that a unified imx8mn-u-boot is available, remove duplicated
code for generating flash.bin and other common imx8mn peripherals.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Now that a unified imx8mn-u-boot is available, remove duplicated
code for generating flash.bin and other common imx8mn peripherals.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Multiple boards create duplicate entries in their respective
-u-boot.dtsi files which all basically do the same thing.
To consolidate these and make it easier to make improvements
going forward, consolidate them all into one place.
This file creates a flash.bin image using binman, and supports
LPDDR4, DDR4 and DDR3. Since individual boards use different
peripherals and different UART ports, those entries were kept
in their respective board files, but the spba1 node was addded
which contains all UART1-3 to help facilitate SPL_DM_SERIAL.
Individual users will still need to include their respective
UART and pinctrl nodes for those UARTS.
This consolidated file also supports generating a flash.bin file
which can boot from flexSPI if CONFIG_FSPI_CONF_HEADER is
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Commit 290ffe5788 (imx8m: fix reading of DDR4 MR registers) lifted a
private definition of lpddr4_mr_read() from imx8mm-cl-iot-gate board
code to drivers/ddr/imx/imx8m/ddrphy_utils.c, because that version
actually seems to work in practice.
However, commit 99c7cc58e1 (ddr: imx: Add i.MX9 DDR controller driver)
reintroduced the broken version in drivers/ddr/imx/imx8m/ddr_init.c,
copied most of the rest of ddrphy_utils.c to
drivers/ddr/imx/phy/ddrphy_utils.c, and stopped building
drivers/ddr/imx/imx8m/ddrphy_utils.c [and that file was then finally
completely removed with 7e9bd84883 (imx8m: ddrphy_utils: Remove unused
file)].
I assume this must have broken the imx8mm-cl-iot-gate board, at least
those that have not had their eeprom programmed with the proper
information. It certainly did break our out-of-tree board which always
reads back the ID register and uses that for a sanity check.
So apply the fix from 290ffe5788 once again.
Fixes: 99c7cc58e1 (ddr: imx: Add i.MX9 DDR controller driver)
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
- enable bootcount command
- integrate bootcount using SNVS_LP general purpose register LPGPR0
- enable link-time optimisation
- explicitly set a boot delay of one second
- enable CRC32 and MD5
- enable command for low-level access to data in a partition
- enable time commands
- enable PMIC commands
- improve ETHPRIME configuration
- enable eMMC HS400 functionality
- enable fixed PHY and MDIO driver model
- remove stale PFUZE100 PMIC driver
- enable thermal management unit driver
- enable more USB host functionality
- enable hexdump
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Update the distro config env memory layout for the Verdin iMX8M Mini and
Verdin iMX8M Plus again:
- loadaddr=0x48200000 allows for 128MB area for uncompressing (ie FIT
images, kernel_comp_addr_r, kernel_comp_size)
- fdt_addr_r = loadaddr + 128MB - allows for 128MB kernel
- scriptaddr = fdt_addr_r + 512KB - allows for 512KB fdt
- ramdisk_addr_r = scriptaddr + 512KB - allows for 512KB script
Memory layout taken from commit fd5c7173ad
("imx8m{m,n}_venice: update env memory layout").
Note that for our regular BSP Layers and Reference Images for Yocto
Project an updated distro boot script is required (see
meta-toradex-bsp-common/recipes-bsp/u-boot/u-boot-distro-boot).
Note that this corrects a pre-maturely applied version 2 of the same
patch set.
Fixes: bbe0089d29 ("verdin-imx8mm: verdin-imx8mp: update env memory layout")
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
The GW7904 is based on the i.MX 8M Mini SoC featuring:
- LPDDR4 DRAM
- eMMC FLASH
- microSD connector with UHS support
- LIS2DE12 3-axis accelerometer
- Gateworks System Controller
- IMX8M FEC
- 2x RS232 off-board connectors
- PMIC
- 10x bi-color LED's
- 1x miniPCIe socket with PCIe and USB2.0
- 802.3at Class 4 PoE
- 10-30VDC input via barrel-jack
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
i.Core MX8M Plus is an EDIMM SoM based on NXP i.MX8M Plus from Engicam.
i.Core MX8M Plus needs to mount on top of this Evaluation board for
creating complete i.Core MX8M Plus EDIMM2.2 Starter Kit.
Add support for it.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Manoj Sai <abbaraju.manojsai@amarulasolutions.com>
Genaral features:
- LCD 7" C.Touch
- microSD slot
- Ethernet 1Gb
- Wifi/BT
- 2x LVDS Full HD interfaces
- 3x USB 2.0
- 1x USB 3.0
- HDMI Out
- Plus PCIe
- MIPI CSI
- 2x CAN
- Audio Out
i.Core MX8M Plus is an EDIMM SoM based on NXP i.MX8M Plus from Engicam.
i.Core MX8M Plus needs to mount on top of this Evaluation board for
creating complete i.Core MX8M Plus EDIMM2.2 Starter Kit.
Add support for it.
Sync the i.Core MX8M Plus is an EDIMM SoM based on NXP
devicetree file from linux-next tree.
commit <aec8ad34f7f24> (arm64: dts: imx8mp: Add Engicam i.Core MX8M Plus EDIMM2.2 Starter Kit)
Signed-off-by: Manoj Sai <abbaraju.manojsai@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
i.Core MX8M Plus is an EDIMM SoM based on NXP i.MX8M Plus
from Engicam.
General features:
- NXP i.MX8M Plus
- Up to 4GB LDDR4
- 8 eMMC
- Gigabit Ethernet
- USB 3.0, 2.0 Host/OTG
- PCIe 3.0 interface
- I2S
- LVDS
- rest of i.MX8M Plus features
i.Core MX8M Plus needs to mount on top of Engicam baseboards
for creating complete platform solutions.
Add support for it.
Sync the i.Core MX8M Plus is an EDIMM SoM based on NXP i.MX8M Plus
from Engicam devicetree file from linux-next tree.
commit <eefe06b295087> (arm64: dts: imx8mp: Add Engicam i.Core MX8M Plus SoM)
Signed-off-by: Manoj Sai <abbaraju.manojsai@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Enable driver model for ulp watchdog timer. When CONFIG_WDT=y and the
status of device node is "okay", initr_watchdog will be called and
finally calls ulp_wdt_probe() and ulp_wdt_start().
Signed-off-by: Alice Guo <alice.guo@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The reset source of the external PMIC on i.MX93 is WDOG_ANY PAD and the
source of WDOG_ANY PAD is interrupt. Therefore, using PMIC to reset
needs to enable the watchdog interrupt.
Signed-off-by: Alice Guo <alice.guo@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The WDOG clocks are sourced from the fixed 32KHz (lpo_clk).When the
timeout period exceeds 2 seconds, the value written to the TOVAL
register is larger than 16-bit can represent. Enabling watchdog
prescaler to solve this problem.
Signed-off-by: Alice Guo <alice.guo@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
To use 32bits refresh and unlock command as default, check the CMD32EN
bit to select the corresponding commands.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Alice Guo <alice.guo@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
With the migration of the watchdog infrastructure to cyclic functions
it's been noticed, that at least one watchdog driver is broken now. As
the execution time of it's watchdog reset function is quite long.
In general it's not really necessary (right now) to disable the cyclic
function upon exceeding CPU time usage. So instead of disabling the
cylic function in this case, let's just print a warning once to show
this potential problem to the user.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Suggested-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Cc: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
In order to test that we properly handle watchdog(s) during the "wait
for the user to interrupt autoboot" phase, we need a watchdog device
to be watching us.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
In order to test that U-Boot actually maintains the watchdog device(s)
during long-running busy-loops, such as those where we wait for the
user to stop autoboot, we need a watchdog device that actually does
something during those loops; we cannot test that behaviour via the DM
test framework.
So introduce a relatively simple watchdog device which is simply based
on calling the host OS' alarm() function; that has the nice property
that a new call to alarm() simply sets a new deadline, and alarm(0)
cancels any existing alarm. These properties are precisely what we
need to implement start/reset/stop. We install our own handler so that
we get a known message printed if and when the watchdog fires, and by
just invoking that handler directly, we get expire_now for free.
The actual calls to the various OS functions (alarm, signal, raise)
need to be done in os.c, and since the driver code cannot get access
to the values of SIGALRM or SIG_DFL (that would require including a
host header, and that's only os.c which can do that), we cannot simply
do trivial wrappers for signal() and raise(), but instead create
specialized functions just for use by this driver.
Apart from enabling this driver for sandbox{,64}_defconfig, also
enable the wdt command which was useful for hand-testing this new
driver (especially with running u-boot under strace).
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
This is a companion to u-boot,noautostart. If one has a single
watchdog device that one does want to have auto-started, but several
others that one doesn't, the only way currently is to set the
CONFIG_WATCHDOG_AUTOSTART and then use the opt-out for the majority.
The main motivation for this is to add an autostarted watchdog device
to the sandbox (to test a fix) without having to set AUTOSTART in
sandbox_defconfig and add the noautostart property to the existing
devices. But it's also nice for symmetry, and the logic in
init_watchdog_dev() becomes simpler to read because we avoid all the
negations.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Correct pointer dereferencing check to be more consistent.
Eliminate the below smatch warning:
drivers/mmc/mmc.c:3118 mmc_init_device()
warn: variable dereferenced before check 'm' (see line 3116)
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Yadav Abbarapu <venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Unconditionally clearing DTO when RXDR is set leads to spurious timeouts
in FIFO mode transfers if events occur in the following order:
mask = dwmci_readl(host, DWMCI_RINTSTS);
// Hardware asserts DWMCI_INTMSK_DTO here
dwmci_writel(host, DWMCI_RINTSTS, DWMCI_INTMSK_DTO);
if (mask & DWMCI_INTMSK_DTO) {
// Unreachable as DTO is cleared without being handled!
return 0;
}
Only clear interrupts that we have seen and are handling so that DTO is
not missed.
Signed-off-by: John Keeping <john@metanate.com>
Tested-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org> (Rock PI 4B)
Tested-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
The SDMMC IOs can be in an IO domain, that has to be enabled.
This is done by enabling vqmmc in the driver.
This has no impact on configurations not using an IO domain, the check
can then be executed on all platforms managing regulator, and the vqmmc
regulator enabled on all platforms having it in their DT.
Signed-off-by: Yann Gautier <yann.gautier@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
The UHS modes for SD, HS200 and HS400 modes for eMMC are not supported
by the stm32_sdmmc2 driver.
Make it clear by removing the corresponding caps after parsing the DT.
Signed-off-by: Yann Gautier <yann.gautier@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
To support dual data rate with STM32 sdmmc2 driver, the dedicated bit
(DDR - BIT(18)) needs to be set in the CLKRC register. Clock bypass
(no divider) is not allowed in this case. This is required for the
eMMC DDR modes.
Signed-off-by: Yann Gautier <yann.gautier@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Add Socionext F_SDH30_E51 IP support. The features of this IP includes
CMD/DAT line delay and force card insertion mode for non-removable cards.
And the IP needs to add some quirks.
Signed-off-by: Kunihiko Hayashi <hayashi.kunihiko@socionext.com>
This patch defines a quirk to disable the block count
for single block transactions.
This is similar to Linux kernel commit d3fc5d71ac4d
("mmc: sdhci: add a quirk for single block transactions").
Signed-off-by: Kunihiko Hayashi <hayashi.kunihiko@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Get rid of discrepancy beween comment /* 250 ms */ and code
which shifts by 4 thus dividing by 16.
So change code to shift by 2 and make the timeout value 250 ms.
Signed-off-by: Sergei Antonov <saproj@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
The flash's internal address mode is tracked by nor->add_mode_nbytes and
it is set to 3 in BFPT parse. SEMPER multi-die package parts (>1Gb) are
3- or 4-byte address mode by default, depending on model number. We need
to make sure that 4-byte address mode is used for multi-die package parts.
For single-die package parts (<=1Gb), registers can be accessed by 3-byte
address. Read, program, and erase use the 4B opcodes that always take
4-byte address regardless of flash's internal address mode.
Signed-off-by: Takahiro Kuwano <Takahiro.Kuwano@infineon.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Read/Write Any Register commands take 3- or 4- byte address depending on
flash's internal address mode. The nor->addr_width tracks number of
address bytes used in read/program/erase ops that can be 4
(with 4B opcodes) regardless of flash's internal address mode. The
nor->addr_mode_nbytes tracks flash's internal address mode so replace
nor->addr_width by that.
Signed-off-by: Takahiro Kuwano <Takahiro.Kuwano@infineon.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The nor->addr_width tracks number of address bytes used in
read/program/erase ops and eventually set to 4 for >16MB chips, regardless
of flash's internal address mode. For Infineon SEMPER flash's, we use
Read/Write Any Register commands for configuration and status check.
These commands take 3- or 4-byte address depending on flash's internal
address mode.
Signed-off-by: Takahiro Kuwano <Takahiro.Kuwano@infineon.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Add flash info table entries for s28hl512gt, s28hl01gt, and s28hs01gt.
These devices have the same functionality as s28hs512t.
In spi-nor-core, use device ID byte to detect S28 family instead of
device name.
Signed-off-by: Takahiro Kuwano <Takahiro.Kuwano@infineon.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
- NC-SI handling support and enable on evb-ast2[56]00, gpio driver for
ADP5585, improve qfw support, print more sysresets info, gw_ventana
and gcc-12 bugfix, improve BCB support, fix a few typos and remove an
unused keymile CONFIG symbol.
In some cases, the param variable is wrong, and in other cases we have
undocumented arguments.
Fix the docs.
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For other sandbox tests the printed test name corresponds to the
configuration except for this one.
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For some blk operations, it's possible that a different hw partition
gets selected via blk_dselect_hwpart().
In that case, only the region of the device covered by that partition
is accessible.
This breaks "bcb load" which attempts to read the gpt and assumes it's
on the user(0) hw partition:
=> bcb load 2 misc
GUID Partition Table Header signature is wrong: 0xDE7B17AD07D9E5D6 != 0x5452415020494645
find_valid_gpt: *** ERROR: Invalid GPT ***
GUID Partition Table Header signature is wrong: 0x0 != 0x5452415020494645
find_valid_gpt: *** ERROR: Invalid Backup GPT ***
Error: mmc 2:misc read failed (-2)
Add a fail-safe in __bcb_load() to ensure we will always read from the
user(0) hwpartition.
This fixes the following fastboot sequence:
$ fastboot erase mmc2boot1 # switch to hwpart1
$ fastboot reboot bootloader # switch to hwpart0, then reads GPT
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Building with GCC 12.2 results in an error
board/gateworks/gw_ventana/gw_ventana.c:636:68: error: the comparison
will always evaluate as 'true' for the address of 'pwm_padmux' will
never be NULL [-Werror=address]
636 | } else if (hwconfig_subarg_cmp(arg, "mode", "pwm") &&
| ^~
Remove the superfluous check.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-By: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Boards can have multiple sysresets, iterate all when printing sysreset
info.
Fixes: 23471aed5c ("board_f: Add reset status printing")
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At the moment the QEMU boot sequence tries various (storage) devices
when trying to find a payload to boot.
To simplify starting a specific kernel and initrd, there is also the qfw
command, which can use the files specified on the QEMU command line, via
the -kernel and -initrd options.
Add this command to the list of boot options to try. Since users
specifying those options on the command line probably explicitly want
to run them, let's place the new command first. Without those options,
the qfw command will just gracefully fail, and we continue with the
existing order.
This allows auto-booting of specific kernels in QEMU, for instance in CI
systems.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
When we try to load a kernel via the QEMU firmware device, we currently
"return -1;" if no kernel was specified on the QEMU command line. This
leads to the usage output, which is confusing (since nothing on the
command line was really wrong), but also somewhat hides the actual error
message.
Return CMD_RET_FAILURE (1), as it's a proper error, and make the message
more clear that this is not only a "warning".
This helps to call this command in boot scripts, and to gracefully
continue if this doesn't work.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
At the moment the QEMU firmware command just prints the size of the
loaded binaries on the console.
To go with all the other load methods, and many boot scripts'
expectations, also store the size of the file loaded last in the
environment variable "filesize".
We first put the kernel size in there, but overwrite this with the
initrd size, should we have one, because this is probably the more
prominent user of $filesize (in the booti or bootz command).
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Add gpio driver for ADP5585 I/O Expander Controller. The ADP5585 is a 10
input/output port expander and can be used to increase the number of
I/Os available to a processor.
Signed-off-by: Alice Guo <alice.guo@nxp.com>
Aspeed BMCs are commonly used with NC-SI. A system indicates the driver
should configure the link over NC-SI using the device tree.
Add it to the defconfig so we get compile coverage of the driver, even
if the EVBs do not normally use it.
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
Update the ftgmac100 driver to support NC-SI instead of an mdio phy
where available. This is a common setup for Aspeed AST2x00 platforms.
NC-SI mode is determined from the device-tree if either phy-mode sets it
or the use-ncsi property exists. If set then normal mdio setup is
skipped in favour of the NC-SI phy.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Mendoza-Jonas <sam@mendozajonas.com>
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Adds an "ncsi" command to manually start NC-SI configuration.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Mendoza-Jonas <sam@mendozajonas.com>
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
Add the handling of NC-SI ethernet frames, and add a check at the start
of net_loop() to configure NC-SI before starting other network commands.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Mendoza-Jonas <sam@mendozajonas.com>
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
- Enforce CONFIG_DM being enabled (which has been the case for all
boards for a bit now) and remove non-DM_KEYBOARD options as they're also
unused for some time now.
There are no platforms that have not migrated to using DM_KEYBOARD,
remove the legacy option.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There are no longer any platforms which do not enable DM, move this to a
def_bool y and remove the check in the Makefile.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
First set of u-boot-at91 fixes for the 2023.01 cycle:
This small fixes set includes an indentation fix for sam9x60 DT and one
name for one pin for sama7g5.
When the imx8mm.dtsi file was pulled in from Linux, the UARTs
were moved into an spba sub-node which wasn't being included
in the SPL device tree. This meant the references to the UART
weren't being handled properly and when booting the system would
constantly reboot. Fix this by adding the spba node to the spl
device tree to restore normal booting.
Based on the patch from Adam Ford for the imx8mn-beacon-kit-u-boot
board.
Fixes: 4e5114daf9 ("imx8mn: synchronise device tree with linux")
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
When the imx8mm.dtsi file was pulled in from Linux, the UARTs
were moved into an spba sub-node which wasn't being included
in the SPL device tree. This meant the references to the UART
weren't being handled properly and when booting the system would
constantly reboot. Fix this by adding the spba node to the spl
device tree to restore normal booting.
Based on the patch from Adam Ford for the imx8mn-beacon-kit-u-boot
board.
Fixes: 4e5114daf9 ("imx8mn: synchronise device tree with linux")
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Fix the MMC env device for boards with eMMC by adding a
board_mmc_get_env_dev override to return the boot device as the
MMC env device.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
With sf update fixed to support unaligned start offset, use plain
sf update to update the bootloader in SPI NOR. This also helps
avoid the case where not enough SPI NOR has been erased and the
bootloader has been written to unerased area, and thus corrupted.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The btrfs filesystem provides advanced functionality like copy-on-write
and snapshots, as well as metadata and data duplication and checksumming.
Enable btrfs in U-Boot to permit even the primary partition to be btrfs
and let system boot from it.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
issue:
CAAM fails with key error when perform Modular Exponentiation
using PKHA Block in CAAM
Fix:
add flush and invalidate dcache for keys, signature
and output decrypted data processed by CAAM.
Fixes: 34276478f7 (DM: crypto/fsl - Add Freescale rsa DM driver)
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Gaurav Jain <gaurav.jain@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Update the distro config env memory layout for the Apalis iMX6,
Colibri iMX6, Colibri iMX6ULL and Colibri iMX7:
- loadaddr=0x84200000 (resp. 0x14200000 on them i.MX 6) allows for 64MB
area for uncompressing (ie FIT images)
- fdt_addr_r = loadaddr + 64MB : allows for 64MB kernel
- scriptaddr = fdt_addr_r + 512KB : allows for 512KB fdt
- pxefile_addr_r = scriptaddr + 512KB : allows for 512KB script
- ramdisk_addr_r = pxefile_addr_r + 512KB : allows for 1MB extlinux.conf
Memory layout analogous to 64-bit one from commit fd5c7173ad
("imx8m{m,n}_venice: update env memory layout") but left pxefile_addr_r
updated according to doc/develop/distro.rst.
This fixes a potential issue caused by the compressed kernel being
relocated on top of the ramdisk causing its corruption.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
After commit 395110284b ("nitrogen6x: Populate FDTFILE at build-time
for all platforms") iMX.6Q Sabrelite fails to boot due to a bad fdtfile
string:
Retrieving file: /dtbs/5.18.0-0.deb11.4-armmp/"imx6q-sabrelite".dtb
** File not found /dtbs/5.18.0-0.deb11.4-armmp/"imx6q-sabrelite".dtb **
CONFIG_DEFAULT_DEVICE_TREE option is string typed, so __stringify() is
adding extra quotes. Remove this.
Signed-off-by: Ariel D'Alessandro <ariel.dalessandro@collabora.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Acked-by: Troy Kisky <troy.kisky@boundarydevices.com>
The QSPI clocks are only used when CONFIG_NXP_FSPI=y, so only build the
QSPI clocks in this case to reduce the final SPL binary size.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
The ecspi clocks are only used when CONFIG_DM_SPI=y, so only build the
ecspi clocks in this case to reduce the final SPL binary size.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Ethernet is not used inside SPL, so move the IMX8MM_CLK_ENET_AXI clock
inside the non-SPL block to reduce the final SPL binary size.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
PWM is not used inside SPL, so do not define the PWM clocks inside
SPL to reduce the final SPL binary size.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Move init_clk_usdhc to non-clk driver case, since assigned-clocks properties
will initialize the clocks by clk driver.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
... to avoid loosing characters when pasting text into the serial console.
This allows to remove the workaround to disable the vidconsole output
when no HDMI device is detected. This workaround only was there to speed-up
serial console processing.
Signed-off-by: Soeren Moch <smoch@web.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Add Serial Download Protocol support as it is a useful method to
load flash.bin to RAM and run it via 'uuu'.
With this patch, it is possible to start both U-Boot SPL and U-Boot
proper using the following 'uuu'command:
$ uuu -brun spl flash.bin
Based on a patch from Marek Vasut for the imx8mm-mx8menlo board.
Also, to fit the SPL binary into the internal RAM, select CONFIG_LTO
to reduce its size.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add an entry for USB boot so that U-Boot could be loaded via
the Serial Download Protocol.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Enable DM USB, DM PHY and USB gadget support in imx8mm-mx8menlo SPL
to let the board continue SDP loading of second stage after the first
stage was loaded by BootROM SDP implementation. It is not possible to
jump back into BootROM v1 and let the BootROM implementation continue
the SDP loading, all this has to be performed by the U-Boot CI HDRC
controller driver and SDP protocol implementation, both of which fit
into the SPL just barely.
With this patch, it is possible to start both U-Boot SPL and U-Boot
using e.g. uuu on this board as follows:
$ uuu -brun spl flash.bin
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The current implementation of spl_board_init() USB boot handling is
not correct, the MX8MM BootROM v1 does not support SDP load when
re-entered from U-Boot SPL, it is up to U-Boot to perform the next
stage load using its own internal CI gadget driver and SDP protocol
implementation. Drop the spl_board_init() to let SPL continue with
normal load in case the SDP support is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The current implementation of spl_board_init() is not correct,
the MX8MM BootROM v1 does not support SDP load when re-entered
from U-Boot SPL, it is up to U-Boot to perform the next stage
load using its own internal CI gadget driver and SDP protocol
implementation. Drop the spl_board_init() to let SPL continue
with normal load in case the SDP support is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Instead of duplicating code implemented by i.MX8M version of arch_misc_init()
in every board, enable CONFIG_ARCH_MISC_INIT and call arch_misc_init() from
spl_board_init(). This removes the duplication. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The signal name of pin PB2 with function F is FLEXCOM11_IO1
as it is defined in the datasheet.
Fixes: 558378a4cd ("ARM: mach-at91: add support for new SoC sama7g5")
Signed-off-by: Mihai Sain <mihai.sain@microchip.com>
- dts update and sync for rk356x, rk3288, rk3399 from Linux;
- Add rk3399 EAIDK-610 board support;
- Update for puma-rk3399 board;
- some fix and typo fix in different drivers;
The first production revision of the MX8M Mini Menlo board implements
a hardware change which swaps console UART and another UART connector.
Implement the swap, which maps the console UART back to the way Verdin
console is mapped.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The GW7903 revision B adds two additional GPIO's to control the
direction of the 2 isolated digital I/O circuits.
Define them as:
- dig1_ctl
- dig2_ctl
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Update the GW74xx PMIC configuration:
- increase VDD_SOC DVS1 to 0.85V per datasheet
- increase VDD_SOC DVS0 to 0.95V before first DRAM access
- increase VDD_ARM DVS0 to 0.95V to support kernel overdrive voltage (OD)
- remove unnecessary changes to VDD_DRAM as we don't use 3GHz DRAM
- remove unnecessary change to LDO2 as it is unused
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
v2: update commit log with more detail
Update the M2 socket gpio hogs such that they are not active on boot by
flagging them as GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH so that 'output-high' drives high.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Update the UART config gpio hogs such that it is configured for RS232
by default on boot. Additionally rename them to match the names used
on the reset of the venice boards.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Add RAM auto-sizing, without this change memory size for all SKU is set
to 8GB and the system will crash on SKU with less memory as soon as the
non existent memory addresses are accessed.
Fixes: 2bc2f817ce ("board: toradex: add verdin imx8m plus support")
Signed-off-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
With this call the following attributes get set to the device-tree
and are then accessible from linux in /proc/device-tree/
serial-number: The serial number that is stored in config-block
toradex,board-rev: The version of the module (e.g. V1.1A)
toradex,product-id: The SKU number of the module runnin
Fixes: commit 2bc2f817ce ("board: toradex: add verdin imx8m plus support")
Signed-off-by: Philippe Schenker <philippe.schenker@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
With this call the following attributes get set to the device-tree
and are then accessible from linux in /proc/device-tree/
serial-number: The serial number that is stored in config-block
toradex,board-rev: The version of the module (e.g. V1.1A)
toradex,product-id: The SKU number of the module running
Fixes: commit 14d5aeff77 ("board: toradex: Add Verdin iMX8M Mini support")
Signed-off-by: Philippe Schenker <philippe.schenker@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Enable the I2C bus and set a env variable for the reset GPIO of the touch
controller. This allows us to probe the panel in a script.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
This adds support for the Kontron Electronics SoM SL i.MX8MM OSM-S
and the matching baseboard BL i.MX8MM OSM-S.
The SoM hardware complies to the Open Standard Module (OSM) 1.0
specification, size S (https://sget.org/standards/osm).
The existing board configuration for the non-OSM SoM is reused and
allows to detect the SoM variant at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
It turns out that it is not necessary to declare the VSELECT signal as
GPIO and let the PMIC driver set it to a fixed high level. This switches
the voltage between 3.3V and 1.8V by setting the PMIC register for LDO5
accordingly.
Instead we can do it like other boards already do and simply mux the
VSELECT signal of the USDHC interface to the pin. This makes sure that
the correct voltage is selected by setting the PMIC's SD_VSEL input
to high or low accordingly.
Reported-by: Heiko Thiery <heiko.thiery@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Thiery <heiko.thiery@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
This adjusts the names of the boards and SoMs to the official naming
used by Kontron marketing. These changes also affect devicetree
names and compatibles. The same changes have been submitted to the
Linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
This sets an env variable 'som_type' from the board code. It can
later be used by environment scripts, e. g. to select the proper
devicetree for the board.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
These parameters are needed for stable performance on new hardware
with Nanya LPDDR4 chips.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
The new stable configuration is missing the 100mt setpoint, remove
it before updating the config to make sure the changes are separated
cleanly.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Fix the spaces and alignment for easier tracking of changes and comparing
with configs generated by the tools.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Enable the bootaux command in order to be able to load a
binary into the M4 core when needed.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Move the environment from the board header to a separate text file
and also drop those variables that are already set in env_default.h
from the Kconfig options.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
In case we boot from SD card or eMMC, we also want to load
the environment from the according boot device.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Enable the redundant environment feature to allow falling back in case of
storage corruption. The partition layout for the SPI NOR device is added
to the devicetree.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
This allows using the command line with longer lines like
large scripts in env variables.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Nowadays detecting the SPI NOR as boot device from the ROMAPI is
fixed and works even if the SPI NOR is used as fallback boot device.
Therefore we don't need this workaround anymore.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
This was initially enabled, but got accidentally dropped while
migrating Kconfig options and resyncing the defconfig in:
commit 9802154a94 ("configs: Resync with savedefconfig")
Let's enable this again to be able to boot from SPI NOR.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
The display isn't and won't be used in U-Boot. Also the display setup
is not yet supported in mainline Linux, so even for cases where the
U-Boot devicetree is passed to the kernel there is currently no use
for this configuration.
Selecting the proper configuration in the kernel FIT image automatically
depending on the detected hardware can be handled by a script in the
environment.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Move the environment from the board header to a separate text file
and also drop those variables that are already set in env_default.h
from the Kconfig options or are not needed anymore.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Instead of checking both, SPI NOR and MMC for loading U-Boot proper
and the environment, implement a way to detect the actual boot
device even if the BootROM doesn't report it and we can't rely
solely on the fuse settings, as by default we use MMC as primary
boot device and boot from SPI NOR via the secondary fallback device
(EEPROM Recovery Mode).
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
The SPI NOR is on ECSPI1 so CONFIG_ENV_SPI_BUS should be 1
to detect the environment on the SPI NOR.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
The board support was merged at the same time as some Kconfig options
for SPL were migrated/renamed. As a result some essential features
like serial output, MMC support, etc. are currently missing. Fix this
by enabling the required options.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
There is no reason for restricting the use of the flash.bin target
to the i.MX8 platform. Others can benefit from this as well.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
When booting from USB/SDP mmc_get_env_dev() returns
CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV as the MMC env device (while booting from MMC
will call board_mmc_get_env_dev() to get this). Configure
CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV for SDHC3 (devno=2) as all Gateworks Venice
boards use SDHC3 as eMMC so that persistent env works when booting from
USB/SDP.
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Beside some rather unexciting sync of the DTs from the kernel tree, and
some Kconfig cleanup, there are some improvements for the ARMv5 Allwinner
family, to support boards with the F1C200s (64MB DRAM) better. We will
get actual board support as soon as the DTs have passed the Linux review
process.
There is also support for the X96 Mate TV Box, featuring the H616 SoC and
a full 4GB of DRAM.
Also we found the secret to enable SPI booting on the H616 (pin PC5 must
be pulled to GND), so the SPI boot support patch is now good to go.
Passed the gitlab CI, plus briefly tested on Pine64-LTS, LicheePi Nano,
X96 Mate and OrangePi Zero.
Check firmware_fdt_addr header to see if it
is a valid fdt blob.
Signed-off-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
The IPI scheme in OpenSBI has been updated to support 8-core AE350
platform, the plicsw configuration needs to be modified accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Yu Chien Peter Lin <peterlin@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Since OpenSBI commit bf3ef53bb7f5 ("firmware: Enable FW_PIC by default"),
OpenSBI runs directly at the load address without any code movement.
This causes the SPL version of QEMU 'virt' U-Boot does not boot Linux
kernel anymore. In that case, OpenSBI is loaded and runs at 0x81000000,
and it creates a 512KiB PMP window from that address. When booting
the Linux kernel, moving kernel to its linking address 0x80200000
overlaps the PMP window, and a PMP access failure is raised.
Update SPL_OPENSBI_LOAD_ADDR to load OpenSBI to a safe address.
Reported-by: Yangjie Zhang <pyjmstr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Yangjie Zhang <pyjmstr@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
The k210 driver is selected by sandbox_defconfig.
Building the sandbox on 32bit systems fails with:
test/dm/k210_pll.c: In function ‘dm_test_k210_pll_calc_config’:
include/linux/bitops.h:11:38: warning:
left shift count >= width of type [-Wshift-count-overflow]
11 | #define BIT(nr) (1UL << (nr))
| ^~
test/dm/k210_pll.c:36:54: note: in expansion of macro ‘BIT’
36 | error = abs((error - BIT(32))) >> 16;
| ^~~
Use the BIT_ULL() macro to create a u64 value.
Replace abs() by abs64() to get correct results on 32bit system
Apply the same for the unit test.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
The riscv32 toolchain for GCC-12 provided by kernel.org contains libgcc.a
compiled for double-float. To link to it we have to adjust how we build
U-Boot.
As U-Boot actually does not use floating point at all this should not
make a significant difference for the produced binaries.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
In the sbi command use the same short texts for the legacy extensions
as the SBI specification 1.0.0.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
If calling 'Get SBI specification version' fails, write an error message
and return CMD_RET_FAILURE.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
The SBI command can print out the version number of the SBI implementation.
Choose the correct output format for RustSBI.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
All functions getting and setting clock rate use ulong for rate, only
clk_get_parent_rate is an exception. Change the return value to match
other clock rate funcrions.
Most users directly assign the rate to unsigned long anyway, and the few
users that use u64 (not s64) multiply the rate so they may need the
extra bits for the result in their use case.
Fixes: 4aa78300a0 ("dm: clk: Define clk_get_parent_rate() for clk operations")
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220928103757.11870-1-msuchanek@suse.de
Some boards with the Allwinner F1C100s family SoCs use UART1 for its
debug UART, so define the pins for the SPL and the pinmux name and mux
value for U-Boot proper.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
So far we stated the lack of a lowlevel() init function for the
Allwinner F1C100s board by defining the respective SKIP_* symbol in the
board's defconfig. However we don't expect any *board* to employ such
low level code, so expect this to be never used for the ARMv5 Allwinner
SoCs.
Select the appropriate symbols in the Kconfig, so that we can remove
them from the defconfig, and avoid putting them in future defconfigs for
other boards.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
The default load addresses for the various payloads (kernel, DT,
ramdisk) on systems with just 32MB of DRAM have some issues:
For a start the preceding comment doesn't match the actual values:
apparently they were copied from the 64MB S3 layout, then halved, but
since 0x5 is NOT the half of 0x10, they don't match up.
Also those projected maximum sizes are quite restrictive: it's not easy
to build a compressed kernel image with just 4MB. The only defconfig in
mainline Linux that supports the F1C100s (the only 32MB user so far)
creates a 6MB compressed / 15MB uncompressed kernel.
Rearrange the default load addresses to accommodate such a kernel: we
allow an 7MB/16MB kernel, and up to 5MB of ramdisk, stuffing the smaller
binaries like the DTB towards the end, just before the relocated U-Boot.
Shrink the size for DTB and scripts on the way, there is no need for
allowing up to 512K for them.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Traditionally we assumed that every Allwinner board would come with at
least 256 MB of DRAM, and set our DRAM layout accordingly. This affected
both the default load addresses, but also U-Boot's own address
expectations (like being loaded at 160 MB).
Some SoCs come with co-packaged DRAM, but only provide 32 or 64MB. So
far we special-cased those *chips*, as there was only one chip per DRAM
size. However new chips force us to take a more general approach.
Introduce a Kconfig symbol, which provides the minimum DRAM size of the
board. If nothing else is specified, we use 256 MB, and default to
smaller values for those co-packaged SoCs.
Then select the different DRAM maps according to this new symbol, so
that different SoCs with the same DRAM size can share those definitions.
Inspired by an idea from Icenowy.
This is just refactoring: compiled for all boards before and after this
patch: the binaries were identical.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
As the compile error when D-Cache is enabled is gone, we can have
D-Cache enabled now.
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <uwu@icenowy.me>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The enable_caches function in architecture-specific board code is only
necessary for V7A CPUs, code for both V8A and ARM926 have already
declared this function.
Only provide our implementation of enable_caches() for V7A CPUs.
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <uwu@icenowy.me>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The X96 Mate TV box is a TV box with the Allwinner H616 SoC. It is
available with up to 4GB of DRAM and 64GB eMMC.
The DRAM chips require a different configuration when compared to the
OrangePi Zero2, we must not use read/write training and write leveling.
Add a defconfig for the box, so that we can easily build U-Boot for it.
We synced the .dts file already from the kernel tree.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
At present the display does not work since it needs the reset driver to
operate. Fix this by enabling it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: cd529f7ad6 ("rockchip: video: edp: Add missing reset support")
Fixes: 9749d2ea29 ("rockchip: video: vop: Add reset support")
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Now that a single binary containing TPL/SPL correctly formatted for SPI
flashes and U-Boot proper, can be generated by binman, let's do it.
Also update the documentation to tell the user to use this newly
generated file instead of manually generating and flashing the binaries.
Cc: Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The offset of the SPL payload on Puma is different than for other
Rockchip devices in that it is stored at offset 256K instead of much
further away in the MMC.
Flashing one binary instead of two at different offsets is much more
user friendly so let's migrate to it by modifying the offset in the Puma
specific Device Tree.
Cc: Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Depending on the toolchain used to compile the SPL for Puma RK3399-Q7
module, the board does not boot because the resulting binary is too big
to fit in SRAM.
Let's add a TPL so that there's no need to fiddle with or hack the
defconfig to have a working bootloader.
This follows what's been done for the majority of other RK3399-based
boards.
See the original commit for the first migrations:
bdc0008011 "rockchip: rk3399: update defconfig for TPL"
Unfortunately, the offset in SPI-NOR for U-Boot proper needs to be
modified, since the move from SPL to TPL+SPL for idbloader.img (and the
"only the first 2KB per 4KB blocks are written" "hack" for rkspi format)
increased the size above 256KB. Let's move it to 512KB to, hopefully, be
safe.
Cc: Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The SPL payload offset when booting from SPI defaults to
CONFIG_SYS_SPI_U_BOOT_OFFS but can be overridden by
u-boot,spl-payload-offset. The Device Tree for Puma Haikou has this
property so there's no need to have this one option in the defconfig,
especially since they are not in sync and therefore confusing.
Cc: Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Chances are when one boots U-Boot proper from a given storage medium,
they want the same medium to be used to load and store the environment.
This basically allows to have completely separate U-Boot (TPL/SPL/U-Boot
proper/environment) per storage medium which is convenient when working
with recovery from SD-Card as one would just need to insert a properly
configured SD-Card into the device to have access to their whole debug
setup.
No fallback mechanism is provided as to not dirty other storage medium
environment by mistake. However, since arch_env_get_location() is called
by env_init() which is part of the pre-relocation process, a valid,
non-ENVL_UNKNOWN, value shall be returned otherwise the relocation fails
with the following message:
initcall sequence 00000000002866c0 failed at call 0000000000256b34 (err=-19)
This valid, non-ENVL_UNKNOWN, value is ENVL_NOWHERE which requires to
always select CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE otherwise this work-around does not
work.
Cc: Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
There's a SPI-NOR flash available from which SPL and U-Boot proper can
be booted, it makes sense to also allow this medium to store U-Boot
environment so let's enable it.
The Device Tree advertises a max frequency of 50MHz so let's set the
config option appropriately.
Cc: Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Trying to load U-Boot proper from SPL when SPL was not loaded from
SD-Card is currently not working because the SDMMC pins aren't muxed
correctly. It is assumed the BootROM is doing this for us when booting
from SD-Card hence why it's not needed when booting TPL/SPL from
SD-Card.
The pinctrl properties are removed from the SPL DT property removal list
and the pinctrl configuration nodes made available in the SPL DT, in
addition to the pull-up configurations to allow loading U-Boot proper
from SD-Card as a fallback mechanism for SPI-NOR and eMMC.
Cc: Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
On Haikou devkit, it is possible to disable eMMC and SPI-NOR to force
booting from SD card or USB via rkdeveloptool by toggling a switch. This
switch needs to be overridden in software to be able to access eMMC and
SPI-NOR once the device has booted from SD Card. Puma SoM can override
this pin via gpio3_d5.
Until now, fixed regulator device was abused to model this, but since
there's now support for GPIO hogs, let's use it.
Since we want to be able to boot the SPL from SD Card but give it the
ability to load U-Boot proper from a fallback medium such as eMMC and
SPI-NOR, SPL support for GPIO hogs needs to be enabled too. Support for
other kinds of regulators are not needed anymore, so let's disable them.
Cc: Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
distroboot should try first on the same MMC medium as the one the SPL
loaded U-Boot proper from. This was the case when the introducing commit
was merged because the default order was eMMC first and then SD card.
The check was therefore made only on whether we booted from SD card,
because otherwise the order was the expected one.
However, in commit b212ad24a6 ("rockchip: Fix MMC boot order"), the
order was swapped. Meaning our simple check is now useless.
Let's fix that by accounting for all scenarii: default boot_targets has
mmc0 first but booting from SD Card, mmc1 first but booting from eMMC.
Fixes: b212ad24a6 ("rockchip: Fix MMC boot order")
Cc: Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
CONFIG_SERIAL_TAG is not selectable for ARM64 machines. While
get_board_serial is weakly defined if ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG is
defined, it is only called when CONFIG_SUPPORT_PASSING_ATAGS is defined,
which also is not selectable for ARM64 machines. Therefore this is dead
code so let's remove it.
Cc: Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The check to perform is on CONFIG_SPL_GPIO and not SPL_GPIO.
Because this was never compiled in, it missed an include of cru.h that
was not detected before. Let's include it too.
Also switch to IS_ENABLED in-code check as it is the preferred
inclusion/exclusion mechanism.
Fixes: 07586ee432 ("rockchip: rk3399: Support common spl_board_init")
Cc: Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The original code set up the DDR clock to 48 MHz, not 50MHz as
requested, and did it in a way that didn't satisfy the Application
Notes in RK3399 TRM [1]. 2.9.2.B says:
PLL frequency range requirement
[...]
FOUTVCO: 800MHz to 3.2GHz
2.9.2.A :
PLL output frequency configuration
[...]
FOUTVCO = FREF / REFDIV * FBDIV
FOUTPOSTDIV = FOUTVCO / POSTDIV1 / POSTDIV2
FREF = 24 MHz
The original code gives FOUTVCO: 24MHz/1 * 12 = 288MHz < 800MHz
And the resulting FOUTPOSTDIV is 288MHz / 3 / 2 = 48MHz
but the requested frequency was 50MHz
Note:
2.7.2 Detail Register Description
PMUCRU_PPLL_CON0 says
fbdiv
Feedback Divide Value
Valid divider settings are:
[16, 3200] in integer mode
So .fbdiv = 12 wouldn't be right. But 2.9.2.C says:
PLL setting consideration
[...]
The following settings are valid for FBDIV:
DSMPD=1 (Integer Mode):
12,13,14,16-4095 (practical value is limited to 3200, 2400, or 1600
(FVCOMAX / FREFMIN))
[...]
So .fbdiv = 12 would be right.
In any case FOUTVCO is still wrong. I thank YouMin Chen for
confirmation and explanation.
Despite documentation, I don't seem to be able to reproduce a
practical problem with the wrong FOUTVCO. When I initially found it I
thought some problems with detecting the RAM capacity in my Rock Pi 4B
could be related to it and my patch seemed to help. But since I'm no
longer able to reproduce the issue, it works with or without this
patch. And meanwhile a patch[2] by Lee Jones and YouMin Chen addresses
this issue. Btw, shouldn't that be commited?
So this patches solves no visible problem. Yet, to prevent future
problems, I think it'd be best to stick to spec.
An alternative to this patch could be
{.refdiv = 1, .fbdiv = 75, .postdiv1 = 6, .postdiv2 = 6};
This would theoretically consume more power and yield less jitter,
according to 2.9.2.C :
PLL setting consideration
[...]
For lowest power operation, the minimum VCO and FREF frequencies
should be used. For minimum jitter operation, the highest VCO and
FREF frequencies should be used.
[...]
But I haven't tried it because I don't think it matters much. 50MHz
for DDR is only shortly used by TPL at RAM init. Normal operation is
at 800MHz. Maybe it's better to use less power until later when more
complex software can control batteries or charging or whatever ?
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@vrull.eu>
Cc: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Cc: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Cc: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Link: [1] https://opensource.rock-chips.com/images/e/ee/Rockchip_RK3399TRM_V1.4_Part1-20170408.pdf
Link: [2] https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/uboot/list/?series=305766
Signed-off-by: Xavier Drudis Ferran <xdrudis@tinet.cat>
Tested-by: Michal Suchánek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Partial sync of rk3288.dtsi from Linux version 5.18
Changed:
only properties and functions that are not yet included
swap some clocks positions
fix some irq numbers
style and sort nodes
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
In order to better compare the Linux rk3288.dtsi version
with the u-boot version update the cpu and gpu nodes.
Changed:
use operating-points-v2
update thermal for all cpus
add labels to all cpus
change gpu compatible
change gpu interrupt names
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
In order to better compare the Linux rk3288.dtsi version
with the u-boot version move thermal sub nodes to the dtsi
file and remove rk3288-thermal.dtsi
Changed:
replace underscore in nodename
remove comments about sensor and ID
use gpu phandle
add #cooling-cells to gpu node
lower critical temparature
remove linux,hwmon property
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The phycore_rk3288 board has a SPL size problem,
so remove phycore_init() function to stay within the limits.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
All of the required values for using the omap_wdt.c driver are found in
<asm/ti-common/omap_wdt.h> and this is what is indirectly pulled in via
<asm/arch/hardware.h> when it exists.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
For some unknown reason GNU assembler version 2.31.1 (arm-linux-gnueabi-as
from Debian Buster) cannot compile following code from located in file
board/nokia/rx51/lowlevel_init.S:
kernoffs:
.word KERNEL_OFFSET - (. - CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE)
when CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE is set to 0x80008000. It throws strange compile
error which is even without line number:
AS board/nokia/rx51/lowlevel_init.o
{standard input}: Assembler messages:
{standard input}: Error: attempt to get value of unresolved symbol `L0'
make[2]: *** [scripts/Makefile.build:293: board/nokia/rx51/lowlevel_init.o] Error 1
I have no idea about this error and my experiments showed that ARM GNU
assembler is happy with negation of that number. So changing code to:
kernoffs:
.word . - CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE - KERNEL_OFFSET
and then replacing mathematical addition by substraction of "kernoffs"
value (so calculation of address does not change) compiles assembler file
without any error now.
There should be not any functional change.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These hardware register definitions are common for all K3, remove
duplicate data them by moving them to hardware.h.
While here do some minor whitespace cleanup + grouping.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
This matches how this would be done in Linux and these functions
do the alignment for us which makes the code look cleaner.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
DMA operations should function on DMA addresses, not virtual addresses.
Although these are usually the same in U-Boot, it is more correct
to be explicit with our types here.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
We should clean the caches before any DMA operation and clean+invalidate
after. This matches what the DMA framework does for us already but adds
it to the two functions here in this driver that don't yet go through the
new DMA framework.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
The DMA'd memory area needs cleaned and invalidated after the DMA
write so that any stale cache lines do not mask new data.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
This matches what we did for pre-K3 devices. This allows us to build
boot commands that can check for our device type at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
Add support for j784s4-wiz-10g device which has two core reference
clocks (e.g core_ref_clk, core_ref1_clk) which requires an additional
mux selection option.
Signed-off-by: Matt Ranostay <mranostay@ti.com>
Move to latest DDR4 1600MT/s for k3-am64-evm based on EMIF tool
v0.08.40.
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Anand Gadiyar <gadiyar@ti.com>
Move k3-am64-sk to use 1600MT/s LPDDR4 configuration and update to latest EMIF
tool v0.08.40.
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Anand Gadiyar <gadiyar@ti.com>
The OrangePi Zero 2 board comes with 2MB of SPI flash, from which the
BROM is able to boot from. Please note that the fuse setup requires
PC5 (BOOT_SEL3) to be pulled to GND for that to actually work.
Enable the SPL code responsible for finding and loading U-Boot proper and
friends, so that u-boot-sunxi-with-spl.bin can be written into the flash.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Tested-by: Ivan Shishkin <s45rus@gmail.com>
The H616 SoC uses the same SPI IP as the H6, also shares the same clocks
and reset bits.
The only real difference is a slight change in the pin assignment: the
H6 uses PC5, the H616 PC4 instead. This makes for a small change in
our spi0_pinmux_setup() routine.
Apart from that, just extend the H6 #ifdef guards to also cover the H616,
using the shared CONFIG_SUN50I_GEN_H6 symbol.
Also use this symbol for the Kconfig dependency.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Tested-by: Ivan Shishkin <s45rus@gmail.com>
When some configuration symbols were converted from header files to
Kconfig, their values were placed into *every* defconfig file.
Since we now have sensible per-SoC defaults defined in Kconfig, those
values are now redundant, and can just be removed.
This affects CONFIG_SPL_STACK, CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE, CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE,
and CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Some configuration symbols formerly defined in header files were
recently converted to Kconfig symbols. This moved their value definition
into *every* defconfig file, even though those values are hardly board
choices.
Use the new Kconfig option to define per-SoC default values, in just one
place, which makes the definition in each defconfig file redundant.
We refrain from setting a sunxi specific value for CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN,
so this defaults to a much better 64MB for uncompressed arm64 kernels.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Update the devicetree files from the Linux kernel, version v6.0-rc4.
This is covering the 32-bit SoCs, from arch/arm/boot/dts/.
This avoids the not backwards-compatible r_intc binding change, to allow
older kernels to boot, but the other nodes are updated.
Not much change here, the vast majority is actually cosmetic: node names
and using symbolic names for the the RTC clocks.
The R40 boards gain DVFS support.
Some A23/A33 tablet DTs are unified into a single file.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Update the devicetree files from the Linux kernel, version v6.0-rc4.
This is covering the 64-bit SoCs, from arch/arm64/boot/dts/allwinner.
This avoids the not backwards-compatible r_intc binding change, to allow
older kernels to boot, but the other nodes are updated.
Not much change here, the vast majority is actually cosmetic: node names
and using symbolic names for the the RTC clocks.
Some A64 boards gain some audio nodes.
The H616 DTs are now switched to the version finally merged into the
kernel, which brings some changes, but none affecting U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Fix the compilation issue when CONFIG_DEBUG_UART is activated
drivers/serial/serial_stm32.o: in function `debug_uart_init':
drivers/serial/serial_stm32.c:291: undefined reference to \
`board_debug_uart_init'
The board_debug_uart_init is needed for SPL boot, called in
cpu.c::mach_cpu_init(); it is defined in board/st/stm32mp1/spl.c.
But with the removal #ifdefs patch, the function debug_uart_init() is
always compiled even if not present in the final U-Boot image.
This patch adds a file to provided this function when DEBUG_UART and SPL
are activated.
Fixes: c8b2eef52b ("stm32mp15: tidy up #ifdefs in cpu.c")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
The PWR regulators don't need be removed as they are already deactivated.
This patches is a alignment with the accepted patch in Linux device tree
in commit a34b42f8690c ("ARM: dts: stm32: fix pwr regulators references
to use scmi").
Fixes: 69ef98b209 ("ARM: dts: stm32mp15: alignment with v5.19")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Fix the frequencies listed in PLL configuration comments to match
the actual frequencies programmed into hardware. Furthermore, add
a comment which explains how those frequencies are calculated, so
it won't be necessary to look it up all over the datasheet and
make more mistakes in the calculation in the future.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Add DT for DHCOR Testbench board, which is a testbench for testing of
DHCOR SoM during manufacturing. This is effectively a trimmed down
version of AV96 board with CSI-2 bridge, HDMI bridge, WiFi, Audio and
LEDs removed and used as GPIOs instead. Furthermore, the PMIC Buck3
is always configured from PMIC NVM to cater for both 1V8 and 3V3 SoM
variant.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
The btrfs filesystem provides advanced functionality like copy-on-write
and snapshots, as well as metadata and data duplication and checksumming.
Enable btrfs in U-Boot to permit even the primary partition to be btrfs
and let system boot from it.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
In case the regulator-always-on is present in regulator DT node,
the regulator is always reconfigured to the voltage set in DT on
probe, even if regulator_set_value() has been called before. Drop
the property from AV96 U-Boot DT and enable the regulator manually
in code, as the board already reconfigures the Buck3 regulator in
code per PMIC NVM content instead.
Fixes: 0adf10a87b ("ARM: dts: stm32: Configure Buck3 voltage per PMIC NVM on Avenger96")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
When a FIT includes some OS requests, U-Boot should process these and add
the requested info to corresponding subnodes of the /chosen node. Add a
pytest for this, which sets up the FIT, runs bootm and then uses a C
unit test to check that everything looks OK.
The test needs to run on sandbox_flattree since we don't support
device tree fixups on sandbox (live tree) yet. So enable BOOTMETH_VBE and
disable bootflow_system(), since EFI is not supported on
sandbox_flattree.
Add a link to the initial documentation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update this function's comment and also the livetree documentation, so it
is clear when to use the function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As a starting point, add support for providing random data, if requested
by the OS. Also add ASLR, as a placeholder for now.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
(fixed up to use uclass_first_device_err() instead)
To avoid duplicating code, create a new fit_util module which provides
various utility functions for FIT. Move this code out from the existing
test_fit.py and refactor it with addition parameters.
Fix up pylint warnings in the conversion.
This involves no functional change.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Make sure the log_msg_ret() values are unique so that the log trace is
unambiguous with LOG_ERROR_RETURN. Also avoid reusing the 'node' variable
for two different nodes in bootmeth_vbe_simple_ft_fixup(), since this is
confusing.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now that we support multiple device trees with the ofnode interface, we
can pass the correct FDT to this event. This allows the 'working' FDT to
be fixed up, as expected, so long as OFNODE_MULTI_TREE is enabled.
Also make sure we don't try to do this with livetree, which does not
support fixups yet.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This information needs to be set up by the bootstd tests as well. Move it
into a common function and ensure it is executed before any bootstd test
is run.
Make sure the 'images' parameter is set correctly for fixups.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The working FDT is the one which comes from the OS and is fixed up by
U-Boot. When the bootm command runs, it sets up the working FDT to be the
one it is about to pass to the OS, so that fixups can happen.
This seems like an important step, so add a message indicating that the
working FDT has changed. This is shown during the running of the bootm
command.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When looking for a filesystem on a partition we should do so quietly. At
present if the filesystem is very small (e.g. 512 bytes) we get a host of
messages.
Update these to only show when debugging.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This code uses casts between addresses and pointers, so does not work with
sandbox. Update it so we can allow sandbox to do device tree fixups.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Functions which implement commands must return a CMD_RET_... error code.
At present bootm can return a negative errno value in some cases, thus
causing strange behaviour such as trying to exit the shell and printing
usage information.
Fix this by returning the correct value.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present when bootm fails, it says:
subcommand not supported
and then prints help for the bootm command. This is not very useful, since
generally the error is related to something else, such as fixups failing.
It is quite confusing to see this in a test run.
Change the error and show the error code.
We could update the OS functions to return -ENOSYS when they do not
support the bootm subcommand. But this involves some thought since this is
arch-specific code and proper errno error codes are not always returned.
Also, with the code as is, all required subcommands are of course
supported - a problem would only come if someone added a new one or
removed support for one from an existing OS. Therefore it seems better to
leave that sort of effort for when our bootm tests are improved.
Note: v1 of this patch generated a discussion[1] about printing error
strings automatically using printf(). That is outside the scope of this
patch but will be dealt with separately.
[1] https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/uboot/patch/20220909151801.336551-3-sjg@chromium.org/
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The _err variant iterators use the simple iterators without suffix as
basis.
However, there is no user that uclass_next_device_err for iteration,
many users of uclass_first_device_err use it to get the first and
(assumed) only device of an uclass, and a couple that use
uclass_next_device_err to get the device following a known device in the
uclass list.
While there are some truly singleton device classes in which more than
one device cannot exist these are quite rare, and most classes can have
multiple devices even if it is not the case on the SoC's EVB.
In a later patch the simple iterators will be updated to not stop on
error and return next device instead. With this in many cases the code
that expects the first device or an error if it fails to probe may get
the next device instead. Use the _check iterators as the basis of _err
iterators to preserve the old behavior.
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The return value is not used for anythig, and in a later patch the
behavior of the _err iterator will change in an incompatible way.
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update pvblock_probe() to avoid using internal var:
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In a later patch sysinfo_get will be changed to return the device in cae
of an error. Set sysinfo to NULL on error to preserve previous behavior.
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
eth_get_dev relies on the broken behavior that returns an error but not
the device on which the error happened which gives the caller no
reasonable way to report or handle the error.
In a later patch uclass_first_device_err will be changed to return the
device on error but eth_get_dev stores the returned device pointer
directly in a global state without checking the return value. Unset the
pointer again in the error case.
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
blk_first_device_err/blk_next_device_err uses
uclass_first_device_err/uclass_next_device_err for device iteration.
Although the function names superficially match the return value from
uclass_first_device_err/uclass_next_device_err is never used
meaningfully, and uclass_first_device/uclass_next_device works equally
well for this purpose.
In the following patch the semantic of
uclass_first_device_err/uclass_next_device_err will be changed to be
based on uclass_first_device_check/uclass_next_device_check breaking
this sole user that uses uclass_next_device_err for iteration.
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There are a couple users of uclass_next_device return value that get the
first device by other means and use uclass_next_device assuming the
following device in the uclass is related to the first one.
Use uclass_next_device_err because the return value from
uclass_next_device will be removed in a later patch.
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is a number of users that use uclass_first_device to access the
first and (assumed) only device in uclass.
Some check the return value of uclass_first_device and also that a
device was returned which is exactly what uclass_first_device_err does.
Some are not checking that a device was returned and can potentially
crash if no device exists in the uclass. Finally there is one that
returns NULL on error either way.
Convert all of these to use uclass_first_device_err instead, the return
value will be removed from uclass_first_device in a later patch.
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There are a few commands that iterate uclass with
uclass_first_device/uclass_next_device or the _err variant.
Use the _check class iterator variant to get devices that fail to probe
as well, and print the status.
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use uclass_first_device_check/uclass_next_device_check to correctly
count buses that fail to probe.
Fixes: d3e19cf919 ("w1: Add 1-Wire uclass")
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The code checks that uclass_first_device returned a device but the
returned value that is assigned is never used. Use
uclass_first_device_err instead, and move the error return outside of
the if block.
Fixes: f4ec1ae08e ("mxc_ipuv3_fb.c: call display_enable")
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is a complaint in the code that iterates keyboards that we don't
have the _check variant of class iterator but we in fact do, use it.
In the code that iterates video devices there is an attempt to print
errors but the simple iterator does not return a device when there is an
error. Use the _check variant of the iterator as well.
Also format error messages consistently.
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The code checks the return value from uclass_first_device as well as
that the device exists but it passes on the return value which may be
zero if there are no gadget devices. Just check that a device was
returned and return -ENODEV otherwise.
Also remove the dev variable which is not really used for anything.
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
bootdev_list() uses uclass_*_device_err() to iterate devices.
However, the only value _err adds is returning an error when the device
pointer is null, and that's checked anyway.
Also there is some intent to report errors, and that's what
uclass_*_device_check() is for, use it.
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When there is no PCI bus uclass_first_device will return no bus and no
error which will result in pci_find_first_device calling
skip_to_next_device with no bus, and the bus is only checked at the end
of the while cycle, not the beginning.
Fixes: 76c3fbcd3d ("dm: pci: Add a way to iterate through all PCI devices")
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We already have a function for probing all devices of a specific class,
use it.
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
uclass_probe_all uses uclass_first_device/uclass_next_device assigning
the return value.
The interface for getting meaningful error is
uclass_first_device_check/uclass_next_device_check, use it.
Also do not stop iteration when an error is encountered. Probing all
devices includes those that happen to be after a failing device in the
uclass order.
Fixes: a59153dfeb ("dm: core: add function uclass_probe_all() to probe all devices")
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A recent change to regmap breaks building of phycore-rk3288 for me. The
difference is only a few bytes. Somehow CI seems to pass, even though it
fails when I run docker locally. But it prevents me from sending any more
pull requests.
In any case this board is clearly near the limit. We could revert the
offending change, but it is needed for sandbox tests.
Instead, add a way to drop the range checks in SPL, since they end up
doing nothing if everything is working as expected.
This makes phycore-rk3288 build again for me and reduces the size of SPL
slightly for a number of boards.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: 947d4f132b ("regmap: fix range checks")
None of the values in this struct are larger than 256, so we can reduce
the members to u8s. This saves around 1K.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Several parts of the ICID table are only necessary for U-Boot proper.
Disable them in SPL. This saves around 500 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
FSL_IFC should only be selected when booting from NAND flash (or when
NAND_FSL_IFC is enabled). The existing logic does this correctly when
QSPI is also enabled, but not when just booting from SD.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Binman needs this module to build sandbox_vpl and it is needed elsewhere
in CI.
Add it to the docker file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xpyron.glpk@gmx.de>
CONFIG_SYSRESET provides its own implementation of reset_cpu. Disable
our version when it is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The LS1043ARDB rev v7.0 board replace nand device MT29F4G08ABBDAH4-AITX:D
with MT29F4G08ABBFAH4-AIT:F. Reflecting this change in board_fix_fdt().
CPLD V3.0 is needed for nandboot as the nand device changed.
A new macro CPLD_CFG_RCW_SRC_NAND_4K(4Kpage) is added to distinguish from
CPLD_CFG_RCW_SRC_NAND(2Kpage) to support nandboot on rev v7.0 board.
Signed-off-by: Wei Lu <w.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This enables eDMA snooping on the LS1043A and LS1046A. This will allow
marking the I2C, LPUART, and SPI devices on these SoCs as DMA coherent.
Oddly, this bit is only documented for the LS1043A, and is marked as
"reserved" in the LS1046ARM. I have tested this patch on the LS1046A
and found that marking i2c0 as dma-coherent works without issue.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Pull request for efi-2023-01-rc1-3
UEFI:
* replace EFI_CALL() by internal functions
* delete loadfile2 handle by uninstalling all protocols
Other:
* Provide spi_set_speed() needed for implementation of
EFI SPI I/O protocol
Loadfile2 code is installing two protocols on it's own handle
and uses efi_delete_handle() to clean it up on failure(s). However
commit 05c4c9e21a ("efi_loader: define internal implementations of
install/uninstallmultiple") prepares the ground for us to clean up
efi_delete_handle() used in favor of Install/UninstallMultipleProtocol.
While at it clean up the non needed void casts to (void *) on the
protolcol installation.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
* don't use EFI_CALL() for variable services
* don't use runtime pointer to access exported function
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
This function is already defined in spi.h but no implementation of it
currently exists in the tree. The implementation is based on the static
function spi_set_speed_mode(). The function prototype is modified so
that an success or error condition can be returned to the caller.
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker@sancloud.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Space key is indicated by two different bits. Some HW models indicate press
of space key only by the first bit. Qemu indicates it by both bits at the
same time, which is currently interpreted by u-boot as double key press.
Fix this issue by setting first bit when only second is set (to support HW
models which indicate press only by second bit) and always clearing second
bit before processing to not report double space key press.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Fix typo that was caused by the same feature being split in to 2 different
configuration options. Replace CONFIG_USBNET_DEVADDR with
CONFIG_USBNET_DEV_ADDR
Signed-off-by: Ignacio Zamora <nachopitt@gmail.com>
MSM SMEM driver is currently missing <linux/sizes.h> header and throws
the following compile error:
drivers/smem/msm_smem.c: In function ‘qcom_smem_get_ptable’:
drivers/smem/msm_smem.c:635:71: error: ‘SZ_4K’ undeclared (first use in this function)
635 | ptable = smem->regions[0].virt_base + smem->regions[0].size - SZ_4K;
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Cc: luka.perkov@sartura.hr
The test relies on memory being available at 0x0. This in not valid for
many boards.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When the CCF is activated, the dev->parent is not necessary
the reference to SCMI transport and the function devm_scmi_of_get_channel
failed for the registered SCMI clock, child for protocol@14,
the channel is null and the SCMI clock driver crash for any operations.
This patch changes the first parameter of the ops of_get_channel(),
aligned with other process_msg() to pass directly the good reference,
i.e. parent result of find_scmi_transport_device(dev)
which return the reference of the scmi transport device.
Fixes: 8e96801aa6 ("firmware: scmi: add multi-channel support")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
To allow easily iterate over all UBI volumes, add a new command which
either print all user UBI volumes on output or set them into env variable.
As UBI volumes can have arbitrary name/label, in most cases it is useful to
iterate them by their numbers. This can be achieved by -numeric flag.
This functionality is similar to already existing 'part list' command which
prints partitions on formatted block device.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Provide a simple sandbox driver for the thermal uclass.
It simply registers and returns 100 degrees C if requested.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Currently, there is no way for users to check the readings from thermal
sensors from U-boot console, only some boards print it during boot.
So, lets add a simple "temperature" command that allows listing thermal
uclass devices and getting their value.
Note that the thermal devices are intenionally probed if list is used as
almost always they will not get probed otherwise and there is no way for
users to manually call probe on a certain device from console.
Assumption is made that temperature is returned in degrees C and not
milidegrees like in Linux as this is what most drivers seem to return.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add xxd command to print file content as hexdump to standard out
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Roger Knecht <rknecht@pm.me>
This buffer has the concatenated prefix and name written into it, so it
must be large enough to cover both strings plus the terminating NUL.
Fixes: 92c4a95ec7 ("pinctrl: Add new function pinctrl_generic_set_state_prefix()")
Signed-off-by: John Keeping <john@metanate.com>
Reviewed-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Setting an alternative signature info node in "pre_load_sig_info_path"
allows verification of an image using the bootm pre-load mechanism with
a different key, e.g.: setenv pre_load_sig_info_path "/alt/sig" ; bootm
preload [addr]
Signed-off-by: Steven Lawrance <steven.lawrance@softathome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Putting these definitions in a header will allow signatures to be
validated independently of bootm.
Signed-off-by: Steven Lawrance <steven.lawrance@softathome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fix a copy-paste error I did when inserting the comment.
Signed-off-by: Philip Oberfichtner <pro@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
The option SHA256_ALGO does not exist. Remove selecting it.
Fixes: 26dd993657 ("lib: add crypt subsystem")
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io>
This adds keyword devicetree-overlay as an alias for fdtoverlays in
extlinux (sysboot) and pxe to better follow the Boot Loader Specification
[1], improves documentation around them by adding an example for both
fdtoverlays and devicetree-overlay and the environment variable required
for this feature. The link for the spec is updated to the current one.
[1] https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION/
Signed-off-by: Edoardo Tomelleri <e.tomell@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Xilinx changes for v2023.01-rc1 (round 3)
fpga:
- Create new uclass
- Get rid of FPGA_DEBUG and use logging infrastructure
zynq:
- Enable early EEPROM decoding
- Some DT updates
zynqmp:
- Use OCM_BANK_0 to check config loading permission
- Change config object loading in SPL
- Some DT updates
net:
- emaclite: Enable driver for RISC-V
xilinx:
- Fix static checker warnings
- Fix GCC12 warning
sdhci:
- Read PD id from DT
common/spl/spl_atf.c:187:51: warning: value size does not match register
size specified by the constraint and modifier [-Wasm-operand-widths]
__asm__ __volatile__("msr DAIF, %0\n\t" : : "r" (daif) : "memory");
^
common/spl/spl_atf.c:187:34: note: use constraint modifier "w"
__asm__ __volatile__("msr DAIF, %0\n\t" : : "r" (daif) : "memory");
^~
%w0
Use %x0 to match what Linux does in <asm/sysreg.h> write_sysreg().
Signed-off-by: Alistair Delva <adelva@google.com>
Cc: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Cc: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Nick Desaulniers <ndesaulniers@google.com>
It seems that for aarch64, unless we apply dynamic relocations to the
location being relocated, we fail to boot.
As Fangrui notes:
For dynamic relocations using the RELA format (readelf -Wr), GNU ld
sets the initial content to r_addend; ld.lld doesn't do that by
default (needs --apply-dynamic-relocs).
Otherwise .rodata appears to be full of NUL-bytes before relocation,
causing crashes when trying to invoke the function pointers in
init_sequence_f from initcall_run_list().
Link: https://reviews.llvm.org/D42797
Suggested-by: Fangrui Song <maskray@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Nick Desaulniers <ndesaulniers@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Alistair Delva <adelva@google.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Nick Desaulniers <ndesaulniers@google.com>
When building the standalone example with llvm, the link step fails:
examples/standalone/libstubs.o: In function `dummy':
include/_exports.h:10: undefined reference to `jt'
include/_exports.h:11: undefined reference to `jt'
include/_exports.h:12: undefined reference to `jt'
include/_exports.h:13: undefined reference to `jt'
include/_exports.h:14: undefined reference to `jt'
examples/standalone/libstubs.o:include/_exports.h:15:
more undefined references to `jt' follow
Indeed, the standalone libstubs.o does use the jt symbol, but it was
marked 'static' in stubs.c. It's strange how gcc builds are working.
Signed-off-by: Alistair Delva <adelva@google.com>
Cc: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Nick Desaulniers <ndesaulniers@google.com>
Pull request for efi-2023-01-rc1-2
Documentation:
* man-page for cls command
* update build requirements
UEFI
* Fix bugs in the Stop() function of the EFi Driver Binding protocol
for block devices
* Avoid EFI_CALL() when invoking CloseProtocol()
When host issues "fastboot reboot fastboot", it's expected that the
board drops the USB connection before resetting.
On some boards, such as Khadas VIM3L and SEI610, this is not the case.
We observe the following error:
$ fastboot reboot fastboot
Rebooting into fastboot OKAY [ 0.004s]
fastboot: error: Failed to boot into userspace fastboot; one or more components might be unbootable.
This does not happen when we use the RST button on the board.
It can be reproduced in linux with:
# echo b > /proc/sysrq-trigger
In this case, we hit a undefined hardware behavior, where D+ and D-
are in an unknown state. Therefore the host can't detect usb
disconnection.
Make sure we always call usb_gadget_release() when a "fastboot reboot"
command is issued.
Note: usb_gadget_release() should be called before g_dnl_unregister()
because g_dnl_unregister() triggers a complete() call on each
endpoint (thus calling do_reset()).
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Remove unused ehci_{setup,shutdown}_phy() helpers now replaced by
generic_{setup,shutdown}_phy().
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Replace ehci_setup_phy() and ehci_shutdown_phy () by respectively
generic_setup_phy() and generic_shutdown_phy().
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Replace ohci_setup_phy() and ohci_shutdown_phy () by respectively
generic_setup_phy() and generic_shutdown_phy().
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In drivers usb/host/{ehci,ohci}-generic.c, {ehci,ohci}_setup_phy() and
{ehci,ohci}_shutdown_phy() shares 95% of common code.
Factorize this code in new generic_{setup,shudown}_phy() functions.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Take the USB_ETHER ifdef block apart and make use of obj-$(VAR) instead
to include the source files in build. The duplicate CI_UDC entry is now
removed, the USB_DEVICE ifdef is now reduced to core.o ep.o addition,
the ether.o can be conditionally compiled in using USB_ETHER.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
The env_get() might be undefined in case ENV_SUPPORT is disabled,
which may happen e.g. in SPL. Add missing ifdef guard around the
env_get() to prevent build failure.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Tested-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Make it clearer why InstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces is invoked with two
NULLs:
* rename guid to esp_guid
* put protocol GUIDs and the related interfaces on same lines
* add comment
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The CloseProtocol() boot service requires a handle as first argument.
Passing the protocol interface is incorrect.
CloseProtocol() only has an effect if called with a non-zero value for
agent_handle. HandleProtocol() uses an opaque agent_handle when invoking
OpenProtocol() (currently NULL). Therefore HandleProtocol() should be
avoided.
* Replace the LocateHandle() call by efi_search_protocol().
* Remove the CloseProtocol() call.
Fixes: 8d99026f06 ("efi_loader: capsule: support firmware update")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The CloseProtocol() boot service requires a handle as first argument.
Passing the protocol interface is incorrect.
CloseProtocol() only has an effect if called with a non-zero value for
agent_handle. HandleProtocol() uses an opaque agent_handle when invoking
OpenProtocol() (currently NULL). Therefore HandleProtocol() should be
avoided.
* Replace the LocateHandle() call by efi_search_protocol().
* Remove the CloseProtocol() call.
* Remove a superfluous goto.
Fixes: ce3dbc5d08 ("efi_loader: add UEFI GPT measurement")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
We want tests to avoid the usage of sudo. Describe that virt-make-fs can
generate disk images without being root.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Packages python3-filelock python3-pytest-xdist as required to run
'make tests'. Add them to the required packages list in the documentation.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The cls command works fine on the serial console. There is no reason to
let it depend on the availability of video.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
- mtd: Update the function name to 'rfree'
- Support NAND ONFI EDO mode for imx8mn architecture
- dm: clk: add missing stub when CONFIG_CLK is deactivated
Warning appears if built with FPGA_DEBUG defined:
CC drivers/fpga/virtex2.o
/mnt/data/adahl/src/u-boot/drivers/fpga/virtex2.c: In function ‘virtex2_ssm_load’:
/mnt/data/adahl/src/u-boot/drivers/fpga/virtex2.c:333:11: warning: format ‘%d’ expects argument of type ‘int’, but argument 4 has type ‘size_t’ {aka ‘long unsigned int’} [-Wformat=]
PRINTF("%s:%d:done went active early, bytecount = %d\n",
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
__func__, __LINE__, bytecount);
~~~~~~~~~
/mnt/data/adahl/src/u-boot/drivers/fpga/virtex2.c:25:37: note: in definition of macro ‘PRINTF’
#define PRINTF(fmt, args...) printf(fmt, ##args)
^~~
/mnt/data/adahl/src/u-boot/drivers/fpga/virtex2.c: In function ‘virtex2_ss_load’:
/mnt/data/adahl/src/u-boot/drivers/fpga/virtex2.c:468:12: warning: format ‘%d’ expects argument of type ‘int’, but argument 4 has type ‘size_t’ {aka ‘long unsigned int’} [-Wformat=]
PRINTF("%s:%d:done went active early, bytecount = %d\n",
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
__func__, __LINE__, bytecount);
~~~~~~~~~
/mnt/data/adahl/src/u-boot/drivers/fpga/virtex2.c:25:37: note: in definition of macro ‘PRINTF’
#define PRINTF(fmt, args...) printf(fmt, ##args)
^~~
Signed-off-by: Alexander Dahl <ada@thorsis.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221007122003.11239-5-ada@thorsis.com
The additional comma messes up the arguments.
Warning appears if built with FPGA_DEBUG defined:
CC drivers/fpga/spartan3.o
/mnt/data/adahl/src/u-boot/drivers/fpga/spartan3.c: In function ‘spartan3_sp_load’:
/mnt/data/adahl/src/u-boot/drivers/fpga/spartan3.c:118:11: warning: too many arguments for format [-Wformat-extra-args]
PRINTF ("%s: Function Table:\n"
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/mnt/data/adahl/src/u-boot/drivers/fpga/spartan3.c:18:37: note: in definition of macro ‘PRINTF’
#define PRINTF(fmt,args...) printf (fmt ,##args)
^~~
Fixes: 875c78934e ("Add Xilinx Spartan3 family FPGA support Patch by Kurt Stremerch, 14 February 2005")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Dahl <ada@thorsis.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221007122003.11239-4-ada@thorsis.com
That extra comma messes up format arguments.
Warning appears if built with FPGA_DEBUG defined:
CC drivers/fpga/spartan2.o
/mnt/data/adahl/src/u-boot/drivers/fpga/spartan2.c: In function ‘spartan2_sp_load’:
/mnt/data/adahl/src/u-boot/drivers/fpga/spartan2.c:112:11: warning: too many arguments for format [-Wformat-extra-args]
PRINTF ("%s: Function Table:\n"
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/mnt/data/adahl/src/u-boot/drivers/fpga/spartan2.c:12:37: note: in definition of macro ‘PRINTF’
#define PRINTF(fmt,args...) printf (fmt ,##args)
^~~
CC drivers/fpga/spartan3.o
/mnt/data/adahl/src/u-boot/drivers/fpga/spartan3.c: In function ‘spartan3_sp_load’:
/mnt/data/adahl/src/u-boot/drivers/fpga/spartan3.c:117:11: warning: too many arguments for format [-Wformat-extra-args]
PRINTF ("%s: Function Table:\n"
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
/mnt/data/adahl/src/u-boot/drivers/fpga/spartan3.c:17:37: note: in definition of macro ‘PRINTF’
#define PRINTF(fmt,args...) printf (fmt ,##args)
^~~
Fixes: e221174377 ("Initial revision")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Dahl <ada@thorsis.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221007122003.11239-3-ada@thorsis.com
Before this patch you could see in the log:
U-Boot SPL 2022.10-rc5 (Sep 29 2022 - 15:29:27 +0200)
PMUFW: v1.1
Loading new PMUFW cfg obj (32 bytes)
PMUFW: No permission to change config object
Loading new PMUFW cfg obj (2032 bytes)
where it is visible that permission is check before sending PMUFW
configuration (big size).
When this patch is applied it is visible that order is correct.
U-Boot SPL 2022.10-rc5 (Sep 29 2022 - 15:47:08 +0200)
Loading new PMUFW cfg obj (2032 bytes)
PMUFW: v1.1
Loading new PMUFW cfg obj (32 bytes)
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/a0bf4f46d670023da4f848790eece6fff22090c2.1664962765.git.michal.simek@amd.com
In function ‘set_dfu_alt_info’ a comparison of a u8 value against
0 is done. Since it is always false, change the signature of this
function to use an `int` instead, which match the type used in caller:
`multi_boot()`.
Fix the following warning triggered with W=1:
board/xilinx/zynqmp/zynqmp.c:651:23:
warning: comparison is always false due to limited range of data type
[-Wtype-limits]
651 | if (multiboot < 0)
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Yadav Abbarapu <venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221004055254.26246-1-venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
cpu-info.c defines print_cpuinfo(), but neglected to
include its declaration, causing the following sparse and
compile time warnings:
board/xilinx/common/cpu-info.c:10:5:
warning: no previous prototype for 'print_cpuinfo'
[-Wmissing-prototypes]
Include init.h, which includes the missing declaration.
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Yadav Abbarapu <venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221004055053.26047-1-venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
This fixes the below build error if nand.c is included in
an SPL build.
/work/u-boot/drivers/mtd/nand/raw/nand.c: In function ‘nand_init_chip’:
/work/u-boot/drivers/mtd/nand/raw/nand.c:82:28: error: ‘nand_chip’ undeclared (first use in this function)
82 | struct nand_chip *nand = &nand_chip[i];
| ^~~~~~~~~
/work/u-boot/drivers/mtd/nand/raw/nand.c:82:28: note: each undeclared identifier is reported only once for each function it appears in
/work/u-boot/drivers/mtd/nand/raw/nand.c:84:20: error: ‘base_address’ undeclared (first use in this function); did you mean ‘base_addr’?
84 | ulong base_addr = base_address[i];
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~
| base_addr
Fixes: 068c41f1cc ("Finish conversion CONFIG_SYS_NAND_SELF_INIT to Kconfig")
Signed-off-by: Roger Quadros <rogerq@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Pull request for efi-2023-01-rc1
UEFI:
* Provide driver binding protocol to registered events for block devices
* Code simplification and refactoring
* Fix pylint errors in test_efi_secboot
Other:
* Improve checks for register ranges
- Update RISC-V to use 32bit or 64bit toolchains, depending on if we're
building for 32bit or 64bit CPUs. This requires updating the Docker
container as well to have the 32bit toolchain.
- Assorted platform updates for developerbox, armv8 platforms in
general, TI K3 and AM65 platforms, nuvoton NPCM845 SoC and then clock
driver, ftgpio010 support, and common/board_f cleanups.
The following description is copied from the equivalent patch for the
Linux Kernel proposed by Aurelien Jarno:
>From version 2.38, binutils default to ISA spec version 20191213. This
means that the csr read/write (csrr*/csrw*) instructions and fence.i
instruction has separated from the `I` extension, become two standalone
extensions: Zicsr and Zifencei. As the kernel uses those instruction,
this causes the following build failure:
arch/riscv/cpu/mtrap.S: Assembler messages:
arch/riscv/cpu/mtrap.S:65: Error: unrecognized opcode `csrr a0,scause'
arch/riscv/cpu/mtrap.S:66: Error: unrecognized opcode `csrr a1,sepc'
arch/riscv/cpu/mtrap.S:67: Error: unrecognized opcode `csrr a2,stval'
arch/riscv/cpu/mtrap.S:70: Error: unrecognized opcode `csrw sepc,a0'
Signed-off-by: Alexandre Ghiti <alexandre.ghiti@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
Tested-by: Christian Stewart <christian@paral.in>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
For building riscv32 targets we should use the riscv32 toolchain.
Add it to the Docker image.
Drop the riscv toolchain-alias as we do not need it in future.
While in here, update to the latest "jammy" tag.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
[trini: Update to latest jammy tag]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
For the TI SoCs affected by errata i2329, enable MDIO manual
mode by default
Signed-off-by: Ravi Gunasekaran <r-gunasekaran@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
In certain TI SoCs, on the CPSW and ICSS peripherals, there is
a possibility that the MDIO interface returns corrupt data on
MDIO reads or writes incorrect data on MDIO writes. There is also
a possibility for the MDIO interface to become unavailable until
the next peripheral reset.
The workaround is to configure the MDIO in manual mode and disable the
MDIO state machine and emulate the MDIO protocol by reading and writing
appropriate fields in MDIO_MANUAL_IF_REG register of the MDIO controller
to manipulate the MDIO clock and data pins.
More details about the errata i2329 and the workaround is available in:
https://www.ti.com/lit/er/sprz487a/sprz487a.pdf
Add implementation to disable MDIO state machine, configure MDIO in manual
mode and provide software MDIO read and writes via MDIO bitbanging. Allow
the MDIO to be initialized based on the need for manual mode.
Signed-off-by: Ravi Gunasekaran <r-gunasekaran@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Include linux/sizes.h because it defines SZ_64K which is used in many
places inside k3-udma.c
This fixes the error: ‘SZ_64K’ undeclared which appears during build
time
Signed-off-by: Dhruva Gole <d-gole@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When MMU is already enabled then dcache_enable() does not call mmu_setup()
and so setup_all_pgtables() is also never called.
In this situation when some driver calls mmu_set_region_dcache_behaviour()
function then U-Boot crashes with error message:
Emergency page table not setup.
Fix this issue by explicitly calling setup_all_pgtables() in dcache_enable()
function near condition for mmu_setup().
This change fixes chainloading U-Boot from U-Boot on Turris Mox board which
uses mvneta ethernet driver which calls mmu_set_region_dcache_behaviour().
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
In order to move ppc-specific code out of setup_dest_addr(), provide an
arch-specific variant arch_setup_dest_addr(), that can be used by
architecture code to fix up the initial reloc address.
It is called at the end of setup_dest_addr() initcall and the default
implementation is a nop stub.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovpanait@gmail.com>
asm/mach_type.h header and CONFIG_MACH_TYPE macro are arm-specific, so move
related bdinfo logic to arch_setup_bdinfo() in arch/arm/lib/bdinfo.c.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovpanait@gmail.com>
The XTRN_DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR declarations in ppc code are permanently
commented out, so there are no users for this macro:
#if 1
#define DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR register volatile gd_t *gd asm ("r2")
#else /* We could use plain global data, but the resulting code is bigger */
#define XTRN_DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR extern
#define DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR XTRN_DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR \
gd_t *gd
#endif
Remove all references to this macro, but add a documentation note regarding
the possibility of using plain global data for the GD pointer.
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovpanait@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
dram_init() can't modify global/static variables, so
move the mem_map setup later when bss is available.
Signed-off-by: Jassi Brar <jaswinder.singh@linaro.org>
In general handles should only be deleted if the last remaining protocol
is removed. Instead of explicitly calling
efi_create_handle -> efi_add_protocol -> efi_delete_handle which blindly
removes all protocols from a handle before removing it, use
InstallMultiple/UninstallMultiple which adheres to the EFI spec and only
deletes a handle if there are no additional protocols present
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
A following patch is cleaning up the core EFI code trying to remove
sequences of efi_create_handle, efi_add_protocol.
Although this works fine there's a problem with the latter since it is
usually combined with efi_delete_handle() which blindly removes all
protocols on a handle and deletes the handle. We should try to adhere to
the EFI spec which only deletes a handle if the last instance of a protocol
has been removed. Another problem is that efi_delete_handle() never checks
for opened protocols, but the EFI spec defines that the caller is
responsible for ensuring that there are no references to a protocol
interface that is going to be removed.
So let's fix this by replacing all callsites of
efi_create_handle(), efi_add_protocol() , efi_delete_handle() with
Install/UninstallMultipleProtocol.
In order to do that redefine functions that can be used by the U-Boot
proper internally and add '_ext' variants that will be used from the
EFI API
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Move the registration of events for the addition and removal of block
devices to the block device driver. Here we can add a reference to the
EFI Driver Binding protocol as context.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
A function event_notify() exists. We should not use the same name for and
EFI event. Rename events in unit tests.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
For handling added and removed block devices we need to register events
which has to be done when the driver is installed.
This patch only creates an empty init function that will be filled with
code later on. The function needs to be called before any EFI block devices
are used. Move the efi_driver_init() call to early init.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
DisconnectController() is based on the open protocol information created
when the driver opens a protocol with BY_CHILD_CONTROLLER or BY_DRIVER.
To create an open protocol information it is required to supply the handle
of the driver as agent handle. This information is available as field
DriverBindingHandle in the driver binding protocol.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
* Convert code comments in include/efi_driver.h to Sphinx style.
* Add include/efi_driver.h to the HTML documentation.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
* Carve out function efi_bl_create_block_device() from efi_bl_bind().
* Add a check for U-Boot devices to efi_bl_bind().
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Currently we have subcommands 'efidebug dh' which shows protocols per
handle and 'efidebug devices' which shows the device path. None shows which
U-Boot device matches the handle.
Change 'efidebug dh' to show the device path and the U-Boot device if any
is associated with the handle.
Remove 'efidebug devices'.
Old output of 'efidebug dh':
Handle Protocols
================ ====================
000000001b22e690 Device Path, Block IO
000000001b22e800 Device Path, Block IO, system, Simple File System
New output of 'efidebug dh':
000000001b22e690 (host0)
/VenHw(e61d73b9-a384-4acc-aeab-82e828f3628b)/VenHw(bbe4e671-5773-4ea1-9aab-3a7dbf40c482,00)
Block IO
000000001b22e800 (host0:1)
/VenHw(e61d73b9-a384-4acc-aeab-82e828f3628b)/VenHw(bbe4e671-5773-4ea1-9aab-3a7dbf40c482,00)/HD(1,GPT,7e5c17c5-3f5f-49d0-ae96-511b21d7f273,0x800,0x3f7df)
Block IO
system
Simple File System
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
If creating the block device fails,
* delete all created objects and references
* close the protocol interface on the controller
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
When deleting a device or a handle we must remove the link between the two
to avoid dangling references.
Provide function efi_unlink_dev() for this purpose.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
dp_alloc() may return NULL. This needs to be caught.
Fixes: 98d48bdf41 ("efi_loader: provide a function to create a partition node")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
On the 32bit ARM sandbox 'dm ut dm_test_devm_regmap' fails with an abort.
This is due to incorrect range checks.
On 32-bit systems the size of size_t and int is both 32 bit. The expression
(offset + val_len) is bound to overflow if offset == -1. Add an overflow
check.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
VHV gpio is connected to MCU and only on updated board design. Without it
eFUSE programming does not work. Omnia MCU driver exports this GPIO to
U-Boot under name mcu_56 and only when it is supported by MCU. So U-Boot
fuse command refuse eFUSE programming on older board design when VHV gpio
is not available.
We tested that Armada 385 without connected VHV gpio can do eFUSE
programming but only for some bits and only sometimes - it is unstable.
And better to be disabled on older board design without VHV gpio support.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
VHV_Enable GPIO is required to enable during eFuse programming on Armada
SoCs not from 3700 family. Add support for enabling and disabling VHV pin
via GPIO during eFuse programming, when specified.
All details are in Marvell AN-389: ARMADA VHV Power document
(Doc. No. MV-S302545-00 Rev. C, August 2, 2016).
Note that due to HW Errata 3.6 eFuse erroneous burning (Ref #: HWE-3718342)
VHV power must be disabled while core voltage is off to prevent erroneous
eFuse programming.
This is specified in Marvell ARMADA 380/385/388 Functional Errata,
Guidelines, and Restrictions document
(Doc. No. MV-S501377-00 Rev. D, December 1, 2016).
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
This patch implements LD eFuse programming support. Armada 385 contains two
LD eFuse lines, each is 256 bit long with one additional lock bit. LD 0
line is mapped to U-Boot fuse bank 64 and LD 1 line to fuse bank 65. U-Boot
32-bit fuse words 0-8 are mapped to LD eFuse line bits 0-255. U-Boot fuse
word 9 is mapped to LD eFuse line lock bit.
So to program LD 1 General Purpose Data line, use U-Boot fuse command:
=> fuse prog -y 65 0 0x76543210
=> fuse prog -y 65 1 0xfedcba98
=> fuse prog -y 65 2 0x76543210
=> fuse prog -y 65 3 0xfedcba98
=> fuse prog -y 65 4 0x76543210
=> fuse prog -y 65 5 0xfedcba98
=> fuse prog -y 65 6 0x76543210
=> fuse prog -y 65 7 0xfedcba98
=> fuse prog -y 65 8 0x1
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Move the code making sure that the timer is initialized only once into
orion_timer_init(), which is called from timer_early_init() and from
orion_timer_probe(). This way the timer is not re-initialized.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Cc: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Since the move to CONFIG_TIMER with support for CONFIG_TIMER_EARLY, this
platform specific init_timer() function is not needed any more. Let's
remove it completely.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Cc: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
BootROM loads kwbimage header to L2-SRAM and BootROM reserve only 192 kB for it.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Replace the if/else chain in pxa_ecc_init() with a lookup table. This
makes the code more concise and hopefully easier to follow. Remove the
unused ecc_layout tables and replace it with a single dummy one (the
pxa3xx driver has never used this but the mtd subsystem expects it to be
provided).
Tested on an Allied Telesis x530 switch with Micron MT29F2G08ABAEAWP
NAND Flash.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Firmware calls need node_id which is basically "power-domains" id.
At present static values are used based on the "device_id" property of
dt.
Instead of this, read "power-domains" id from dt and use it. Add a
element called node_id in priv structure and read it from dt. Replace
static node_id with this priv->node_id across the driver.
Since "device_id" is not used anywhere else simply remove it.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220930092548.18453-3-ashok.reddy.soma@amd.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Here are the smatch warning messages:
drivers/net/xilinx_axi_emac.c:324 axiemac_phy_init()
error: 'phydev' dereferencing possible ERR_PTR()
drivers/net/zynq_gem.c:340 zynq_phy_init()
error: 'priv->phydev' dereferencing possible ERR_PTR()
Fix by adding error checking before dereferencing the pointer.
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Yadav Abbarapu <venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220929045605.23964-1-venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Function ioremap_nocache seems to be defined only for MIPS and Microblaze
architectures. Therefore, the function call in the emaclite driver causes
this driver to be unusable with other architectures, for example RISC-V.
Use ioremap function instead of ioremap_nocache, and include linux/io.h
instead of asm/io.h, so that ioremap function is automatically created,
if not defined by the architecture. We can switch to the ioremap function,
as Microblaze's ioremap_nocache is just empty and in MIPS implementations
of ioremap_nocache and ioremap are the same.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Obuch <samuel.obuch@codasip.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220927112103.155689-1-samuel.obuch@codasip.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
To check dynamic loading of config object, currently APU_0 is used.
Suggestion from pmwfw team is to load OCM_BANK_0 and check for
XST_PM_NO_ACCESS error only to skip future config objects. Other errors
should not be considered for skipping. Change from NODE_APU_0 to
NODE_OCM_BANK_0 and check for XST_PM_NO_ACCESS to skip future config
objects.
Add ": " to printf statement when there is no permission to load config
object, to align with PMUFW version print.
Update kernel doc for return value for zynqmp_pmufw_load_config_object().
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/2784018844ba4afced0e3edff76bdbfe532f517d.1664523444.git.michal.simek@amd.com
To quote the author:
At present the ofnode interface is somewhat limited, in that it cannot
access the device tree provided by the OS, only the one used by U-Boot
itself (assuming these are separate). This prevents using ofnode functions
to handle device tree fixups, i.e. ft_board_setup() and the like.
The ofnode interface was introduced to allow a consistent API to access
the device tree, whether a flat tree or a live tree (OF_LIVE) is in use.
With the flat tree, adding nodes and properties at the start of the tree
(as often happens when writing to the /chosen node) requires copying a
lot of data for each operation. With live tree, such operations are
quite a bit faster, since there is no memory copying required. This has to
be weighed against the required memory allocation with OF_LIVE, as well
as the cost of unflattening and flattening the device tree which U-Boot
is running.
This series enables support for access to multiple device trees with the
ofnode interface. This is already available to some extent with OF_LIVE,
but some of the ofnode functions need changes to allow the tree to be
specified.
The mechanism works by using the top 1-4 bits of the device tree offset.
The sign bit is not affected, since negative values must be supported.
With this implemented, it becomes possible to use the ofnode interface
to do device tree fixups. The only current user is the EVT_FT_FIXUP
event.
This has two main benefits:
- ofnode can now be used everywhere, in preference to the libfdt calls
- live tree can eventually be used everywhere, with potential speed
improvements when larger number of fixups are used
This series is only a step along the way. Firstly, while it is possible
to access the 'fix-up' tree using OF_LIVE, most of the fixup functions use
flat tree directly, rather than the ofnode interface. These need to be
updated. Also the tree must be flattened again before it is passed to the
OS. This is not currently implemented.
With OFNODE_MULTI_TREE disabled this has almost no effect on code size:
around 4 bytes if EVENT is enabled, 0 if not. With the feature enabled,
the increase is around 700 bytes, e.g. on venice2:
$ buildman -b ofn2a venice2 -sS --step 0
Summary of 2 commits for 1 boards (1 thread, 64 jobs per thread)
01: image: Drop some other #ifdefs in image-board.c
arm: w+ venice2
48: wip
arm: (for 1/1 boards) all +668.0 text +668.0
This size increase is not too bad, considering the extra functionality,
but is too large to enable everywhere. So for now this features needs to
be opt-in only, based on EVENT.
At present ofnode_write_prop() is inconsistent between livetree and
flattree, in that livetree requires the caller to ensure the property
value is stable (e.g. in rodata or allocated) but flattree does not, since
it makes a copy.
This makes the API call a bit painful to use, since the caller must do
different things depending on OF_LIVE.
Add a new 'copy' argument which tells the function to make a copy if
needed. Add some tests to cover this behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current tests do not cover all functions, nor do they cover the new
multi-tree functionality. Add and update the tests accordingly and update
the 'future work' notes in the documentation.
There is a still more testing needed for the failure cases, since at
present some ofnode functions return a libfdt error code instead of
converting it to an errno.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some ofnode functions can only operate on the default device tree, i.e.
U-Boot's control FDT. Add comments to that effect. Fix up the reference to
device tree bindings while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We need to be able to look up phandles in any FDT, not just the control
FDT. Use the 'other' FDT to test this, with a helper function which gets
this as an oftree that can then we used as needed.
Add a few more tests and some comments at the top of the file, to explain
what is going on.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add the logic to redirect requests for the device tree through a function
which can look up the tree ID. This works by using the top bits of
ofnode.of_offset to encode a tree.
It is assumed that there will only be a few device trees used at runtime,
typically the control FDT (always tree ID 0) and possibly a separate FDT
to be passed the OS.
The maximum number of device trees supported at runtime is 8, with this
implementation. That would use bits 30:28 of the node-offset value,
meaning that the positive offset range is limited to bits 27:0, versus
30:1 with this feature disabled. That still allows a device tree of up
to 256MB, which should be enough for most FITs. Larger ones can be
supported by using external data with the FIT, or by enabling OF_LIVE.
Update the documentation a little and fix up the comment for
ofnode_valid().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present, unless OF_LIVE is enabled, ofnode only supports access to one
device tree, the control FDT. This is because only the node offset is
encoded in ofnode, with the tree being implicit.
This makes ofnode (without OF_LIVE) unsuitable for device tree fixups, as
implemented by ft_board_setup() and other such functions.
To solve this, we can use the top bits of the node offset to hold a tree
ID.
Add the definitions for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function turns out to be a little confusing since it looks up a path
and also registers the tree. Split it into two, one that gets the root
node and one that looks up a path, so the purpose is clear.
Registering the tree will happen in a function to be added in a later
patch, called oftree_from_fdt().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In some cases we want to obtain an ofnode in the same tree as a different
ofnode, such as when looking up a subnode. At present this is trivial,
since there is only one tree. When there are multiple trees, this
implementation will change.
Also move the ofnode_to_offset() function up higher in the header file,
since we will need to provide a different implementation with multiple
trees.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When we have multiple trees, the ofnode logic needs to be told which one
to use. Create a new function which takes an oftree argument, along with
a helper to obtain the FDT pointer from an oftree.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present dm_test_ofnode_root() does this manually. Add some inline
functions to handle it, so this code can be centralised.
Add oftree functions to produce a null tree and to check whether a tree
is valid or not.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The flat device tree is assumed to be the control FDT but this is not
always the case. Update the ofnode implementation to obtain the node via
an function call so we can eventually add support for selecting different
trees.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present there is only one device tree used by the ofnode functions,
except for some esoteric use of live tree. In preparation for supporting
more than one, add a way to reset the list of device trees.
For now this does nothing.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current tests do not cover all the behaviour. Add some more.
Tidy up a few inconsistencies between livetree and flattree which come to
light with these tests. Also drop the -ENODATA error since it is never
actually returned.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current implementation creates a 'name' value for every node. This
is not needed for the latest device tree format, which includes a name in
the node header.
Adjust the code to point the name at the node header instead.
Also simplify ofnode_get_name(), now that we can rely on it to set the
name correctly. Update the comment to make it clear what name the root
node has.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current name is quite unwieldy. Change it to use an ofprop_ prefix
and shorten it. Fix the return-value comment while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update the function to mark it with the const attribute. Also avoid
calling it multiple times in the devfdt_get_addr_index() function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a test flag which indicates that the 'other' FDT should be set up
ready for use. Handle this by copying in the FDT, unflattening it for
livetree tests. Free the structures when the tests have run.
We cannot use the other FDT unless we are using live tree or
OFNODE_MULTI_TREE is enabled, since only one tree is supported by the
ofnode interface in that case. Add this condition into
ut_run_test_live_flat() and update the comments.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Provide a way to copy over the 'other' FDT when running tests. This loads
it and allocates memory for the copy, if not done already, then does the
copy.
Avoid using U-Boot's malloc() pool for these copies, at least for now,
since they are part of the test system.
Tidy up the cpu.c header files while here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We need an 'other' FDT which is different from the control FDT, so we can
check that the ofnode tests correctly handle them both.
Add this to the build along with a way to read it into the sandbox state.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this implementation is specific to loading the test FDT. We
plan to load others, so create a generic function to handle this.
The path is now limited to 256 characters, to simplify the code.
When there is an empty argv[0] (which should not happen), the function now
just uses the path as is, with no prefix.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This was a workaround for a rare situation. Now that it will be more
common and we have a proper fix, drop the flag. We can run both types of
tests in the same sandbox executable, even if the flat device tree is
modified.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If the device tree changes during a test and we cannot restore it, mark
it as such so that future tests which need the live tree are skipped.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When the flat device tree changes it can mess up the live tree since that
uses the flat tree for its strings. This affects only a few sandbox tests
which modify the device tree, but the number will grow as ofnode support
for writing improves.
While the control FDT is not intended to change while U-Boot is running,
some tests do so. For example, the ofnode interface only supports
modifying properties in the control FDT, so tests must use that.
To solve this problem, keep a copy of the FDT and restore it as needed
when the test is finished. The copy only happens on sandbox (except SPL
builds), to reduce memory usage and because these tests are not useful on
other boards. For other boards, a checksum is taken to ensure that nothing
changes.
It would be possible to always checksum the FDT on sandbox and only
restore it if needed, but this is slightly slower than restoring it every
time, at least with crc8.
Move the code which checks for success to the very end, for clarity.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now that we support writing to ofnodes, the const is not accurate. Drop
it to avoid undesirable casting.
Also drop the ofnode_to_npw() which is now the same as ofnode_to_np().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add this feature to the ofnode interface, supporting both livetree and
flattree. If the node exists it is returned, along with a -EEXIST error.
Update the functions it calls to handle this too.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is helpful to test that out-of-memory checks work correctly in code
that calls malloc().
Add a simple way to force failure after a given number of malloc() calls.
Fix a header guard to avoid a build error on sandbox_vpl.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
At present the live tree tests are not run on sandbox. This bug is in two
parts, with a duplicate flag value and incorrect logic in the test runner.
This was not noticed because the bug was fixed in a later commit and does
not cause test failures.
Fix this.
Fixes: 7b1dfc9fd7 ("dm: core: Prepare for updating the device tree with ofnode")
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function currently assumes that the control FDT is used. Update it
to allow a root node to be passed, so it can work with any tree.
Also add a comment to ofnode_get_by_phandle() so that its purpose is
clear.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present only one spy is allowed per event. Update the naming to allow
more than one, since some need this flexibility, e.g. the EVT_FT_FIXUP
event.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use the log functions instead of pr_...() so we can avoid using __func__.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
This is not needed and we should avoid typedefs. Use the struct instead
and rename it to indicate that it really is a legacy struct.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- Increase SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN for STM32 MCU's board
- SPL fixes for STM32F7 MCUs
- Device tree alignement with kernelv6.0-rc4 for MCU's board
- Device tree alignement with kernelv6.0-rc3 for MPU's board
- Update DDR node for STM32MP15
- Cleanup config file for STM32MP1
- Update for cmd_stm32key command
- Fix compatible string to add partitions for STM32MP1
- Update for stm32programmer tool
Some STM32 MCU's board need their SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN value enlarged
to avoid the "alloc space exhausted" error message during their boot
process.
Use the default SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN value which is set to 0x2000 in
Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Xilinx changes for v2023.01-rc1 (round 2)
xilinx:
- Add support for new Versal NET SOC
zynqmp:
- Use mdio bus for ethernet phy description
- Wire ethernet phy reset via i2c-gpio
versal:
- Config cleanup
By pressing "c" key during SPL execution, we force U-boot execution
instead of a kernel XIP image.
This fixes a hard fault when booting stm32f746-disco in SPL with "c"
key pressed during SPL execution.
U-Boot SPL 2022.10-rc5-00009-g40d02baa91 (Sep 20 2022 - 17:21:21 +0200)
Trying to boot from XIP
Hard fault
pc : 080083fc lr : 08000d1b xPSR : 21000000
r12 : 2004f108 r3 : 080083fd r2 : 00000028
r1 : 2004f0c8 r0 : 2004f0e4
Resetting CPU ...
This is due to SYS_UBOOT_START flag set to 0x080083FD which is not correct.
If unset, SYS_UBOOT_START is set by default to CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE
which match with our requirement.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Tested-by: Waldemar Brodkorb <wbx@openadk.org>
STM32F746 embeds 1 MB of internal flash [0x08000000-0x080fffff],
fix CONFIG_SYS_SPL_ARGS_ADDR accordingly
It solves hard fault when jumping from SPL to U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Tested-by: Waldemar Brodkorb <wbx@openadk.org>
STM32F746 embeds 1 MB of internal flash [0x08000000-0x080fffff],
fix CONFIG_SYS_SPL_ARGS_ADDR accordingly
It solves hard fault when jumping from SPL to U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Tested-by: Waldemar Brodkorb <wbx@openadk.org>
Commit 'b4b9a00ed593 ("Convert CONFIG_SYS_SPL_ARGS_ADDR to Kconfig")'
replaces CONFIG_SYS_FDT_BASE by CONFIG_SYS_SPL_ARGS_ADDR.
As CONFIG_SYS_SPL_ARGS_ADDR enables additional code when enable, it
increases SPL size over the initial 0x8000 limit.
Increase the SPL size to 0x9000 to fix SPL boot.
Set SPL_SIZE_LIMIT to 0x9000 to avoid similar issue in the future.
Fixes 'b4b9a00ed593 ("Convert CONFIG_SYS_SPL_ARGS_ADDR to Kconfig")'
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Tested-by: Waldemar Brodkorb <wbx@openadk.org>
Commit 'b4b9a00ed593 ("Convert CONFIG_SYS_SPL_ARGS_ADDR to Kconfig")'
replaces CONFIG_SYS_FDT_BASE by CONFIG_SYS_SPL_ARGS_ADDR.
As CONFIG_SYS_SPL_ARGS_ADDR enables additional code when enable, it
increases SPL size over the initial 0x8000 limit.
Increase the SPL size to 0x9000 to fix SPL boot.
Set SPL_SIZE_LIMIT to 0x9000 to avoid similar issue in the future.
Fixes 'b4b9a00ed593 ("Convert CONFIG_SYS_SPL_ARGS_ADDR to Kconfig")'
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Tested-by: Waldemar Brodkorb <wbx@openadk.org>
Commit 'b4b9a00ed593 ("Convert CONFIG_SYS_SPL_ARGS_ADDR to Kconfig")'
replaces CONFIG_SYS_FDT_BASE by CONFIG_SYS_SPL_ARGS_ADDR.
As CONFIG_SYS_SPL_ARGS_ADDR enables additional code when enable, it
increases SPL size over the initial 0x8000 limit.
Increase the SPL size to 0x9000 to fix SPL boot.
Set SPL_SIZE_LIMIT to 0x9000 to avoid similar issue in the future.
Fixes 'b4b9a00ed593 ("Convert CONFIG_SYS_SPL_ARGS_ADDR to Kconfig")'
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Tested-by: Waldemar Brodkorb <wbx@openadk.org>
Versal NET platform is based on Versal chip which is reusing a lot of IPs.
For more information about new IPs please take a look at DT which describe
currently supported devices.
The patch is adding architecture and board support with soc detection
algorithm. Generic setting should be very similar to Versal but it will
likely diverge in longer run.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/320206853dc370ce290a4e7b6d0bb26b05206021.1663589964.git.michal.simek@amd.com
Disable AVAILABLE_HARTS mechanism to make sure that all harts
can boot to Kernel shell successfully.
Signed-off-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
In SMP all harts will register themself in available_hart
during start up. Then main hart will send IPI to other harts
according to this variables. But this mechanism may not
guarantee that all other harts can jump to next stage.
When main hart is sending IPI to other hart according to
available_harts, but other harts maybe still not finish the
registration. Then the SMP booting will miss some harts finally.
So let it become an option and it will be enabled by default.
Please refer to the discussion:
https://www.mail-archive.com/u-boot@lists.denx.de/msg449997.html
Signed-off-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
U-Boot and SPL don't necessary share the same location, so we might end
with U-Boot SPL in read-only memory (XIP) and U-Boot in read-write memory.
In case of non XIP boot mode, we rely on such variables as "hart_lottery"
and "available_harts_lock" which we use as atomics.
The problem is that CONFIG_XIP also propagate to main U-Boot, not only SPL,
so we need CONFIG_SPL_XIP to distinguish SPL XIP from other XIP modes.
This adds an option special for SPL to behave it in XIP manner and we don't
use hart_lottery and available_harts_lock, during start proccess.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Shubin <n.shubin@yadro.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Add a simple uclass test for SCSI. It reads the partition table from a
disk image and checks that it looks correct.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present sandbox is producing a warning about SCSI migration. Drop the
legacy code and replace it with a new implementation.
Also drop the SATA command, which does not work with driver model.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This will be needed to run unit tests, once the SCSI code is used for USB
as well. Enable it for all sandbox builds.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move this code out of the helper function so we can (later) add it as part
of the shared emulation code. Set a default value of 0 for buff_used since
that is what we use when there is an error.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In preparation for sharing the emulation code between two drivers, move
some of the fields into a new struct. Use a separate header file so it
can be used by various drivers.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This has the same name as a field in our local private struct, which is
confusing. Change the name to xfer_len instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The following faulty behavior was observed. The sandbox configured with
CONFIG_SANDBOX_CRASH_RESET=y was invoked with
./u-boot -T -S
After executing `exception undefined' the sandbox reboots.
When executing `exception undefined' the sandbox exits with SIGSEGV.
The expected behavior is that the sandbox should reboot again.
If we are relaunching the sandbox in a signal handler, we have to unblock
the respective signal before calling execv(). See signal(7) man-page.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To quote the author:
On certain places it is required to flush output print buffers to ensure
that text strings were sent to console or serial devices. For example when
printing message that U-Boot is going to boot kernel or when U-Boot is
going to change baudrate of terminal device.
Some console devices, like UART, have putc/puts functions which just put
characters into HW transmit queue and do not wait until all data are
transmitted. Doing some sensitive operations (like changing baudrate or
starting kernel which resets UART HW) cause that U-Boot messages are lost.
Therefore introduce a new flush() function, implement it for all serial
devices via pending(false) callback and use this new flush() function on
sensitive places after which output device may go into reset state.
This change fixes printing of U-Boot messages:
"## Starting application at ..."
"## Switch baudrate to ..."
In addition, take a patch from Heinrich to rename some EFI test
functions in order to not conflict with this series.
In a lot of cases kernel resets UART HW. To ensure that U-Boot messages
printed before booting the kernel are not lost, call new U-Boot console
flush() function.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Changing baudrate is a sensitive operation. To ensure that U-Boot messages
printed before changing baudrate are not lost, call new U-Boot console
flush() function.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Like in all other console functions, implement also serial_flush() function
as a fallback int console flush() function.
Flush support is available only when config option CONSOLE_FLUSH_SUPPORT is
enabled. So when it is disabled then provides just empty static inline
function serial_flush().
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
UART drivers have putc/puts functions which just put characters into HW
transmit queue and do not wait until all data are transmitted.
Implement flush callback via serial driver's pending(false) callback which
waits until HW transmit all characters from the queue.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
On certain places it is required to flush output print buffers to ensure
that text strings were sent to console or serial devices. For example when
printing message that U-Boot is going to boot kernel or when U-Boot is
going to change baudrate of terminal device.
Therefore introduce a new flush() and fflush() functions into console code.
These functions will call .flush callback of associated stdio_dev device.
As this function may increase U-Boot side, allow to compile U-Boot without
this function. For this purpose there is a new config CONSOLE_FLUSH_SUPPORT
which is enabled by default and can be disabled. It is a good idea to have
this option enabled for all boards which have enough space for it.
When option is disabled when U-Boot defines just empty static inline
function fflush() to avoid ifdefs in other code.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
An upcoming patch set creates a global function flush(). To make debugging
easier we should not use the same name for a static function.
Rename static functions in the LoadImage() unit test adding an efi_st_
prefix.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
To quote the author, for the first 9 patches:
This patch series fixes U-Boot code to correctly handle RAM size larger
than 2 GB and then fixes fsl ddr driver to do not crash U-Boot when 4 GB
DDR module is detected when U-Boot operates in 32-bit mode (as opposite
of the 36-bit mode).
With this patch series it is possible to boot 32-bit U-Boot with 4 GB
SODIMM DDR3 module without crashes. U-Boot will still use just
CONFIG_MAX_MEM_MAPPED amount of RAM, but it is better than crashing due
to the truncating of 4GB value to 32-bit number (which is zero).
I tested this patch series on powerpc P2020 based board but only with
U-Boot v2022.04 because U-Boot master branch is still broken on P2020.
And then the final two patches here are (in my mind at least) related
clean-ups.
32-bit U-Boot builds cannot use more than around 2 GB of DDR memory. But on
some platforms/boards it is possible to connect also 4 GB SODIMM DDR memory.
U-Boot currently prints only effective size of RAM which can use, which may
be misleading as somebody would expect that this line prints total size of
connected DDR modules. So change show_dram_config code to prints both real
and effective DRAM size if they are different. If they are same then print
just one number like before. It is possible that effective size is just few
bytes smaller than the real size, so print both numbers only in case
function print_size() prints formats them differently.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Function print_size() round size to the nearst value with one decimal
fraction number. But in special cases also unit order may overflow.
For example value 1073689396 is printed as "1024 MiB" and value 1073741824
as "1 GiB".
Fix this issue by detecting order overflow and increasing unit order.
With this change also value 1073689396 is printed as "1 GiB".
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
During init_dram() is called also setup_ddr_tlbs_phys() function which may
print message about unmapped DDR memory. So in this case print also
re-aligning filler after unmapped DDR memory message.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Currently U-Boot SPL prints just generic message "2 GiB left unmapped".
Change it to more detailed "2 GiB of DDR memory left unmapped in U-Boot".
This is just U-Boot configuration and operating system may map more (or
also less) memory.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
During init_dram() is called also compute_lowest_common_dimm_parameters()
function which prints multi-line detailed output. So print also re-aligning
filler after "Detected ?DIMM" line to have "DRAM: " output aligned.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
U-Boot core code already handles the case when RAM size is bigger than
CONFIG_MAX_MEM_MAPPED. So there is no need to do duplicate check in fsl ddr
driver for CONFIG_MAX_MEM_MAPPED. Instead simplify code to just check if
RAM size can be representable in phys_size_t type. And avoid printing
warning if phys_size_t is just 1 byte smaller than RAM size, which is the
typical situation with 4 GB DDR module.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Function fsl_ddr_compute() always return size in unsigned long long type,
but function fsl_ddr_sdram_size() returns size in phys_size_t type.
When 36-bit addressing mode is not enabled then phys_size_t type is only
32-bit and thus it cannot store value 4GB (0x100000000). Function
fsl_ddr_sdram_size() in this case returns truncated value 0x0.
Fix this issue by returning the highest representable value, which is
0xffffffff (4GB - 1 byte).
This change fixes crashing of proper U-Boot because it detected 4 GB module
as RAM with zero size.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Check needs to be done against CONFIG_MAX_MEM_MAPPED macro and not fixed
size 4GB (as CONFIG_MAX_MEM_MAPPED can be lower and for example for e500
cores it is just 2GB). Also fix printf re-align, which should be applied
only for non-SPL builds, during init_dram() call.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Members gd->ram_size and gd->ram_top are of type phys_addr_t which does not
have to fit into ulong type. So cast them into unsigned long long.
Fixes: 37dc958947 ("global_data.h: Change ram_top type to phys_addr_t")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Commit 37dc958947 ("global_data.h: Change ram_top type to phys_addr_t")
changed type of ram_top member from ulong to phys_addr_t but did not
changed types in board_get_usable_ram_top() function which returns value
for ram_top.
So change ulong to phys_addr_t type also in board_get_usable_ram_top()
signature and implementations.
Fixes: 37dc958947 ("global_data.h: Change ram_top type to phys_addr_t")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Ensure that top of RAM can be represented by phys_size_t type. If RAM is
too large or RAM base address is too upper then limit RAM size to prevent
address space overflow.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
CONFIG_MAX_MEM_MAPPED when defined specifies upper memory mapped limit.
So check for it always, and not only when CONFIG_VERY_BIG_RAM is defined.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
To quote the author:
This patch series add support for MediaTek MT7981/MT7986 SoCs with their
reference boards and related drivers.
This patch series add basic boot support on eMMC/SD/SPI-NOR/SPI-NAND for
these boards. The clock, pinctrl drivers and the SoC initializaton code
are also included.
Product spec for MT7986:
https://www.mediatek.com/products/home-networking/mediatek-filogic-830
This patch adds more nand headers in two new types:
1. HSM header, used for spi-nand thru SNFI interface
2. SPIM header, used for spi-nand thru spi-mem interface
The original nand header is renamed to AP header.
Tested-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
The predefined NAND headers take too much spaces in the mtk_image.c.
Moving them into a new file can significantly improve the readability of
both mtk_image.c and the new mtk_nand_headers.c.
This is a preparation for adding more NAND headers.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
The verification code of gfh header for NAND and non-NAND are identical.
It's better to define a individual function to reduce redundancy.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This adds the CLK_XTAL macro/flag to allow modeling clocks which are
directly connected to the xtal clock.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
The mtk clock framework in u-boot uses array index for searching clock
parent (kernel uses strings for search), so we need to specify a special
clock with ID=0 for CLK_XTAL in u-boot.
In the mt7622/mt7629 clock tree, the clocks with ID=0 never call
mtk_topckgen_get_mux_rate, adn return xtal clock directly. This what we
expected.
However for newer chips, they may have some clocks with ID=0 not
representing the xtal clock and still needs mtk_topckgen_get_mux_rate be
called. Current logic will make entire clock driver not working.
This patch adds a flag to indicate that whether a clock driver needs clocks
with ID=0 to call mtk_topckgen_get_mux_rate.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This patch adds a pinctrl header for common pinconf parameters such as
pull-up/pull-down resistors and drive strengths.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This patch adds support for spi-mem controller found on newer MediaTek SoCs
This controller supports Single/Dual/Quad SPI mode.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: SkyLake.Huang <skylake.huang@mediatek.com>
This patch add general-purpose timer support for MediaTek MT7981/MT7986.
These two SoCs uses a newer version of timer with its register definition
slightly changed.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This patch adds PWM support for MediaTek MT7981 SoC.
MT7981 uses a different register offset so we have to add a version field
to indicate the IP core version.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
The input clock for uart is too slow (25MHz) which introduces frequent data
error on both receiving and transmitting even if the baudrate is 115200.
Using high-speed can significantly solve this issue.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
The baud clock on some platform may change due to assigned-clock-parent
set in DT. In current flow the baud clock is only retrieved during probe
stage. If the parent of the source clock changes after probe stage, the
setbrg will set wrong baudrate.
To get the right clock rate, this patch records the baud clk struct to the
driver's priv, and changes the driver's flow to get the clock rate before
calling _mtk_serial_setbrg().
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This patch adds support for PDMA v2 hardware. The PDMA v2 has extended the
DMA descriptor to 8-words, and some of its fields have changed comparing
to the v1 hardware.
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This patch is a preparation for adding a new version of PDMA of which the
DMA descriptor fields has changed. Using bitfields will result in a complex
modification. Convert bitfields to u32 units can solve this problem easily.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Using a single soc id to control different initialization and TX/RX flow
for all SoCs is not extensible if more hardware variations are added in
the future.
This patch introduces a struct to replace the original mtk_soc to allow
the driver be able handle newer hardwares.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
This patch adds general board files based on MT7981 SoCs.
MT7981 uses one mmc controller for booting from both SD and eMMC, and the
pins of mmc controller are also shared with spi controller.
So three configs are need for these boot types:
1. mt7981_rfb_defconfig - SPI-NOR and SPI-NAND
2. mt7981_emmc_rfb_defconfig - eMMC only
3. mt7981_sd_rfb_defconfig - SD only
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Add general board files based on MT7986 SoCs.
MT7986 uses one mmc controller for booting from both SD and eMMC.
Both MT7986A and MT7986B use the same pins for spi controller.
Configs for various boot types:
1. mt7986_rfb_defconfig - SPI-NOR and SPI-NAND for MT7986A/B
2. mt7986a_bpir3_emmc_defconfig - eMMC for MT7986A only
3. mt7986a_bpir3_sd_defconfig - SD for MT7986A only
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This patch adds basic support for MediaTek MT7981 SoC.
This include the file that will initialize the SoC after boot and its
device tree.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This patch adds basic support for MediaTek MT7986 SoC.
This include the file that will initialize the SoC after boot and its
device tree.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Remove the unnecessary nodes for TFABOOT and keep the mandatory part
in SOC dtsi, only the DDRCTRL and DDRPHY addresses.
This patch allows to manage the DDR configuration setting in U-Boot
device tree only if it is needed, when CONFIG_SPL is defined.
With TFABOOT, the DDR configuration is done in TF-A BL2 and the DDR size
is dynamically computed in U-Boot since commit d72e7bbe7c ("ram:
stm32mp1: compute DDR size from DDRCTL registers").
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Remove the unnecessary comment after the CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN
migration to Kconfig.
Fixes: c45568cc4e ("Convert CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN to Kconfig")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Change the mask of OTP0 used to close the device on STM32MP
- STM32MP15x: bit 6 of OPT0
- STM32MP13x: 0b111111 = 0x3F for OTP_SECURED closed device
And support the 2 keys for STM32MP13x
- PKHTH : Hash of the 8 ECC Public Keys Hashes Table
(ECDSA is the authentication algorithm)
- EDMK : Encryption/Decryption Master Key
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Update the command stm32key to support several keys selected by
key name and managed by the new sub-command:
stm32key list
stm32key select [<key>]
stm32key read -a
This patch doesn't change the STM32MP15 behavior, only PKH is
supported, but it is a preliminary patch for STM32MP13 support.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Split the read_hash_otp function and introduce the helper function
read_close_status to read the close status in OTP separately of the PKH.
This patch is a preliminary step for STM32MP13 support.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Add defines for value used in stm32key for BSEC permanent lock status
and error.
This patch is a preliminary step to support more lock status in BSEC
driver.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Current compatible string used to update SPI NAND and SPI NOR devices
can lead to a wrong partitions update (for example, SPI NAND partitions
added to SPI NOR node in the device tree). To avoid this wrong behavior,
use jedec,spi-nor compatible string for SPI NOR devices and spi-nand
compatible string for SPI NAND devices.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Kerello <christophe.kerello@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Improve the partitioning trace done in command stm32prog:
- remove the trace "partition: Done" when the GPT partitioning is not done
- indicate the mmc instance used for each 'gpt write' command
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
As the SMC is only supported in SP-MIN for STM32MP15x, the associated
partition should be absent when the TA NVMEM is not available in OPT-TEE
in STM32MP13x.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Change the defaut flashlayout location, hardcoded at STM32_DDR_BASE,
to CONFIG_SYS_LOAD_ADDR to avoid issue on board with reserved memory
at STM32_DDR_BASE.
This patch changes the command behavior for STM32MP13 and STM32MP15
platform, as CONFIG_SYS_LOAD_ADDR(0xc2000000) != STM32_DDR_BASE
but without impact for serial boot with STM32CubeProgrammer.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
When the STM32CubeProgrammer sent a empty flashlayout.tsv
file, the command stm32prog correctly parse the file
but data->dev_nb = 0 and the stm32prog_devices_init
operations should be skipped.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
First set of u-boot-at91 features for the 2023.01 cycle:
This feature set includes the important update on PIO4 pinctrl driver
that solves a long time mismatch between Linux and U-boot, related on
the unification of pinctrl and gpio driver support, now respecting the
pinctrl bindings ABI; and also support for pinctrl subnodes. The feature
set also adds support for PDA screen detection for sam9x60_curiosity
board , one fix for SD-Card reinsertion and one fix for sam9x60 clocks.
With the recent changes in the Orion timer driver Kconfig setup, the
board specific enabling is not needed any more. This patch sync's these
2 boards with their current defconfig version.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Tested-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Adding the "u-boot,dm-pre-reloc" DT property to the timer node is
necesssary to support the timer in the early boot phases (e.g.
SPL & pre-reloc).
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Add the DT bindings / descriptions for timer0 & timer1, exactly as done
in mainline Linux.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
This patch changes the compilation, so that the Armada 375 board(s) are
compiled in a separate step. This is necessary for the timer dts
conversion, as A375 has a different / timer description in the dts.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Now that the new timer support is available for these platforms, let's
select this IF for all these platforms. This way it's not necessary
that each board changes it's config header.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Add timer_get_boot_us() to support boards, that have CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
enabled, like pogo_v4.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
This patch adds support for other Marvell Armada SoC's, supporting the
25MHz fixed clock operation, like the Armada XP etc.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
With the recent changes in the Marvel mvneta network driver, the MDIO
bus is not connected any more. This patch updates the DT nodes to use
the nodes from the dtsi files instead of creating ad-hoc nodes.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
- Remove EFI support as it's not used on this board
- Disable CONFIG_FIT_PRINT to reduce the serial output (minimal speedup)
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
32-bit Marvell Armada BootROMs limit maximal size of SPL image to 192 kB.
So define 192 kB (= 0x30000) limit as default value for SPL_SIZE_LIMIT.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Maximal size of u-boot kwb image binary is $CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET which is
0xF0000 = 983040 bytes. So add missing CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT definition
to ensure that u-boot binary does not overflow to the u-boot env storage.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Currently CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT check is ignored for u-boot-spl.kwb
target. Fix it by adding missing $(BOARD_SIZE_CHECK) macro.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Previously, in order for the `pinctrl-*` DT node properties
to be properly processed, the pinctrl's subnodes were limited
to only having the `pinmux` property as well as other additional
properties (slew-rate, bias-disable, etc.). Now, with this patch
the pinctrl driver is made to work similarly to the one from Linux.
It can now distinguish between one subnode and a subnode with multiple
subnodes.
Signed-off-by: Sergiu Moga <sergiu.moga@microchip.com>
This has been done in order to align the DT of U-Boot with the DT
of Linux. In Linux, a phandle from a '-gpio' DT property is linked
to the pinctrl driver, a single driver that handles both pinctrl
settings and offers GPIO API to callers. On the other hand,
U-Boot redirects such phandle to a corresponding UCLASS_GPIO
driver, because U-Boot offers two different types of drivers
in this case: UCLASS_PINCTRL which handles pin functions and
UCLASS_GPIO which handles gpio requests as a gpio provider.
Due to this, we have two drivers in Uboot, but the Devicetree
has a single node. Thus, just one of the drivers can be probed
for the DT node during platform initialization, before relocation.
Our previous solution in U-Boot was to have a different devicetree:
the gpio node has a subnode for the pinctrl driver, which
is not compliant with Linux ABI. Furthermore, our documentation
for this type of nodes mentions no such gpio compatible.
After this patch, we can no longer add nodes with a gpio
compatible in the DT. Thus, in order to link the pinctrl driver to
the gpio one, a hook to the bind method of the former in U-Boot has
been added and the GPIO related compatibles have been removed to
avoid conflict when compatibles are enumerated and bound to drivers
during platform start before relocation. The bind method will attach
the GPIO driver to the pinctrl DT node so that every phandle coming
from '-gpio' DT properties will be redirected to a valid driver
attached to the pinctrl DT node.
Signed-off-by: Sergiu Moga <sergiu.moga@microchip.com>
This patch makes sure that the Devicetree for the sama7
boards are aligned with the Devicetree from Linux. This
implies removing the GPIO compatible and replacing it
with the PINCTRL one, as well as unifying the SDMMC
pinctrl related subnodes under one single subnode.
Signed-off-by: Sergiu Moga <sergiu.moga@microchip.com>
This patch makes sure that the Devicetree for the sama5
boards are aligned with the Devicetree from Linux. This
implies removing the GPIO compatible and replacing it
with the PINCTRL one, as well as unifying the SDMMC
pinctrl related subnodes under one single subnode.
Signed-off-by: Sergiu Moga <sergiu.moga@microchip.com>
Call the PDA detection mechanism at boot time so that we can
have the pda environment variable ready for use.
Signed-off-by: Durai Manickam KR <durai.manickamkr@microchip.com>
SAM9X60 SoC can have extra clip boards (PDAs) connected, which have
an EEPROM memory for identification. A special GPIO can be used to read
this memory over 1wire protocol. Enabling one wire and eeprom drivers
for this memory.
Signed-off-by: Durai Manickam KR <durai.manickamkr@microchip.com>
Whenever the SD Card would be removed and then re-inserted while in the
U-Boot command line, the `SDBPWR` bit of the `SDMMC_PCR` register would
remain unset afterwards. In order for the bit to be set again after
re-insertion, register an additional `deferred_probe` method that the
DM would then transparently call. This method will call the generic
`sdhci_probe` which will, during its execution flow, set this bit to 1.
Signed-off-by: Sergiu Moga <sergiu.moga@microchip.com>
Reported-by: Mihai Sain <mihai.sain@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Remove some now unused macros and #ifdef's.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> [am335x_evm, mx6cuboxi, rpi_3,dra7xx_evm, pine64_plus, am65x_evm, j721e_evm]
Now that we've globally replaced all WATCHDOG_RESET occurances, let's
remove the ugly macro itself in the header.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> [am335x_evm, mx6cuboxi, rpi_3,dra7xx_evm, pine64_plus, am65x_evm, j721e_evm]
Only one occurance of WATCHDOG_RESET is left in one assembler file.
This patch changes this occurance to a direct call to watchdog_reset
and then removes all the ASSEMBLY ifdef'ery in watchdog.h, as it's not
needed any more to clean this mess a bit up.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> [am335x_evm, mx6cuboxi, rpi_3,dra7xx_evm, pine64_plus, am65x_evm, j721e_evm]
Globally replace all occurances of WATCHDOG_RESET() with schedule(),
which handles the HW_WATCHDOG functionality and the cyclic
infrastructure.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> [am335x_evm, mx6cuboxi, rpi_3,dra7xx_evm, pine64_plus, am65x_evm, j721e_evm]
This patch introduces a schedule() function, which shall be used instead
of the old WATCHDOG_RESET. Follow-up patches will make sure, that this
new function is used.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> [am335x_evm, mx6cuboxi, rpi_3,dra7xx_evm, pine64_plus, am65x_evm, j721e_evm]
This patch integrates the watchdog triggering into the recently added
cyclic infrastructure. Each watchdog device that shall be triggered
registers it's own cyclic function. This way, multiple watchdog devices
are still supported, each via a cyclic function with separate trigger
intervals.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> [am335x_evm, mx6cuboxi, rpi_3,dra7xx_evm, pine64_plus, am65x_evm, j721e_evm]
The block interface has two separate implementations, one using driver
model and one not. The latter is really only needed for SPL, where
size constraints allegedly don't allow use of driver model. Of course
we still need space for filesystems and other code, so it isn't clear
that driver model is anything more than the straw that breaks the
camel's back.
The driver model version uses a uclass ID for the interface time, but
converts back and forth between that and if_type, which is the legacy
type.
The HAVE_BLOCK_DEVICE define is mostly a hangover from the old days.
At present its main purpose is to enable the legacy block implementation
in SPL.
Finally the use of 'select' to enable BLK does not work very well. It
causes kconfig errors when another option depends on BLK and it is
not recommended by the kconfig style guide.
This series aims to clean things up:
- Enable BLK based on whether different media types are used, but still
allow boards to disable it
- Rename HAVE_BLOCK_DEVICE to indicates its real purpose
- Drop if_type and use the uclass instead
- Drop some obsolete if_type values
An issue not resolved by this series is that the sandbox host interface
does not actually have a device. At present it uses the root device, which
was convenience for the driver model conversion but not really correct. It
should be possible to clean this up, in a future series.
Another minor issue is the use of UCLASS_USB for a mass-storage device.
This has been the case for a while and is not addresed by this series,
other than to add a comment.
Note that this test relies on Tom Rini's series to drop various boards
including warp and cm_t335
Finally, a patch is included to make binman put fake files in a
subdirectory, since repeated runs of certain boards can cause unrelated
failues (e.g. chromebook_coral) when fake files are left around.
This is currently missing. Add it.
Fix the code style for the function while we are here.
Suggested-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We currently have an if_type (interface type) and a uclass id. These are
closely related and we don't need to have both.
Drop the if_type values and use the uclass ones instead.
Maintain the existing, subtle, one-way conversion between UCLASS_USB and
UCLASS_MASS_STORAGE for now, and add a comment.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
efi_set_blk_dev_to_system_partition() assumes that 0 is an invalid
if_type. This is true now but is about to be false. Fix this bug to avoid
a test failure.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These are currently using a simple array lookup in one direction, and
relying on if_type being sequential.
With the move to uclass IDs this needs to change. Update the code to
prepare for the new way. This patch is intended to introduce no
functional change.
The returning of "(none)" from blk_get_if_type_name() is handling a case
that should not happen in either case.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we use a variable with the same name as the enum. Change this
since we plan to #define the enum to uclass_id.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This doesn't seem to be used for anything and it isn't clear what it is.
It dates from the first U-Boot commit.
Drop it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We don't want boards to be able to change these. They can be handled
as dependencies of options that need them, such as SPL_MMC. There is no
point in enabling the block interface without any storage devices to
create a block device.
Hide both options from the 'menuconfig' display and deny their use in
defconfig files.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is defined automatically when needed, so drop it from the few
defconfig files that define it manually.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Selecting this option can be handled in the Kconfig option itself, as it
is with BLK. Update this an drop the various 'select' clauses.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This option is fact really related to SPL. For U-Boot proper we always use
driver model for block devices, so CONFIG_BLK is enabled if block devices
are in use.
It is only for SPL that we have two cases:
- SPL_BLK is enabled, in which case we use driver model and blk-uclass.c
- SPL_BLK is not enabled, in which case (if we need block devices) we must
use blk_legacy.c
Rename the symbol to SPL_LEGACY_BLOCK to make this clear. This is
different enough from BLK and SPL_BLK that there should be no confusion.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This condition is not needed for these commands, since BLK is enabled for
all boards which use block devices and commands are not available in SPL,
so even if SPL_BLK is not enabled, it doesn't affect commands.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we use HAVE_BLOCK_DEVICE to indicate when block devices are
available.
This is a very strange option, since it partially duplicates the BLK
option used by driver model. It also covers both U-Boot proper and SPL,
even though one might have block devices and another not.
As a first step towards correcting this, create a new inline function
called blk_enabled() which indicates if block devices are available.
This cannot be used in Makefiles, or #if clauses, but can be used in C
code.
A function is useful because we cannot use CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(BLK) to
decide if block devices are needed, since we must consider the legacy
block interface, enabled by HAVE_BLOCK_DEVICE
Update a few places where it can be used and drop some unnecessary #if
checks around some functions in disk/part.c - rely on the compiler's
dead-code elimination instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present these files have an #ifdef covering the whole file. Move the
condition to the Makefile instead.
Add BLK to the condition since future patches will adjust things so that
HAVE_BLOCK_DEVICE is only for SPL, but the partition drivers are needed
in U-Boot proper too.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The _SUPPORT suffix should be dropped. This happened because the rename
was applied around the same time as this new option, so did not include
renaming the new option.
The relevant commits are:
f7560376ae sata: Rename SATA_SUPPORT to SATA
73059529b2 ata: ahci-pci: Add new option CONFIG_SPL_AHCI_PCI
Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Enable this option on all boards which support block devices. Drop the
related depencies on BLK since these are not needed anymore.
Disable BLOCK_CACHE on M5253DEMO as this causes a build error.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Compile U-Boot with UBI/UBIFS support according to doc/board/nokia/rx51.rst
instructions and add test case for loading kernel image from UBI volume.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Disable UBI fastmap support which is not supported by original Maemo 5
kernel and explicitly set UBI BEB limit to 10%, which is the value used by
original Maemo 5 kernel. U-Boot default value is 20%.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
When reading of image fails then do not call bootm. This prevents false
positive test result in case something bootable is present in memory.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Original Nokia UBIFS system image has 1870 LEBs, so set UBIFS volume size
in test script to the same value. Number of 1870 LEBs corresponds to 230MiB
(LEB size * num of LEBs = 126KiB * 1870 = 230MiB).
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
At address 0x80000100 are stored initial atags passed to U-Boot by NOLO.
So do not overwrite them when using $loadaddr variable which value is set
from CONFIG_SYS_LOAD_ADDR option.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
If kernel image in uImage or zImage format is not detected by
lowlevel_init.S code then do not clear memory location where image was
expected. If image is not detected then this memory region is unknown.
So do not unconditionally clear it.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Add j721s2 High Security EVM defconfig.
These configs are same as for the non-secure part, except for:
CONFIG_TI_SECURE_DEVICE option set to 'y'
CONFIG_FIT_IMAGE_POST_PROCESS option set to 'y'
CONFIG_SPL_FIT_IMAGE_POST_PROCESS option set to 'y'
CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND uses FIT images for booting
Signed-off-by: Jayesh Choudhary <j-choudhary@ti.com>
Add J7200 High Security EVM defconfig.
These defconfigs are the same as for the non-secure part, except for:
CONFIG_TI_SECURE_DEVICE option set to 'y'
CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND uses FIT images for booting
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
[j-choudhary@ti.com: add few configs from GP variant which were missing]
Signed-off-by: Jayesh Choudhary <j-choudhary@ti.com>
* Drop legacy /boot/PPTImage.md5 check
* Update device tree naming
* Update t30args#0 root cmd line property to support latest kernel
versions (root=/dev/mmcblk0p2 for linux < 4 and
root=/dev/mmcblk1p2 for linux >= 4)
* Add custom bootloader version string
* Destroy invalid dtb at ${dtbaddr} and configuration script at
${cfgaddr} to ensure proper boot in warm restart case.
Signed-off-by: Bernhard Messerklinger <bernhard.messerklinger@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Commit 0ea4fc4dcf ("board/BuR: invalidate ${dtbaddr} before cfgscr")
destroys the boot targets b_t30lgcy#0 and b_t30lgcy#1. The reason behind
this is, that b_t30lgcy#0 and b_t30lgcy#1 both load the for booting
needed device trees from mmc and the cfgscr script patches those. Because
of this, cfgscr is not allowed to destroy the previously loaded device
tree otherwise cfgscr will fail.
This patch moves the device trees invalidation on warm restart to the
PREBOOT cmd to fix that issue.
Fixes: 0ea4fc4dcf ("board/BuR: invalidate ${dtbaddr} before cfgscr")
Signed-off-by: Bernhard Messerklinger <bernhard.messerklinger@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Commit 6337d53fdf ("arm: dts: sync am33xx with Linux 5.9-rc7") syncs
the am335x device tree with the latest linux kernel am335x device tree.
That causes problems with device tree in SPL stage.
To fix the issues CONFIG_SPL_OF_TRANSLATE must be set to handle the
synced bus addresses correctly.
A custom U-Boot device tree is also needed since the SPL build removes
bus properties from bus nodes which are not explicitly marked with the
u-boot,dm-spl or u-boot,dm-pre-reloc flag. Therefore all parent buses of
the in the SPL needed devices must be marked with u-boot,dm-pre-reloc.
Also since there is no driver for "ti,sysc" compatible property in SPL
the buses marked with this compatible string must also be marked with
compatible = "simple-bus" to make the underlying devices visible in
SPL. Otherwise the matching device drivers aren't found and the uclass
drivers are dropped.
Signed-off-by: Bernhard Messerklinger <bernhard.messerklinger@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
- Add uncompressed kernel image support to falcon mode, TEE
improvements, make xyz-modem timeout configurable, gpio updates and
other assorted improvements.
Check the that the hash length is shorter than the message length. This
avoids:
./tools/../lib/rsa/rsa-verify.c:275:11: warning:
‘*db’ may be used uninitialized [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
275 | db[0] &= 0xff >> leftmost_bits;
Fixes: 061daa0b61 ("rsa: add support of padding pss")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Normally, readline is not used int SPL. However, it may be useful to
enable the Freescale DDR interactive mode in SPL, while U-Boot is still
executing from SRAM. The default settings for readline result in a large
buffer being allocated. Reduce the size of the maximum input line, and
the number of lines of scrollback when building for SPL.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This allows to test if a pin's label if displayed using gpio_get_status()
when this pin is configured in alternate function.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Even pin with GPIOF_UNUSED function can have a label.
The criteria to add or not a space character is linked to label not to
the used/unused status.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
The nvme driver falsely assumed that the last entry on a page
of the prp-list always points to the next page of the prp-list.
This potentially can lead to the illegal creation of pages on
the prp-list with only a single entry. This change now ensures
that splitting the prp-list into multiple pages, behaves now as
required by the NVME-Spec.
Related to this, also the size of the memory allocation is adjusted
accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Sowarka <alexander.sowarka@aerq.com>
Now when loadx and loady commands could be aborted / cancelled by CTRL+C,
allow to configure timeout for initial x/y-modem packet via env variable
$loadxy_timeout and by default use value from new compile-time config
option CONFIG_CMD_LOADXY_TIMEOUT. Value is in seconds and zero value means
infinite timeout. Default value is 90s which is the value used before this
change for loadx command.
Other load commands loadb and loads already waits infinitely. Same behavior
for loadx and loady commands can be achieved by setting $loadxy_timeout or
CONFIG_CMD_LOADXY_TIMEOUT to 0.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
This fixes numerous cases of format strings not matching their
arguments. Also keep the format strings on one line for easier grepping.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This change defines resources for OP-TEE service drivers to register
themselves for being bound to when OP-TEE firmware reports the related
service is supported. OP-TEE services are discovered during optee
driver probe sequence which mandates optee driver is always probe once
bound.
Discovery of optee services and binding to related U-Boot drivers is
embedded upon configuration switch CONFIG_OPTEE_SERVICE_DISCOVERY.
Cc: Jens Wiklander <jens.wiklander@linaro.org>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Allocate memory for buffers at a cache-line boundary to avoid
misaligned buffer address for subsequent reads. This avoids an
additional sector-based memory copy in the fat file system driver:
FAT: Misaligned buffer address (...)
Signed-off-by: Stefan Herbrechtsmeier <stefan.herbrechtsmeier@weidmueller.com>
Add functions to read 8/16-bit integers like the existing functions for
32/64-bit to simplify read of 8/16-bit integers from device tree
properties.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Herbrechtsmeier <stefan.herbrechtsmeier@weidmueller.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is required for architectures which do not support compressed kernel images (i.e. ARM64). This is only used while not booting via FIT image.
Signed-off-by: Nathan Barrett-Morrison <nathan.morrison@timesys.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
To quote the author:
The previous attempt at this[1] broke a board and was reverted in [2].
This series adopts a slightly different approach, splitting the changes
into many commits.
[1] f33a2c1bd0 ("image: Remove #ifdefs from select_ramdisk()")
[2] 621158d106 ("Revert "image: Remove #ifdefs from select_ramdisk()"")
Remove all but a few that are difficult, relying on legacy CONFIG options
or optional global_data fields.
Drop the duplicate function name in the comment for boot_get_cmdline().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Finish off the refactoring by correcting the indent levels. Note that this
does not include any functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Drop the last one of these, by using a done_select variable to control
whether to fall back to using 'select' as a hex value.
Note that the indentation is not adjusted, to make this easier to review.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Drop the #ifdef from near the end of select_ramdisk(). Move some variables
to the top of the function to make this work.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current switch default is tricky since it relies on #ifdefs to work.
Use a bool instead.
Also fix the comment on @select, since it has a dual purpose.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Convert this to an if(), fix the cast from an address to a pointer and
make sure that any error is returned correctly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To quote the author:
This patchset adds the basic infrastructure to periodically execute
code, e.g. all 100ms. Examples for such functions might be LED blinking
etc. The functions that are hooked into this cyclic list should be
small timewise as otherwise the execution of the other code that relies
on a high frequent polling (e.g. UART rx char ready check) might be
delayed too much. This patch also adds the Kconfig option
CONFIG_CYCLIC_MAX_CPU_TIME_US, which configures the max allowed time
for such a cyclic function. If it's execution time exceeds this time,
this cyclic function will get removed from the cyclic list.
How is this cyclic functionality executed?
This patchset integrates the main function responsible for calling all
registered cyclic functions cyclic_run() into the common WATCHDOG_RESET
macro. This guarantees that cyclic_run() is executed very often, which
is necessary for the cyclic functions to get scheduled and executed at
their configured periods.
This cyclic infrastructure will be used by a board specific function on
the NIC23 MIPS Octeon board, which needs to check periodically, if a
PCIe FLR has occurred.
Ideas how to continue:
One idea is to rename WATCHDOG_RESET to something like SCHEDULE and
move the watchdog_reset call into this cyclic infrastructure as well.
Or to perhaps move the shell UART RX ready polling to a cyclic
function.
It's also possible to extend the "cyclic" command, to support the
creation of periodically executed shell commands (for testing etc).
The bootmenu enumerates the UEFI boot options
for boot device selection.
This commit adds the description how the UEFI boot work
in bootmenu. This commit also adds "Synopsis", "Description"
and "Configuration" sections to follow the U-Boot command
documentation format.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
This commit adds the menu entry to update UEFI BootOrder variable.
User moves the entry with UP/DOWN key, changes the order
with PLUS/MINUS key, press SPACE to activate or deactivate
the entry, then finalizes the order by ENTER key.
If the entry is activated, the boot index is added into the
BootOrder variable in the order of the list.
The U-Boot menu framework is well designed for static menu,
this commit implements the own menu display and key handling
for dynamically change the order of menu entry.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
UEFI specification requires booting from removal media using
a architecture-specific default image name such as BOOTAA64.EFI.
This commit adds the removable media entries into bootmenu,
so that user can select the removable media and boot with
default image.
The bootmenu automatically enumerates the possible bootable
media devices supporting EFI_SIMPLE_FILE_SYSTEM_PROTOCOL,
add it as new UEFI boot option(BOOT####) and update BootOrder
variable. This automatically generated UEFI boot option
has the dedicated guid in the optional_data to distinguish it from
the UEFI boot option user adds manually. This optional_data is
removed when the efi bootmgr loads the selected UEFI boot option.
This commit also provides the BOOT#### variable maintenance feature.
Depending on the system hardware setup, some devices
may not exist at a later system boot, so bootmenu checks the
available device in each bootmenu invocation and automatically
removes the BOOT#### variable corrensponding to the non-existent
media device.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
This commit adds the menu entry to delete the UEFI boot option.
User moves the entry with UP/DOWN key, changes, then presses
ENTER key to delete the selected boot option.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
This is preparation to support menu-driven UEFI BootOrder
variable updated by KEY_PLUS, KEY_MINUS and KEY_SPACE.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
This commit adds the menu entry to edit the existing
BOOT#### variable contents.
User selects the item from the boot option list, then
user can edit the description, file path and optional_data.
Note that automatically generated boot option entry by bootmenu
to support the removable media device is filtered out and user
can not edit the automatically generated entry.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
This commit add the "eficonfig" command.
The "eficonfig" command implements the menu-driven UEFI boot option
maintenance feature. This commit implements the addition of
new boot option. User can select the block device volume having
efi_simple_file_system_protocol and select the file corresponding
to the Boot#### variable. User can also enter the description and
optional_data of the BOOT#### variable in utf8.
This commit adds "include/efi_config.h", it contains the common
definition to be used from other menus such as UEFI Secure Boot
key management.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Add documentation for the cyclic function infrastructure, including the
cyclic command.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch adds a fixup function related to a PCIe FLR (Function Level
Reset) problem on the NIC23 PCIe board. This function is imported from
the Marvell Octeon 2013 U-Boot version as a (nearly) verbatim copy. It
uses the newly introduced cyclic infrastructure, so that this function
gets called every 100us, which is needed to detect this FLR issue.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Williams <awilliams@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch adds the cyclic command, which currently only supports the
'list' subcommand, to list all currently registered cyclic functions.
Here an example:
=> cyclic list
function: cyclic_demo, cpu-time: 7010 us, frequency: 99.80 times/s
function: cyclic_demo2, cpu-time: 1 us, frequency: 1.13 times/s
As you can see, the cpu-time is accounted, so that cyclic functions
that take too long might be discovered. Additionally the frequency is
logged.
The 'cyclic demo' commands registers the cyclic_demo() function to
be executed all 'cycletime_ms' milliseconds. The only thing this
function does is delaying by 'delay_us' microseconds.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch adds a call to cyclic_init() to board_f/r.c, enabling the
common cyclic infrastructure. After this it's possible to add cyclic
functions via cyclic_register().
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch integrates the main function responsible for calling all
registered cyclic functions cyclic_run() into the common WATCHDOG_RESET
macro. This guarantees that cyclic_run() is executed very often, which
is necessary for the cyclic functions to get scheduled and executed at
their configured periods.
If CONFIG_WATCHDOG is not enabled, only cyclic_run() without calling
watchdog_reset(). This guarantees that the cyclic functionality does not
rely on CONFIG_WATCHDOG being enabled.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add the basic infrastructure to periodically execute code, e.g. all
100ms. Examples for such functions might be LED blinking etc. The
functions that are hooked into this cyclic list should be small timewise
as otherwise the execution of the other code that relies on a high
frequent polling (e.g. UART rx char ready check) might be delayed too
much. This patch also adds the Kconfig option
CONFIG_CYCLIC_MAX_CPU_TIME_US, which configures the max allowed time
for such a cyclic function. If it's execution time exceeds this time,
this cyclic function will get removed from the cyclic list.
How is this cyclic functionality executed?
The following patch integrates the main function responsible for
calling all registered cyclic functions cyclic_run() into the
common WATCHDOG_RESET macro. This guarantees that cyclic_run() is
executed very often, which is necessary for the cyclic functions to
get scheduled and executed at their configured periods.
This cyclic infrastructure will be used by a board specific function on
the NIC23 MIPS Octeon board, which needs to check periodically, if a
PCIe FLR has occurred.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When using us times it makes sense to use 64bit variables for storage.
The currently implemented time_after() and friends functions only handle
32bit variables. This patch now includes the 64bit variants as well
from Linux. This will be used by the upcoming generic cyclic function
infrastructure.
These macros were copied from include/linux/jiffies.h of Linux 5.18.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To quote the author:
This patch series aims to porting ASPEED FMC/SPI memory controller
driver with spi-mem interface. spi-mem dirmap framework is also
synchronized from Linux. These patches have been verified on
AST2600, AST2500 and AST2400 EVBs.
Add ID for Winbond W25Q512JVQ device which is supported
on AST2600 EVB by default.
Signed-off-by: Chin-Ting Kuo <chin-ting_kuo@aspeedtech.com>
Reviewed-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
Driver can configure the SPI clock frequnecy to the
target value of "spi-max-frequency" property in
the device tree. The frequency is divided from HCLK,
200MHz. Usually, the ASPEED SPI clock frequency range
is between 12.5MHz and 100MHz. On AST2600, the lowest
SPI clock frequency can be about 780kHz.
Signed-off-by: Chin-Ting Kuo <chin-ting_kuo@aspeedtech.com>
There are some known HW problems about decoded
range register configurations on existing AST2500 and
AST2600 platforms. Additional callback function,
adjust_decoded_sz, is added to solve these problems
on each platform. Besides, aspeed_spi_trim_decoded_size
function is added to modify overall decoded address
size for fitting the maximum AHB decoded size.
Signed-off-by: Chin-Ting Kuo <chin-ting_kuo@aspeedtech.com>
From the HW point of view, the performance of
command read mode is greater than user mode slightly.
Thus, dirmap read framework is introduced to achieve
this goal. In dirmap_create, command read mode is
configured. Usually, the decoded address area with flash
size is assigned to each CS. CPU can thus access the
SPI flash as normal memory in dirmap_read function.
Signed-off-by: Chin-Ting Kuo <chin-ting_kuo@aspeedtech.com>
This adds the dirmap API originally introduced in
Linux commit aa167f3fed0c
("spi: spi-mem: Add a new API to support direct mapping").
This also includes several follow-up patches and fixes.
Changes from Linux include:
* Added Kconfig option
* Changed struct device to struct udevice
* Changed struct spi_mem to struct spi_slave
This patch is obtained from the following patch
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/uboot/patch/20210205043924.149504-3-seanga2@gmail.com/
The corresponding Linux kernel SHA1 is aa167f3fed0c.
Signed-off-by: Chin-Ting Kuo <chin-ting_kuo@aspeedtech.com>
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Although AST2400 is EOL officially, in order to achieve
sustainability and completeness, AST2400 part is added.
For AST2400,
- Five CSs are supported by FMC controller.
- SPI1 controller only supports single CS and there is
no address segment address register. The CE control
register of SPI1 is located at the offset 0x04 and
the 4-byte address mode control bit is bit 13 of
this register.
Signed-off-by: Chin-Ting Kuo <chin-ting_kuo@aspeedtech.com>
Add ASPEED BMC FMC/SPI memory controller driver with
spi-mem interface for AST2500 and AST2600 platform.
There are three SPI memory controllers embedded in an ASPEED SoC.
- FMC: Named as Firmware Memory Controller. After AC on, MCU ROM
fetches initial device boot image from FMC chip select(CS) 0.
- SPI1: Play the role of a SPI Master controller. Or, there is a
dedicated path for HOST(X86) to access its BIOS flash mounted
under BMC. spi-aspeed-smc.c implements the control sequence when
SPI1 is a SPI master.
- SPI2: It is a pure SPI flash controller. For most scenarios, flashes
mounted under it are for pure storage purpose.
ASPEED SPI controller supports 1-1-1, 1-1-2 and 1-1-4 SPI flash mode.
Three types of command mode are supported, normal mode, command
read/write mode and user mode.
- Normal mode: Default mode. After power on, normal read command 03h or
13h is used to fetch boot image from SPI flash.
- AST2500: Only 03h command can be used after power on
or reset.
- AST2600: If FMC04[6:4] is set, 13h command is used,
otherwise, 03h command.
The address length is decided by FMC04[2:0].
- Command mode: SPI controller can send command and address
automatically when CPU read/write the related remapped
or decoded address area. The command used by this mode
can be configured by FMC10/14/18[23:16]. Also, the
address length is decided by FMC04[2:0]. This mode will
be implemented in the following patch series.
- User mode: It is a traditional and pure SPI operation, where
SPI transmission is controlled by CPU. It is the main
mode in this patch.
Each SPI controller in ASPEED SoC has its own decoded address mapping.
Within each SPI controller decoded address, driver can assign a specific
address region for each CS of a SPI controller. The decoded address
cannot overlap to each other. With normal mode and command mode, the
decoded address accessed by the CPU determines which CS is active.
When user mode is adopted, the CS decoded address is a FIFO, CPU can
send/receive any SPI transmission by accessing the related decoded
address for the target CS.
This patch only implements user mode initially. Command read/write
mode will be implemented in the following patches.
Signed-off-by: Chin-Ting Kuo <chin-ting_kuo@aspeedtech.com>
Add FWSPICS1 and SPI1CS1 in AST2500 pinctrl group.
On AST2500 EVB, FWSPICS1 can be supported by default.
An extra jumper, J45, should be configured before
enabling SPI1CS1.
Signed-off-by: Chin-Ting Kuo <chin-ting_kuo@aspeedtech.com>
Reviewed-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
User can get correct HCLK frequency during driver probe stage
by adding the following configuration in the device tree.
"clocks = <&scu ASPEED_CLK_AHB>".
Signed-off-by: Chin-Ting Kuo <chin-ting_kuo@aspeedtech.com>
Reviewed-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
Xilinx changes for v2023.01-rc1
cmd:
- bdinfo - guard LMB code to run only when LMB is enabled
timer:
- convert arm twd timer to DM
power-domain:
- Skip loading config object for Versal
xilinx:
- Fix logic when dfu_alt_info is generated
- Define only mmc devnum not partition
- Add xlnx prefix to GEM compatible string
- Add missing tca6416 to zynqmp SC - vck190
- Add env redund offset
- Enable CMD_GREPENV/SETEXPR by default
- Move board_get_usable_ram_top() to common location
- Add support for SOC detection
net/gem:
- Check rate before setting it up
microblaze:
- drop CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR and CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE
- Show cache size in bdinfo
spi:
- cadence_qspi: driver updates
- zynqmp_gqspi: driver updates
- zynqmp_gqspi: Add tap delays for Versal
zynq:
- Enable mkeficapsule compilation
- Use CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME for dfu_alt_info
- Align bss and end of u-boot image to 64bits
- Align qspi node name with Linux kernel
- DT: List OCM memory
zynqmp:
- Fix AES cache handling with a user provided key
- SOM: Add mtd partition for secure OS storage area
- Add ref_clk property for REFCLKPER calculation
- Fix mdio bus description for vck190-sc
xilinx-mini:
- Remove unneeded configs
- Disable LMB
versal:
- Enable i2c mux pca954x by default
- Define CONFIG_CQSPI_REF_CLK
- Enable power domain driver
- Enable zynqmp_gqspi driver
To quote the author:
This series makes a further attempt to get closer to having all tests
run in parallel. It introduces a new 'make pcheck' option which runs
tests in parallel, skipping those that are not compatible.
A number of fixes are included for existing tests. The vboot test is
updated to only run a single scenario in 'quick' mode.
This makes use of pytest's parallel-testing features. The resulting
times (including incremental building with LTO) on a 16-core machine are
as follows:
make pcheck - 1 minute 6 seconds
make qcheck - 3 minutes
make check - 5 minutes 15 seconds
Note that this is not a fair comparison, since 'make pcheck' omits a
number of tests, even more than 'make qcheck'.
Code supports board detection based on information available in EEPROM in
legacy or FRU format. But this is not enough for emulation and simulation
systems which are lacking these identification EEPROMs. But SOC itself has
normally registers for SOC identification. Based on them it is possible to
compose detected name. That's why prepare infrastructure in common location
for SOC platform detection which is called before board platform detection.
SOC platform detection shouldn't detect real silicon and should fallback to
current existing mechanism to identify boards based on EEPROMs.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/329a8da338927b082e26a958bf69bb18af072420.1662460837.git.michal.simek@amd.com
As the flash sizes are increasing day by day, QSPI can have devices of
size > 512MB. In qspi driver we are trying to read all the data at once
using DMA.
The DMA descriptor destination size is only 29bits long.
QSPIDMA_DST_SIZE 0xFF0F0804
BITS: 1:0 Reserved to keep word alignment
BITS: 28:2 Number of 4-byte words the DMA will transfer
BITS: 31:29 Reserved: Returns 0 when read, writes ignored
So we can only transfer data of 0x1FFFFFF0(512MB minus 4bytes) bytes.
Anything above will overflow this register and will ignore higher bits
above 29 bits.
Change the DMA functionality if the requested size is greater than or
equal to 512MB to read 256MB chunks.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220825125906.11581-5-ashok.reddy.soma@amd.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
GQSPI driver is using it but this function is never called for Versal
because it is removed by linker. But function should be declared to avoid
this build warning:
drivers/spi/zynqmp_gqspi.c: In function 'zynqmp_qspi_set_tapdelay':
drivers/spi/zynqmp_gqspi.c:378:3: warning: implicit declaration of function
'zynqmp_mmio_write' [-Wimplicit-function-declaration]
378 | zynqmp_mmio_write(IOU_TAPDLY_BYPASS_OFST,
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220825125906.11581-3-ashok.reddy.soma@amd.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
In cadence_spi_probe, cadence_qspi_versal_flash_reset() is called to reset
the flash device. Looks like there is a mistake in previous series of
patches where it is defined as cadence_spi_versal_flash_reset() but
called as cadence_qspi_versal_flash_reset. Since there is a weak function
defined with the same name this issue was not caught.
Fix the issue by renaming cadence_spi_versal_flash_reset as
cadence_qspi_versal_flash_reset().
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220824113847.7482-2-ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Check snprintf() return value for errors.
Make microblaze_cpu_get_desc() directly return snprintf() error code if
ret < 0. Otherwise, if the return value is greater than or equal to size,
the resulting string is truncated, so return -ENOSPC.
Fixes: 816226d27e ("cpu: add CPU driver for microblaze")
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovpanait@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220829170205.1274484-2-ovpanait@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
The commit ce39ee28ec ("zynqmp: Do not place u-boot to reserved memory
location") adds functionality for ZynqMP to read reserved memory node and
do not place U-Boot to reserved location. This functionality is generic
across all Xilinx SOCs that's why move it to common location to be used by
all Xilinx SOCs.
On zynq platform this is also fixing issue where U-Boot was placed to
locating which was reserved already which ends up with error message
"ERROR: reserving fdt memory region failed (addr=30000000 size=10000000
flags=4)" which is shown when bdinfo is called.
Tested on vck190, zcu102, zc706 and kc705 to cover all platforms.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/b0817807912f7c7af6a8e1cf9ee04e5ab5de5f6a.1661430188.git.michal.simek@amd.com
ENV_OFFSET_REDUND config is by default set to 0 for flashes. Saving the env
variables is overwriting data at 0 offset, which is wrong. So add default
redund env offset for Zynq, ZynqMP, Versal and microblaze platforms.
Configured ENV_OFFSET_REDUND offsets by ENV_OFFSET + (2 * ENV_SIZE).
In case of versal, we configured ENV_OFFSET_REDUND at 0x7F00000 instead
of 0x7F80000. As BOOT_SCRIPT_OFFSET is already configured at 0x7F80000.
Added ENV_OFFSET_REDUND in Kconfig for microblaze due to dependency of
ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH config.
Below table specifies platform specific env and env redund offsets.
PLAT ENV_OFFSET ENV_OFFSET_REDUND
---- ---------- -----------------
ZYNQ 0xE0000 0xE40000
ZYNQMP 0x1E00000 0x1E80000
VERSAL 0x7F40000 0x7F00000
MICROBLAZE 0x1080000 0x10C0000
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/92656dc08f0f5a749d62b71ca6e77fe1be72e9e0.1661340204.git.michal.simek@amd.com
Zynq can use efi capsule infrastructure that's why enable it by default.
For capsule generation for zynq you can use:
pushd spl
../tools/mkeficapsule -g "1ba29a15-9969-40aa-b424-e86121618664" boot.bin \
--index 1 ../capsule1.bin
popd
./tools/mkeficapsule -g "1a5178f0-87d3-4f36-ac63-3b31a23be305" u-boot.img \
--index 2 capsule2.bin
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/a8194ecfa7932f2d8ada5ee508b2a026c782f15e.1660055571.git.michal.simek@amd.com
Running tests in parallel is much faster, e.g. 15 seconds to run the tests
on sandbox (only), instead of 100 seconds (on a 16-core machine). Add a
'make pcheck' option to access this feature.
Note that the tools/ tests still run each tool's tests once after the
other, although within that, they do run in parallel. So for example,
the buildman tests run in parallel, then the binman tests run in
parallel. There would be a signiificant advantage to running them all
in parallel together, but that would require a large amount of
refactoring, e.g. with more use of pytest fixtures.
Update the documentation to represent the current state.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present when -n is used, all workers try to build U-Boot at once.
Add a lock to ensure that only one of them builds, with the others using
the build that is produced.
The lock file is removed on startup.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This assumes that the GPIO starts as 0 but it does not if
test_gpio_input() ran first and test_gpio_exit_statuses() was skipped.
This can happen when running tests in parallel.
Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When doing a quick check we don't need to run all the vboot tests. Just
run the first one, which is enough to catch most problems.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This test seems to interfere with the other test in this file. Mark it
single-threaded to avoid any problems.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This test relies on the silent_linux env variable being set. Add this
to the code so it can run without relying on other bootm tests having been
run first.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present test_pinmux_status() assumes that test_pinmux_dev() has run
beforehand. Drop this assumption so we can run the tests in parallel.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- DM RTC improvements that should help in CI, allow disabling LTO from
the make line, add extension (cape, etc) support to distro bootcmd,
add a pause command and re-enable ARM v4T support.
At present the sandbox timer uses localtime() which can jump around twice
a year when daylight-saving time changes.
It would be tricky to make use of gmtime() since we still need to present
the time in local time, as seems to be required by U-Boot's RTC interface.
The problem can only happen once, so use a loop to detect it and try
again. This should be sufficient to detect either a change in the 'second'
value, or a daylight-saving change. We can assume that the latter also
incorporates a 'second' change, so there is no need to loop more than
twice.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It seems that the time can change in between getting it and reading the
offset. Check for this and try again if this happens.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some tests can have race conditions which are hard to detect on a single
one. Add a way to run tests more than once, to help with this.
Each individual test is run the requested number of times before moving
to the next test. If any runs failed, a message is shown.
This is most useful when running a single test, since running all tests
multiple times can take a while.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
LTO (Link-Time Optimisation) is an very useful feature which can
significantly reduce the size of U-Boot binaries. So far it has been
made available for selected ARM boards and sandbox.
However, incremental builds are much slower when LTO is used. For example,
an incremental build of sandbox takes 2.1 seconds on my machine, but 6.7
seconds with LTO enabled.
Add a NO_LTO parameter to the build, similar to NO_SDL, so it can be
disabled during development if needed, for faster builds.
Add some documentation about LTO while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is currently a problem that U-Boot can not work on ARMv4
because assembly imlementations of memcpy() and some other functions
use "bx lr" instruction that is not available on ARMv4 ("mov pc, lr"
should be used instead).
A working preprocessor-based solution to this problem is found in
arch/arm/lib/relocate.S. Move it to the "ret" macro in
arch/arm/include/asm/assembler.h and change all "bx lr" code
to "ret lr" in functions that may run on ARMv4. Linux source code
deals with this problem in the same manner.
v1 -> v2:
Comment update. Pointed out by Andre Przywara.
Signed-off-by: Sergei Antonov <saproj@gmail.com>
CC: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
CC: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
CC: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
CC: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
CC: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
CC: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
CC: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This command is being introduced with the goal of allowing user-friendly
"generic use case" U-Boot builds to pause until user input under some
situations.
The main use case would be when a boot failure happens, to pause until
the user has had time to acknowledge the current state.
Tested using:
make && ./u-boot -v -T -c 'ut lib lib_test_hush_pause'
Signed-off-by: Samuel Dionne-Riel <samuel@dionne-riel.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Try to load required DTB overlays if the board supports extensions and
CONFIG_CMD_EXTENSION is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Matwey V. Kornilov <matwey.kornilov@gmail.com>
Enable d-cache early in SPL right after DRAM is started up.
This reduces U-Boot proper load time by 650ms when loaded
from SPI NOR.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Philip Oberfichtner <pro@denx.de>
Introduce the new Kconfig symbol CONFIG_SPL_SYS_L2_PL310 to allow the
SPL to build cache-pl310.c.
Before this commit, the SPL could enable the PL310 L2 cache [1], but the
cache maintenance functions from cache-pl310.c were only useable for
non-SPL builds.
After enabling the cache one must be able to flush it, too. Thus this
commit allows cache-pl310.c to be included in the SPL build.
[1] See for example arch/arm/mach-imx/cache.c: v7_outer_cache_enable()
Signed-off-by: Philip Oberfichtner <pro@denx.de>
This converts CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 to Kconfig.
For omap2 and mvebu the 'select SYS_L2_PL310' locations were
determined using ./tools/moveconfig -i CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310.
For mx6 I manually chose ARCH_MX6 as 'select' location. The
correctness has been verified using
$ ./tools/moveconfig.py -f ARCH_MX6 ~SYS_L2_PL310 ~SYS_L2CACHE_OFF
0 matches
That means whenever an ARCH_MX6 board had SYS_L2_PL310 disabled, this
was correctly reflected in SYS_L2CACHE_OFF. Thus it's safe to insert
the 'select' statement under ARCH_MX6.
Signed-off-by: Philip Oberfichtner <pro@denx.de>
This removes the following symbols:
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_LDI_ADDR
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DVI_ADDR
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DVI_BUS_NUM
They are unused by any code in tree at this time.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_CCID
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_NXID
CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_BUS_NUM
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We can check if the message was acknowledged in the common
ti_sci_do_xfer() which lets us remove it from after each call to this
function. This simplifies the code and reduces binary size.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
The inline hint is not needed here, the compiler will do the right thing
based on if we are compiling for speed or for code size. In this case the
inline causes this function to be placed inside each callsite which is
not the right thing to do for either speed nor size. There is no
performance benefit to this due to the larger function size reducing
cache locality, but there is a huge size penalty. Remove inline keyword.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
We don't need to print the same message in every location, just
print it in the function that fails and remove all the extra
message printouts.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
This ti_sci_do_xfer() function already prints out the reason for the
failure, and the caller of each of these functions should also notify
the user of the failed task. Remove this extra level of error message.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
Currently for all Qcom SoCs/boards there are separate compatibles for
GPIO and pinctrl. But this is inconsistent with official (upstream) Linux
bindings which requires only a single compatible "qcom,<SoC name>-pinctrl"
and there is no such compatible property as "qcom,tlmm-<SoC name>".
So fix this inconsistency for Qcom SoCs in order to comply with upstream
DT bindings. This is done via removing compatibles from "msm_gpio" driver
and via binding to "msm_gpio" driver from pinctrl driver in case
"gpio-controller" property is specified for pinctrl node.
Suggested-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
DT compatible is sufficient to make platform specific differentiation,
so remove redundant CONFIG_SDM845 check.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Enable USB config options along with its dependencies like PHY, RESET,
PMIC GPIO etc. config options.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
For USB3 host controller to detect devices on the bus it is required to
enable a PMIC GPIO: usb_vbus_boost_pin. So enable that during board
specific initialization.
And since this PMIC GPIO parsing is quite u-boot specific, so add a
DT override to qcs404-evb-uboot.dtsi to represent usb_vbus_boost_pin.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
GPIO LV (low voltage)/MV (medium voltage) subtypes have different
features and register mappings than 4CH/8CH subtypes. Add support
for LV and MV subtypes.
With GPIO LV/MV subtype available, add "qcom,pms405-gpio" compatible
which requires support for GPIO MV subtype.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
Since both pm8916.c and pm8916_gpio.c are already supporting multiple
Qcom SoCs, it makes sense to rename these drivers to pmic_qcom.c and
qcom_pmic_gpio.c respectively. Also, these driver can be extended to
support additional functionality if required for other Qcom SoCs.
Along with this import latest DT binding: qcom,spmi-pmic.txt from Linux
kernel and thereby remove pm8916.txt.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
QCS404 SoC provides support for two USB controllers: one USB3 and the
other one being USB2. The USB3 controller supports further 2 PHY: one high
speed PHY and the other super speed PHY. The USB2 controller supports a
single high speed PHY. So add corresponding DT nodes.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
Drivers like USB, ethernet etc. uses ".enable" hook to enable clocks.
So add corresponding support for Qcom clock drivers.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
Since the base functionality remains the same for a reset driver on Qcom
SoCs, so leverage that to convert ipq4019 specific reset driver to a
generic Qcom reset driver. With that one just need to provide SoC specific
reset table.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
QCS404 SoC supports two types of PHY, one supports high speed mode or
USB2 PHY and the other supports super speed mode or USB3 PHY. So add
corresponding PHY drivers.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
Remove the main_cpsw0_qsgmii_phyinit variable from the boot
command as there is no ethernet firmware in j721s2.
Fixes: 8886341aa6 ('configs: j721s2_evm_a72_defconfig: Add A72 specific defconfig')
Signed-off-by: Jayesh Choudhary <j-choudhary@ti.com>
Re-sync again on some linux part, add some fixes for fsl_elbc from
Pali and switch
imx8mn bsh to use nand base ident
For nand subsystem tested on:
- imx8mn Macronix MX30LF4G18AC
- P2020 based board Turris 1.1 for fsl_elbc
During compilation gcc throws warning:
drivers/mtd/nand/raw/fsl_elbc_nand.c: In function ‘fsl_elbc_nand_probe’:
drivers/mtd/nand/raw/fsl_elbc_nand.c:841:31: warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size [-Wint-to-pointer-cast]
return fsl_elbc_chip_init(0, (void *)dev_read_addr(dev), dev);
^
Fix it by using dev_read_addr_ptr() function which returns pointer instead
of dev_read_addr() which returns integer type.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Subpage write support for freescale eLBC NAND controller driver is
implemented in U-Boot and was fixes in the commit d3963721d9 ("nand: Sync
with Linux v4.1").
So remove NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE flag from the fsl_elbc_nand.c driver. This
partially revert commit cb04c77234 ("nand/fsl: add NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
to eLBC and IFC drivers"), only eLBC driver part.
With this change U-Boot with default settings can read from NAND UBIFS
image created on Linux with Linux default settings. Prior this change
U-Boot was unable to read from NAND UBIFS images created with Linux default
settings due to differnet UBI geometry.
Linux kernel fsl_elbc_nand.c driver also does not set NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
flag and has implemented subpage write support.
Fixes: cb04c77234 ("nand/fsl: add NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE to eLBC and IFC drivers")
Fixes: d3963721d9 ("nand: Sync with Linux v4.1")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Acked-By: Michael Trimarchi<michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Upstream linux commit 8fc82d456e40a0.
On some nand controllers with hw-ecc the controller code wants to know
the ecc strength and size and having these as 0, 0 is not accepted.
Specifying these in devicetree is possible but undesirable as the nand
may be different in different production runs of the same board, so it
is better to get this info from the nand id where possible.
This commit adds code to read the ecc strength and size from the nand
for Samsung extended-id nands. This code is based on the info for the 5th
id byte in the datasheets for the following Samsung nands: K9GAG08U0E,
K9GAG08U0F, K9GAG08X0D, K9GBG08U0A, K9GBG08U0B. These all use these bits
in the exact same way.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Upstream linux commit 7bb427990ee364.
Rename the function to match this new behavior.
NOTE: fix nand_detect/nand_get_flash_type parameters in
mxs_nand_spl. This code seems never executed by any board
as alternative for nand detect
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Upstream linux commit 4722c0e958e636.
The returned "type" is never used in nand_scan_ident() and spl code
Make nand_get_flash_type() simply return an integer value in order
to avoid unnecessary ERR_PTR/PTR_ERR dance.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff
Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user
Blocking a user prevents them from interacting with repositories, such as opening or commenting on pull requests or issues. Learn more about blocking a user.
